Waters: The Equestrian Gangster

by King Genesis

Rating: teen
Tags: Dark, Other, Original Character, Equestria Girls, Comedy, Main 7 (EqG), Profanity, Violence, Sex, Death, Narcotics
Length: 87670

W and Jack, two gangsters from Los Mantos City, are sent to Canterlot High to take care of their boss' granddaughters: Rarity and Sweetie Belle. What would happen if they get a chance to rob the place of their dreams?

02/2024 UPDATE: UNDER EDITING

Based on a story I made in 2014. Lots of OCs and new cities. I mean lots.

Walter "W" Waters, a young gangster also known as Bedmaker, and his older partner Jack, have to take care of Rarity and Sweetie Belle, granddaughters of an older and more important gangster in the business, Abraham, from three brothers who threatened both girls due to an old debt from the past. W and Jack don't know if they may have other problems while staying in Canterlot.

On the other hand, gangsters everywhere have become quite interested in robbing a mysterious fort on the outskirts of Las Pegasus. Still, nobody knows how to turn off its magical security. Maybe the secret will be discovered in Canterlot High?

Proofreading by Time Reaper

This is the original fanfic. There is a remake with another plot and better development, writing and organization.

Rated T because of:

Deaths

Use of narcotics

Profanity (a lot)

Graphic Violence

Sex Mentions (no Sex Scenes)

Published 2019-02-06 19:50:02 UTC
Last updated 2019-12-11 17:52:43 UTC

- For Ron, From Wade -

Author's Note

This is Wade Waters' (W's father) last letter, which was sent to Ron.

For Ron, From Wade

Ron:

I don't know, man. I'm worried because I've heard the bitch will send Blueblood to kill me. I'm afraid he will touch Wanda, William, and Walter. I've already sent the boys to Fletcher, but Wanda denied to go with him. She prefers to stay with me on Wayneville.

I know that Fletcher won't take care of the kids for a long time. He will move to Canterlot in a few days and will be all day on that new music house he was building there. I can't leave him with the boys, and that's why I thought about the orphanage. I know the orphanage is bullshit, but I have no choice. Wanda's parents are on the other side of the mirror and won't return until 1998. My mom is not here (rest in peace, momma) and my father, well... my father is crazy. I know you won't visit them because you are too busy, but if you have time, try looking for a place for them to live in proper conditions.

This may be my last letter, Rondo. The bitch is angry and wants to hunt me, and that's why Blueblood was hired. They will kill me, but I know my face will be legendary after the ambush.

-Wadey Waters, the Hero.

Same Sh*t, Different Place

Chapter 2: Same Shit, Different Place

W

Today I went through marvellous experiences on my first day on Canterlot High: I woke up in the janitor's room and came across Rarity and a spoiled Russian douchebag with elephant leg pants who threatened me through his henchmen because I talked to a rainbow-haired girl. Such an incredible morning!

Jack helps me to get up and doesn't say anything. I try to break this awkward ice by saying: "This fucker has even his henchmen..." but doesn't work. To be honest, I feel afraid. Yes, I'm Walter Fuckin' Waters, I don't fear anything, but this is different. I may have Plegovich's nephew as an enemy. That's not something to celebrate.

We get up and a lady stops us. She has purple hair and freckles on her cheeks, something that makes me think that she's older than me (I don't know why, and if you ask me, I'll tell you I don't know!). I know her, she works as a teacher here, on Canterlot High. She, whose face demonstrates concern, asks us if we have seen a girl with purple curly hair. Jack's face changes.

"Excuse me lady but... who's the name of the girl?" asks Jack.

"Um... Sweetie Belle."

Oh fuck. Now we find out Sweetie Belle disappeared! Fuck yeah! What a great day!... Oh, God, what will Abe say? Stay calm, W. You still don't know if this is a kidnapping.

"No, we didn't see her..." says Jack, completely worried.

The teacher goes away in a hurry. Instantly, my phone starts vibrating, I know someone's calling me. Once I see my phone's screen, I feel my balls inside my throat. Abe's calling.

"Jack, w-we are fucking screwed," I say. "Abe's calling."

"What?" he says. "Pass it to me."

I pass the phone to Jack. He answers the call and the first thing we hear is a shout.

"Barnes called me seconds ago, he told me that Sweetie Belle is in his car with his brothers... YOU ONLY HAD ONE JOB! ONE FUCKING JOB, BOYS!"

He knows. So there is only one option: help.

"Sorry, Abe!" I say. "We'll help you right now. Just... tell us where you are and we will kick their asses together."

"Yeah, Walter. You'll do that to disappoint me one more time!"

"But, Abe..." interrupts Jack. "We can help you, you can't defeat those three guys alone!"

"Never saw me fighting, Jack? Arrrgh! I can do that, I don't need your help! Just stay there, because after kicking Barnes' ass, I'll go after you two bitches. Understand?"

Both of us are completely silent. Abe is going to fight against three men! He must be helped by someone!

"Abe, come on, man, you need our help!"

"Shut the fuck up, W! I don't need your help!"

He ends the call.

Abe

Now I officially declare that I hate everyone. The Barnes, W, Jack, even myself. Well, my face is at the top of the list because I didn't give Barnes the money I should have delivered weeks ago. I feel like an idiot, a big-headed douchebag, I stupidly thought that he would never touch my family, and now, they have my Sweetie Belle inside their car! I feel guilty for what I told to myself.

Thankfully, they arrived fastly with the car. I'm now in the middle of the Canterlot-Mantos highway, in a bleak wasteland. They get out, and Freddy has Sweetie Belle tied to his hand with handcuffs. God... why do I have to see this.

I'll describe these douchebags. They are three brothers: Marcus, Freddy, and Pyle. Marcus is the older one and has this characteristic bitch face: dark hair, green eyes, and a scar on one of his cheeks. Pyle is a short, bald and plump guy that always smells like alcohol, he's the middle one. And last but not least, Freddy, a tall, skinny, pale and scary dude, it's the younger one. Marcus is the first one that looks at my face. "Well, Abe..." he says. "I expect that you made us come here because you have the money and not because of something stupid."

"Yeah, I made you come here to let my granddaughter go. The money can wait."

He does an eerie chuckle while Freddy grabs a bowie and touches Sweetie Belle's neck slowly.

No, I can't go through this!

"Well, Barnes," I say while unbuttoning my squared shirt. "I made you come here to fight me."

Freddy and Pyle look at each other. They will interfere in the fight. Sweetie Belle drops her jaw, shocked. My grandpa is going to fight!, she may be thinking.

"Ok. I'll accept. If I win, I'll carry your granddaughter to a more beautiful place. If you win, you can carry her and I'll give you another week. I only accept this because you are a fuckin' oldie!"

Oldie? Let's do this.

"First who bleeds?" I ask.

Freddy and Pyle start laughing and the fight starts. I instantly grab Marcus' neck and I throw him away. His head hits the car front. Freddy and Pyle interfere with the fight and start following me while I open my car door.

"SWEETIE BELLE! GET TO THE CAR!"

She instantly enters to the backseat and takes cover inside, while I enter my car and open the glove box, where I grab a crowbar, and I use it to hit Freddy's head. Pyle still wants to grab Sweetie Belle, but I save her by getting out of the car and throwing him to the floor. I thought I could easily win, but suddenly Freddy grabs me by the neck and smashes my head against the car. I try to grab my crowbar but he throws it away. After that I touch my forehead with my hand and then I look at my fingers: RED. My forehead it's bleeding, and that means I lost. Afterwards, I look at Marcus waking up from his unconsciousness.

"Ay, Abe. I told you that you were an oldie! The fight's over... and you too." shouts Marcus, while he grabs a handgun.

The only thing I can do was watching him. The gun is pointing at me, with Marcus' green eyes looking like a fucker. I hear a door being open and someone shouts, it's Sweetie Belle.

"Pyle, please cover the granddaughter's eyes," says Marcus. "She won't like to look at his grandpa's dead body."

"No! Grandpa!" she shouts.

Ok... I must go to Plan B now.

Freddy is only grabbing my head, that means my hands are completely free. I have Jack's old swiss knife inside my pocket, the one I always forget to give it back to him... I discretely move my right hand and look for it. The gun starts touching my head, and Marcus pulls the trigger... only to know the gun was uncharged.

"WHAT?!" he shouts, completely angry. "You told me that the gun was fucking charged!" he tells to Freddy.

It's your opportunity, Abe! I grab my knife and stab Freddy's back with the swiss knife. My head is finally free. I punch Marcus' face while Pyle throws my granddaughter to the floor only to go after me. But then, Marcus grabs my neck, again. At the same time, I remember something.

"Sweetie Belle!" I shout, while my throat is being completely pressed. "What about that movement I taught you?"

She knows what I'm talking about. She runs to Pyle and kicks him in the balls. That's my granddaughter! Love her. Freddy wakes up and grabs my swiss knife, but Sweetie Belle also kicks him in the balls. Two are down, suffering because of his testicles. Marcus is the only one left.

"Bye, brothas," I say and I tell Sweetie to open the door. I put Marcus' head inside and close the door with it. Afterwards, I throw him to the floor while Pyle and Freddy get up. I also grab my swiss knife from Freddy's and my crowbar before we go.

Both of us enter the car and remain silent. I turn it on and fade away from that wasteland. We are just... in the car.

"W-What was that, grandpa? Why did they want me?" she asks me.

I don't want to tell her the truth, but this situation was so complicated I couldn't even tell her a pious lie.

"Look, Sweetie Belle... I had a problem."

"Again?"

Fuck, I can't. I swear I can't. I always tell me to stop making excuses, Abe, 'cause you will turn into a big liar! but I just... can not do that. If my granddaughters knew that I'm inside something like this, I'd be screwed.

"Those were... old friends. They were... drunk and were asking for money."

"Are you hanging out with your old friends again, grandpa? You told Rarity and me that they were very dangerous!"

"I know, Sweetie, but once you know them, you just can't get out of them... such as your friends, Applebloom and Scootaloo. You entered to that group, and now you can't get out!" I say while laughing.

"Yes, grandpa Abe... but I can't get out because I don't want to do it. It's different for you, you can't leave them because... they don't want to."

I don't answer, and I feel like a devil because of that.

A Pony with an eye patch named Ron

The other side of the mirror is the strangest thing I've ever seen in my life. I already knew that this strange new world was filled with coloured horses... but I've just found out that this world is filled with magic!

I only met a guy here: Calculated Risk, the only stallion that showed me Ponyville and the things behind its back, but the only thing I came for haven't appeared yet.

I only crossed the Portal because this guy knows about the Elements of Harmony. The only thing I know about those elements is that if you have all of them at your hands, you can be the most powerful man in Equestria. People say that the Elements of Harmony do exist, and there are copies in my world: The Human One. Other ones say that these elements are only in this dimension, inside six mysterious ponies.

"So, these elements of harmony may be inside the ponies, right?" I ask Calculated Risk.

"Um... yes, but the elements of harmony may not be the same in your world. Here on Ponyville, the six elements are six mares. One of them is Twilight Sparkle, the princess."

"What do you mean with not the same?"

"Well, most of the times people who hold the Element may change per dimension, but that doesn't mean that there's no probability that the elements may be the same mares."

"The same mares?"

"Yes, Mr Delight."

I only nod my horse head. Honestly, talking about the horse things, I learned fastly how to walk, look and breath like a horse. The only thing that still drives me crazy is the nonexistence of my hands. I just can't adapt to that.

We come across a big building that he calls the Carousel Boutique. From it gets out a white mare, with blueish strands of hair. "There she is, Rarity," he tells me. Rarity? Abe's granddaughter? "I think she has the element of Generosity."

"What? Can she be the element of generosity from my world?"

Calculated Risk looks at me. "She can."

W

I hear a car on the outside. He's here, ready to kick our asses. Jack and I get out of the school, and the first thing we see is him along with Sweetie Belle. She seems not to be traumatized but stains on her cheeks show that she cried. Abe is completely angry, and he has also a scratch on his forehead.

"You two are the best babysitters in the world, thank you," he says. Both of us feel devastated. I look at Jack and then he points his eyes at me... Shall we apologize? he mentally says to me, through his look.

"Sorry, Abe..." I say.

He sighs and looks at both of us while Sweetie Belle enters to the college and is received by the vice-principal Luna.

"Look, thanks for Star Swirl she's alive. I forgive you. Oh, and Jack... Here's your swiss knife."

Abe gives Jack a pretty new swiss knife and after that, he greets and goes away with his car. We enter college again and I sigh while Jack walks away after telling me he will go to the bathroom. Principal Celestia appears and starts talking to me.

"Is she OK, Mr Waters?"

"Um... If you're talking about Sweetie Belle, yes... I think."

Celestia frowns at me. "What happened with her?" she asks. Celestia didn't know about the kidnapping. I have to make an excuse now.

"She's got lost, principal."

She sighs at me.

"Part of me is my fault because I wasn't responsible... but I thought that you were going to take care of her."

"Yep, but something happened to Jack and me."

She looks at me, confused. "May I know what happened?"

"Three masked men trapped us because I messed with Pietro Plegovich's favourite girl."

The principal sighs at me. She understands what I'm trying to say.

"Sorry," she says, in a very smooth voice. "Luna and I expelled Pietro Plegovich lots of times, but he always returned because of his uncle. That man seems to be the most powerful human being in Canterlot, and it seems that nobody knows him!"

"Yep, Nicholas Plegovich."

She looks at me, surprised. I bet she's thinking about how I know that name.

"And how do you know that name, Waters? Do you know him?"

Told ya. I want to laugh because I was right about her, but this situation is getting me nervous. I hate when I say more things that I should, and this is an example.

"Um... I found him in a book."

She starts laughing and seems that she believed what I said. Honestly, that was one of the most stupid excuses I've ever invented. "I thought you knew him personally, I am completely crazy."

Both of us laugh. Then, she greets me and goes back to her office. Jack appears at the same time.

"Hey, Jack. I have a question." I say with a smile. We are coming back to normal.

"What, W?" He says while holding the swiss knife.

"How many years old can Celestia be?"

He looks at me, serious. Well, he always looks at me seriously! Let's be honest! "I don't know, W. She may have the same age as me, between 45 and 50."

"Aw, man... Too old for me."

"What did you want to do?"

"Um... I was going to ask her out."

Jack stares at me, I think he wants to vomit. Then, he strongly grabs my trenchcoat.

"Woah! Jack, calm down!"

Jack lets me go and shakes his head. "Sorry, W. I didn't want to do that... Do me a favour, go to the janitor's room and put this swiss knife in my bag, and please...Don't touch anything. Last time you made a mess with my father's notes. Be careful."

"Yeah, Jack, I won't do anything..."

I'm on my way to the janitor's room, relaxed but, at the same time, shocked. Why did Jack lift me in that way? And I was also worried about Abe, who has just saved his granddaughter from a kidnapping. This morning was longer than ever...

I found the room, but next to it, there are two little kids. "No! Don't enter! It's for your good!" tells me a little kid with a black t-shirt when I was about to enter. Next to him, there is a taller, turquoise-haired kid... (Jeez, Turquoise-haired, I'm a genius at describing people).

"Who are you?" I ask them.

"Please, dude, do not dare to enter to the janitor's room, the Great & Powerful Trixie is being threatened by Pietro!"

The taller kid also talks: "Oh no, Pietro... He scares me!" A Russian dude is not going to stop me. I instantly open the door and I look at Pietro lifting a young, blue-haired girl.

"Very good, Pietro! Lifting a defenceless girl. You're such a Plegovich!"

Pietro lets that girl go. The other two kids are completely shocked... They are looking at someone confronting Pietro!

"Is it him, Snips?" I hear behind me. Both of them stop talking after that.

"Do you want me to send my boys again?" Pietro says, with his characteristic accent.

I instantly laugh, and I know what I'm going to answer.

"Yeah, I remember you sent me those boys because you didn't want me to touch that rainbow ass with your elephant pants..."

Pietro smashes my head against the wall and grabs my neck. The blue-haired girl gets up and escapes... Wait! Don't leave me alone!

"You are going to suffer, Mantos douchebag." He tells me, and I instantly spit his face twice. He cleans his face with my beloved trenchcoat.

"Not with my trenchcoat, fucker," I say while I punch his chest with my right fist. After that, Pietro throws me to one of the mattresses inside the room and runs away. I sigh while getting up and then I act like if nothing happened. Those two kids disappeared I put Jack's swiss knife in his bag, while I do that, an old and dirty envelope falls. I grab it and look at a tiny written paper:

"Tommy: I hope you can accomplish your dreams. I will always support you, no matter what. You saved me from my own solitude and now I consider you my saviour. Thank you for helping me, wish you luck. -Celestia. ♥"

OK. What's this? Tommy? Celestia? Why is the Principal of this? I want to ask Jack, but he will find out I touched another thing from his bag. I want to leave it inside the bag but, at the same time, I want to keep it in my trenchcoat, because there is also a photo inside the envelope. I try to look at it, but somebody interrupts me: It's the blue-haired girl. I instantly keep it in one of the trenchcoat's pockets.

"I thought you were going to help me," I tell her while laughing.

"Sorry, but the Great & Powerful Trixie can't face an enemy like Pietro. Anyway, thank you for saving me."

Great and Powerful? What the hell? "Great and Powerful?" I say. "You didn't look powerful against Pietro."

She frowns at me. Afterwards, those two kids appear and enter the room smiling while holding and a sheet of paper.

"Sir, may we have your autograph?"

Oh shit, I'm already famous inside this school.

"Hey, you two! Get out of here!" shouts Trixie and the two kids go away. Is she a young mother or what?

"Poor of you, taking care of your children..."

She blushes and then looks at me, angrily. "They are not my children! They are my... um... assistants."

"Um... uh... OK."

There is a little bit of tension between us. I feel like a stupid for telling her that... Children... Come on, I'm so idiotic!

"Look, um... I've got to go." I tell her. She smiles at me and we greet. Once I got out of that room, the little kids appear again.

"Please sir, we need an autograph from you!"

"OK then," I tell them, smiling.

"It's a great honour to meet the Bedmaker in real life."

...

Oh shit, they discovered me.

To be continued...

Welcome to Maretreal!

Something has gone wrong. We don't seem to have an archived copy of that chapter.

Rarity's Revenge

Author's Note

Thanks Time Reaper for being my beta reader!

Enjoy.

Chapter 4: Rarity's Revenge

Jack

Jack's Apartment

"What are you doing in Los Mantos, Rarity? These streets are very dangerous for you!"

She doesn't answer me and enters the house. She's destroyed. Stained face, totally dishevelled. She tries not to moan, I don't know why. I help by giving her a glass of water.

"How did you get here?" I ask her. She lends me a piece of paper that says:

Rarity:
If something goes wrong and you don't know how to deal with it, look for me. I'll be there for you.
Here is my address, if you require my help:
258 Hooves Street, WARLOFF MOTEL. Second Floor, Room 11.

Xoxo
Your grandpa, Abe.

Oh, normal Abe. However, Abe's not living here now.

"I'm afraid to tell you Abe's not living here anymore. He moved to a small house in Towers Street. I can call him to come here if you want."

She nods her head while cleaning her face with a tissue and drinking the glass of water. I instantly grab my cellphone and call Abe. Meanwhile, somebody knocks the door and a young voice sounds from the other side of the door. I instantly know who he is. W.

"Jack! Help me, please! Do you have an antacid?"

Abe still doesn't answer me. I open the door and I see W half-naked. He's only wearing some boxers and a brasier... I look at his infamous tattoo: the one that says "Bedmaker" around his neck and the shape of a dragon in his right arm. Oh, if you are thinking about the bra, don't worry about that, every time he drinks he appears like that.

"W! Go and put some clothes! Rarity's here."

W looks at me confused. He tries looking inside my kitchen and then runs away to his apartment. Suddenly, I hear a voice from the other side of my phone. It's Abe...

"Jack! Weird moment to call. Something happened?"

"Yes, Abe, how can I tell you this, man... Look, your granddaughter is in my house. She looks devastated, and she has just cleaned her whole face, which was covered-"

Suddenly, Abe interrupts me with a scarier voice...

"Um... Ok. If you tell the truth, I'll be there. I hope this is not a joke. Going."

And then he ends the call. At the same time, W appears smoking with his unchangeable brown trenchcoat, unbuttoned and showing his bare torso. He also has some dirty and broken jeans and is wearing some Daring Do's socks. Oh, and don't forget about the bra, which it's on his shoulder.

"Where the fuck did you get that bra?" I ask him.

"I stole it from Crystal Prep, a long time ago. I think it belonged to the School's Dean, do you remember her? I think her name was... Candace?"

I release a long sigh and both of us enter the apartment. I tell W to button his trenchcoat but he denies to do that. I should have given him a good fist on his face, but it's not a good behaviour when Rarity's on the house. However, we find out she fell asleep after sitting on a chair inside my apartment. I decide to let her rest and not to wake her up.

"Why is she here?" asks W to me. I only lift my shoulders and wait for Abe.

Suddenly, I hear that someone is coming upstairs, fastly. And yup... is the guy using a squared shirt and always with his orange moustache. Abe. He stops and looks at W's unbuttoned trenchcoat.

"Unbuttoned trenchcoat and a bra on your shoulder. I expect that's not Rarity's, isn't it?" he asks W. The only thing Walter does is emitting a silent chuckle and shakes his head. Abe enters and looks at his granddaughter, sleeping. He focuses on her hand: She's holding the tissue covered with black make-up.

"Rarity, wake up, it's me," says Abe while her granddaughter opens her eyes.

She immediately hugs him, and he releases a long sigh. W appears smoking his cigar, but this time without the bra and his trenchcoat buttoned. Rarity looks at him and points her finger at his face.

"You... I need your help... I need help from all of you!" she moans.

"Ok... What happened, Rarity?" Abe asks. "We should know what caused your problem."

She cleans her tearful face again and releases a long sigh. Then, she opens her mouth and starts talking slowly. "I broke up with my boyfriend."

W stops smoking and emits a very smooth chuckle. He approaches Rarity and starts talking: "Don't think about that, Rarity. That guy is a complete douchebag. You deserve better."

Rarity starts calming down. "Yeah. Maybe you are right, Walter. He told me that I was useless, she wanted another girl..."

"Useless?" shouts Abe. "You make the best dresses ever! Who the hell is that guy that called you "useless"? I will go for him."

Both W and I look at each other, we know who is that guy, and Abe's not going to like that if we tell him.

W approaches me and whispers: "Rock, paper and scissors. The one who loses talks with Abe."

"You pussy," I say, while I touch Abe's shoulder and tell him the truth: "Look, Abe. This guy is none other than Pietro Plegovich."

Abe looks at me, completely confused. His eyes demonstrate shock and that typical thought of I can't believe it, dude! Then, he whispers: "Shit," while he looks at his devastated granddaughter. "And what do you mean by helping you, Rarity?" he asks to her.

"I'm thinking about... talking to him. Tomorrow... at school. I know he is an aggressive man and I fear that he will do something to me. I thought my friends would help me, but I argued with them days before because of Pietro... so, will you protect me if he gets mad?"

"Celestia and Luna are there to help you," I say.

"Not tomorrow, they will go to Crystal Prep. Miss Cheerilee will take their charge."

"And what about Miss Cheerilee?" asks W.

She sighs and looks at all of us, angry. "She won't help me against something like Pietro! She was almost expelled from the school because Pietro failed one of her tests... Don't you know that Pietro is over Celestia and Luna? He controls the whole school!"

The three of us look at each other. Rarity is right, Pietro is a whiny kid that controls the whole school, but he controls it because he is the nephew of Equestria's don. I tell myself that we shouldn't kick his nephew's ass because his uncle Nico may go after us to cut our throats. However, it looks like Abe is convinced that we will help her, no matter what.

"Look, um. We don't want to cause trouble in your school. Besides, can you wait until the next day when Celestia and Luna arrive at the school?" says Abe to her.

"No." she answers. "I want to do this now, neither the two of them can help me with that, they will ignore me... On the other hand, if you don't want to cause trouble... will your friends do it?"

The room is completely silent. W and I look at each other, again. We know what she means with friends.

"My friends, Rarity? My only friends are Walter and Jack. I told you I knew them through the car store I used to work. I don't have other friends."

Rarity looks at his grandfather, angry. "Stop lying, grandpa. You have more than two "friends" if you want to call them like that."

Abe sighs and grabs his face. After that, he dares to open his mouth: "Yes, but I recently argued with those friends. Sorry for lying and... we will help you only if things get really bad."

W starts laughing. "Honestly, I want to kick his ass."

"You won't do anything unless I tell you something to do related to that," answers Abe.

W only smiles at him and nods his head.

"Will you stay here or you will return to your house?" asks W to Rarity. She gets up from the chair and slowly breathes.

"Sunset Shimmer will pick me up. She's the only one that forgave me because of the argument, along with Fluttershy and Rainbow Dash. Gosh... why I had a fight with them instead of that imbecile?!"

Abe tries to calm her down and to avoid her tears coming out once again. At the same time, something starts vibrating, and Rarity grabs her phone and answers the call.

"Oh, hi." She says. "Wait, Sunset. Wait a minute downstairs, I'll go the faster I can."

"Wait, Sunset." She has to go now! Mantos' streets are not safe, especially for two teenage girls! Instantly, W and Abe look at me and understand what I am thinking.

"Hey, Rarity. You should go. You can not waste time now!" says Abe.

"Yeah, there are plenty of rapists at this time of the day. You should hurry," says W, while grabbing his cigarette box and getting out from it a clean cigarette. These words freeze Rarity's face while she was greeting all of us. Then, she runs away.

"Was that necessary?" says Abe to W.

"I had to tell her the truth. Anyway, Shall I call Lerrick and his gang for this?"

"Hell no!" I shout, and Abe agrees with me. Oh, and yes, Lerrick has a gang. It is filled with junkies that can annihilate anyone you want, but this is not the perfect situation to call them. Carrying thirty junkies to Canterlot would be complete chaos.

"Prepare yourselves, guys," says Abe. "Especially you, W. We'll go back to Canterlot if shit overflows."

"Meh," moans W. "At least I will kick Pietro's ass if I go again."

"Yup," he says. "I think I caught your flu, W, because now I wish I could stab that whiny kid in his back."

Ron

Gordo's Chalet

I am now inside Gordo's house in Canterlot with Mr Risk, who's in another room because he wanted to take a tour. It is a beautiful and cosy chalet filled with his "achievements". What I mean with this, is that he has every newspaper and book where he is mentioned by journalists and writers. One of that news was written by Jack's father in 1989, where he talks about Canterlotian Mafia and the infamous Crystal Prep School Shooting... guess what, Gordo was part of it. Well, he was part of it because... he was the fuckin' shooter.

Gordo Jameson is his real name, but he entered High School under a fake name: Blackley Jameson. He found himself as a gangster and serial killer during that time, and that's why he murdered his friends inside that school shooting in the '80s. After that tragedy, Gordo disappeared from the spotlight and moved to Los Mantos, where he started earning respect in the gangster world... all because of me.

I don't know why, but I was pretty desperate in the '80s for obtaining Mantos' control, and because of it, I started looking for any kind of allies that wanted to work for me... and that's when I found Gordo. He worked for me until he went back to Canterlot... to obtain his territory. Now, he is Canterlot's capo and can control everything from his freakin' chalet. Sometimes I think that my decision of hiring him created a ruthless and tough monster, and I'm guilty because of it.

Suddenly, a pale man with green hair and a chin beard appears. He's Butch, Gordo's right-hand man. "Gordo is busy at the moment, what do you want to inform, Ron?" he says.

"Tell him three words, Butch: Drug, Element, and Girl."

Butch nods his head and goes away. Meanwhile, Mr Risk appears after having a home-made tour inside Gordo's chalet.

"Wow, Mr Delight. I've never thought that you humans had this kind of houses!"

At the same moment, I was going to answer him, Butch comes along with that man. That man. Black hair, dark blue skin, green eyes, his characteristic suit and his big belly. Gordo's on the house.

"Do you like it, Ron?" he says. "This is my new chalet... It is so beautiful!" He greets both me and Mr Risk. "And who's this man?" he asks while holding his hand and pointing a finger at Risk.

"Mr Risk. He's the one that will help me with my project. Call him Larry."

Gordo looks at me, confused. "What kind of project are you talking about?"

He sits in front of me while Butch lends me a glass of champagne. He also offers it to Mr Risk but he denies to drink.

"You know what project. That one we talked about months ago."

Gordo starts laughing loudly. "Yeah. Las Pegasus' Fort. You know that shit's impossible."

Well, if you want to know what we are talking about, Las Pegasus' Fort is Equestria's Gold Bank. Gosh, rumour has it there are hundreds of magical chests in that fort that have tons of gold inside them. So, what's the problem with this? Well, this fort has magical security in every inch of the damn building. Once you step in that fort, the magic instantly knows who you are and also your intentions. If you want to rob the fort and the security finds out about it, run because the magic will annihilate you. Lots of gangsters died because of this magical security. Manehattan gangsters, Phillydelphia ones, my men and also Gordo's men, and even Plegovich's men died during all of these failed heists! That magic is completely ruthless!

Supposedly, this magic has a weakness: the Elements of Harmony. You can use them to go through that magic without being destroyed. People say these Elements appeared in Equestria months ago in Everfree Camp to defeat the infamous legend known as Gaia Everfree. That means those elements exist... and the holders may also be here.

"It is possible with the Elements of Harmony, Gordo."

He starts laughing. "Are you still believing in those shitty legends, Ron?"

Mr Risk starts talking to Gordo about the elements: "They are not legends, sir. The Elements of Harmony do exist in this world and the holders are near this city, according to my detector."

Detector? I've never heard anything like that coming out from Larry's information. He hid that all the time. Then, he gets out of a pocket from his pants a stone with a hole inside. "This is a Harmony detector. I think this was made centuries ago, before the creation of the place where I come. If this hole shows light and it starts vibrating, it means that the stone detected an element. Today, while we were going to this place, the stone vibrated three times. I think they are here, in Canterlot."

I look at Larry, shocked. I didn't even know about that stone! On the other hand, Gordo still does not believe it. "Really?" he says, in a serious way.

I try to break the ice telling him this: "Well, Gordo, I came for other objectives. I also came here to tell you that I need a favour. Well, two favours."

Gordo drinks his champagne glass in one sip and leaves the glass on a table. He looks at me seriously. "Really, Ron? You came here only to waste my time, talking to me about those fake elements and now you want two favours?"

Butch draws his weapon and points his gun in my face. I don't feel desperate though. Meanwhile, Larry runs from the scene and hides behind a couch. Coward.

"Hey, Gordo. Calm down," I tell him. "It's only about... Red Punch's daughter."

"Oh. Problems from the past, I think," he says while getting out from his pocket a cigarette box. "Let him go, Butch."

Butch slowly moves the gun away from my face and lends it to Gordo. The fat man asks me what's my problem about Red Punch's daughter.

"Well, W told me that she's trying to kill me, and she and her cousin were looking up information about me. Could you... get rid of that girl? Only Red Punch's daughter."

Gordo starts drinking another glass of champagne and nods his head. I try to talk to him about the third problem, but he interrupts me: "If you want meth, I can give you half of my stock. Make sure you have the money to pay for my bags. I don't want to decapitate you and put you in my collection of severed heads... like yours. Besides, do you still have Red Punch's head in that fucking formaldehyde jar?"

Um... yes... I have a collection of severed heads but don't worry, only one of them is real! The others are just replicas made by artists that I hired. Anyway, something calls my attention, how did Gordo know I was going to buy his meth?

"Yes, and... how did you know about my problem with the meth?" I ask.

"Patch told me," he answers. Then, he tells Butch to look for five Lima Meth bags... How much is it? I know that price, and I know that it won't be cheap..."I'll go for the girl," he says to me after finishing his second glass.

"Just... don't kill her. I only want you to warn her or lie to her, tell that girl that I went to... I don't know... Everfree!"

"Ok, Ron," he says. And then Butch returns with five big bags, shit... this will be expensive! After that, he leaves the bags and whispers something to Gordo... Something that completely changes his face and makes him run away... Mmmhh... That's not something so reliable, especially because Patch goes with him, leaving Risk and me alone.

He approaches me and whispers to me, "Do you want to kill someone?"

"No," I answer, and suddenly, Gordo appears along with a recognizable man. Oh shit. It's him. It's him!

W

The Next Day. 9:00 A. M. W's Apartment.

"Wake up, W," I hear.

That's the first words my brain listens in this morning. I open my eyes and touch my dirty pillow. I try to get up but I feel almost dead. Completely dizzy. That happens when you drink too much on the previous night.

"Drinking again, W? I guess because you feel lonely, right?"

I nod my head. Yes. I admit. I feel lonely sometimes, although almost every Mantos citizen recognizes me.

I have friends, but none of them are like me. My best friend, Jack, is 20 years older than me and has a different perspective from life. All my friends from the same age, are now dead or in another place an I don't know. My friends from the orphanage are an example.

I also never had a girlfriend. Well, I lost my virginity at 11 and I got laid with lots of hookers but I've never had a real girlfriend because I don't have time for that. I must do gangster works all day and night. Every week, month and year. Sometimes I regret accepting this job because I only wanted to find my parents' killer, something I never found during these 14 years.

Anyway, let's go back to normal life. I turn my head back and I look at Jack and Abe.

"What the hell?" I ask.

"We'll go to Canterlot High, even if things are not bad," says Abe.

And fuck, I have to go to that place again. I dress up and I leave my apartment.

Outside

The three of us get out of the hotel and enter to Abe's car. "You know what, W? If you want a girl, you'd better go to Canterlot," says Abe. "In Canterlot there are the best women."

I only nod my head, silent.

"Well, it calls my mind that you didn't make a stupid list of Canterlot ladies," says Jack. My face gets illuminated a little bit, and then I get out of my pocket a sheet of paper... Along with an envelope. That Tommy envelope. I grab it and I still keep it inside my pocket. I think I'll give it to Jack tonight. Anyway, I grab the tiny sheet of paper. Both of them look at that paper and sigh.

"You see, guys. I always make a list." I say while Abe turns on the car.

"Well, who is in your list?" asks Jack.

"Man, I fell in love with a band. A girl band that competed months ago in a thing called Battle of the Bands. They are called The Dazzlings. I don't know why, but they seem to be very familiar to me..."

"Yeah," says Abe. "For me too."

Jack also agrees with Abe and me. We've heard of them somewhere... in the gangster world. "Man," I keep saying. "I can describe the three of them with three words: pretty, rude and fuckable!"

They nod their heads while trying not to laugh. They don't care about the list. However, I think I'll make chaos with the next one.

"Guess what, bitches," I say, while my face starts illuminating and the morning blues start leaving my mind. "I found a MILF."

Jack turns around and looks at me like Really, boy? "Yeah, and who?" asks.

I answer: "Principal Celestia."

Jack and Abe's faces completely change, they are shocked.

"Just kidding," I say while I start laughing. "It's a mom. His son is named Button Mash. I don't know if she is divorced, but I wish, man!"

Abe smiles at me, but Jack doesn't answer. I think he realized something.

"Now that I remember... Did you steal an envelope from my bag, W?"

Oh shit. Oh fuck. What do I do now? Shall I give it to him now?

"I couldn't find it yesterday. That's why," he says. Abe doesn't speak.

I touch my pocket and get the envelope out of it. Then, his hands grab it. "Sorry. I wanted to know who was Tommy." I tell him, with a sad gesture.

He looks at the envelope and laughs. "Tommy?" he says. "Tommy was a partner of mine. A dumbass that got lucky. He could have married Celestia, Canterlot's student council in the '90s and have nice children with her, but he preferred to start in this bloody business, leaving her. Now... He's in a grave, while maggots are eating his flesh."

That phrase freezes me. The way Jack told me about Tommy was rude, serious, and honest. It was like a scary honesty, which left me silent.

"I have this envelope as a way to remind me that sometimes you must think twice. Please, don't be like Tommy, W." He says while keeping the envelope in one of his pants' pockets.

"Yes," I say, in a very smooth voice.

Rarity

School's Entrance

I reunited with Sunset Shimmer and Dash in the school's entrance. Rainbow tried to convince me to use my powers against Pietro, but I feel it's unnecessary. Besides, why would I use my shield in an argument? Pietro isn't so aggressive to hit me.

"Come on, Rarity! You should use your powers at least once! You know that Pietro's fist hits any human being, and besides, you must defend yourself from that beast!" she shouts.

"I've already told you that I won't use my geode to talk to my ex-boyfriend!"

"Well then, I'll use my power to defeat him!" She answers, but Sunset Shimmer stops her and agrees with me. We shouldn't use our geodes for stupidities like this! Well, stupidities... I still feel my heart devastated, she told me that she left me for another girl... Which one?

At the same time, I hear a song. A song from that famous band, The Donkeys. I always remember them because my grandpa loves them... Wait, is my grandpa already here?

I look at a car stopping at the school's entrance. From it, a young man gets out singing, while smoking a cigar. Oh gosh. It's Walter.

"Is that guy Walter? Oh my, no!" I tell to myself why Rainbow Dash starts laughing. Sunset Shimmer is completely serious, something that calls my attention.

W

We gonna dance all night
We gonna dance all night
Just move, calm down and dance
Donkeys gonna dance all night!

Oh man, I love the Donkeys.

I finally arrive at this shitty school and I look at... yup! It's everybody's favourite spoiled girl, Rarity! Along with his friend, Lady Rainbow and... Oh, Sunset Shimmer. I hope Ron solved her problem.

Abe gets down along with Jack and greets the three girls. I'm still with my cigarette inside my world. I greet them and then Sunset Shimmer calls me.

"Hey," she says to me, while Abe and Jack were talking to Rarity and Rainbow Dash. "Did you do something with my cousin and the Pirate?"

Um... I don't know anything about that. I left it to Ron... What should I say?

"Um... yeah, but I left that work to a friend of mine."

"Who? Rarity's grandpa?"

"Come on, Abe is not a gangster."

"Stop lying, bedmaker. I'm the only girl in my group of friends that has Mantos' sight. Abraham is a gangster in every part of his body, as your partner Jack."

Fuck. She knows. "Um, look. They are my friends and yes, they do work but not like me. They are stinky old men and I am... you know."

She sighs at me, and I find out that Abe and Jack... Disappeared! Like freakin' ghosts along with Rarity and her friend!

"What the...? Where did they go?" I say. She lifts her shoulders.

"No idea, bedmaker. I should go to the library right now. I do know why Rarity called you, it's more than obvious. Just do your part of our deal, and if you get me out of that situation, I won't call anyone or anything. Understand? I only do this because you seem to be a likeable guy."

That phrase makes me chuckle a little bit. "Likeable?" I ask her, with a smile.

She only frowns at me. I don't see any kind of blush, so I think she doesn't feel anything. I wish, man. This girl's hot... Well, I'm starting to release my pimp side. I should stop now.

Hallway

She goes to the library while I start walking around in the hallways, trying to find Abe and Jack. While I was getting tired of passing through the same hallways, I found something that called my attention: Inside a classroom, a green-haired guy is flirting with the nerdy girl. Ok, that's something that calls my attention, that girl may be a nerd, but she's not ugly! It's an interesting choice!

"So, Timber, shall we go to the Shoppe tomorrow evening, and then going to the Cinema? I have to check if the movie starts at 8 p. m."

"8:30 p. m. to be more specific, Twilight. We can go for a milkshake after the movie."

"Oh, I'd love that!"

Typical things from couples. Real couples. Something I wish I could experiment. Then, I hear a smooth, teen voice.

"What are you doing?" I turn back but I don't see anybody. There's no one behind me, just a dog. "Hey, are you alright?" he asks me.

Wait, what? Is a dog talking to me? Am I high and I didn't know that?

"What the fuck," I say.

"Oh, yes. I know it's strange, but I can talk. Call me Spike. I am Twilight's dog."

"Um... OK."

I sit down and put my head against a locker in one of the hallways. Spike looks at me.

"I...I just can't believe this. Are you talking to me or you are just an illusion?"

He laughs at me, and says: "No, I am real and I can talk."

"Okay, that's something really strange," I say.

"Now, what are you doing here, spying my owner?"

I can't believe I'm having a conversation with a dog. Before looking for Abe and Jack again, I should relax... Talking to a dog.

"Nah. I was looking for my partners, and I came across your owner. I see she's with a guy."

"Yeah, she's happy with him. They make a cute couple, although a guy is suffering because of that... Oops, sorry! I shouldn't have told you that!"

"Don't worry. I don't care. I should look for my pals and Rarity, that spoiled girl."

The dog looks at me, shocked.

"How dare you?" he says. "It's the first time I see someone who hates Rarity."

"I don't hate her," I answer while I get up. "I only think that."

"Where are you going?" he asks me.

"I'll look for my pals. If you want to come with me, you will be greatly received."

He smiles at me. "I prefer that rather than being with Twilight and her boyfriend for all day." Then he climbs to my shoulder and we enter the cafeteria.

Cafeteria

"Why are you here?" he asks me.

"Rarity called us because she wanted to have security guards against Pietro."

The dog starts groaning. "Pietro, that ruthless idiot... I hate him! She left Rarity alone, poor little thing!"

I start laughing. "Man... I mean, dog, do you know your dream can't be accomplished, right?" I say.

"What do you mean?"

"I don't think Rarity wants to make out with a dog, especially because zoophilia is illegal in all of Equestria's cities."

He stares at me and doesn't say anything. Anyway, I didn't find either Jack or Abe inside, even Rarity wasn't there. Where the fuck they are now? Are they, wait for... in the soccer pitch?

"They are not here. Let's go to the soccer pitch." I say while I get out of the cafeteria.

Hallway

While I am walking through the hallway, Spike starts barking.

"Wow, dog. Now what?" I ask.

"I smell... It is... that stinky perfume... Pietro is near."

"OK," I answer him.

I keep walking with Spike, but slower. Suddenly, I hear a voice.

"You think you are powerful, huh? Let's see if you are powerful now! Grab her, now!"

"No, wait, no! Pietro, please!"

Spike starts groaning again. I recognize that voice, and it's not Rarity's. Both voices come out of the classroom. What calls my mind is that Spike and I are the only ones near the room. There are no students over here. No one.

"Shall we knock the door?" the dog asks. I start laughing and I kick the door, opening it. I see an interesting situation. Pietro and another guy are lifting Trixie Lulamoon against the wall. I start clapping.

"Man. I missed you," I tell Pietro.

"What the fuck are you doing here... with that dog?" he asks with his now characteristic frown. Spike starts barking and wants to attack him, but he doesn't dare to do that in real life.

"Language, child. Your uncle is going to be very angry with you," I tell him while chuckling.

He explodes in a burst of laughter. "Oh, and what about your parents, Waters?" he says. "Oh, I know. They are fucking dead."

My smile instantly disappears. You should have never done that, Piet.

"Oh, you son of a bitch," I tell him and I instantly grab his chest and throw him through the door. The masked guy starts attacking me but Spike bites one of his fingers, making him an easier opponent. I kick him in the face and look at Trixie.

"Hey, Trix. Long-time no see. Have a good day!" I tell her, while I look at Pietro running from the room. I start following him along with Spike. "Hey, fucker! Come here!" I shout him, and then he enters to the soccer pitch. Surprise, kids! Abe and Jack are there, along with Rarity. I knew it, I fuckin' knew it!

Pietro looks at Abe. Both of them stare at each other. There is an awkward and frightening tension between them.

"Rarity?" says Pietro.

She looks at him, in silence. "I think we need to talk, Pietro. I brought my grandpa just in case you get mad at me."

"Pietro," says Abe. The kid stands up and looks at him, completely confused. "My name is Abraham, and I'm Rarity's grandfather. Please, call me... Tough Moustache."

Rarity looks at him, trying not to laugh. Honestly, Abe has balls for saying that, because it sounded quite stupid. However, Pietro knows where is that nickname from because he opened his eyes and realized who is talking to, and he slowly moves his hand and grabs something from his pocket.

"What the fuck are you doing?" says Abe.

Pietro gets that thing from his pocket: A handgun. Rarity starts shouting, but Abe calms her down. Spike looks at me, in silence. Meanwhile, Jack points at my shoulder, confused. He's talking about Spike. "New friend", I tell him in silence, using my lips.

"Well, if you drew your gun, I'll do it too," I say and I draw it. Rarity and Spike are completely shocked. Pietro, on the other hand, is scared. I feel like he is going to shit his pants, but I must admit that he has balls because he didn't throw his weapon and cried like a bitch, he's on the ground being watched by three of the toughest Mantos' gangsters.

"CPD! Canterlot Police Department! Put your guns down and raise your hands!"

WHAT THE FUCK? From fucking nowhere, four police cars and a limousine appear on the school. From the four cars, cops get out and point their guns at us. Holy... shit. May I know what the hell is happening right now?

"Put your guns down, all of you. Now!" says one of the cops. Pietro and I leave our guns on the pitch and they confiscate them. Lots of people get out of school to watch the show, even Rarity's friends.

Then, the limousine's last door is opened. From it, a recognizable man comes out. Oh shit! It's the man. Brown-skinned with also brown hair, light blue eyes and a Cuban cigar on his mouth. It's a man I always wanted to know... only to kick his ass. You may know him as Mortimer Blueblood, Canterlot's Governor. Yup, the one who adopted my brother, William.

He looks at me and smiles. "Oh, my God. Aren't you William's little brother?"

"Yeah, and what the fuck do you want? An autograph?" I ask him with a serious voice. Policemen look at me, angry. They want to attack me, but then, I hear some words from the Governor.

"Don't attack him. This one is mine."

I am confused. What does he mean with that? He approaches me and then... BAM! Fist in my stomach! I instantly fall to the floor and I want to throw up. After that, he puts his foot on my neck.

"Listen, kid. You are arrested, along with your opponent."

Some policemen put handcuffs on my arms and carry me to a police car, along with Pietro.

"You two," says Mortimer, pointing to Jack and Abe. "You'll be my witnesses. Come with me, now."

The policemen also grab Jack and Abe, but they don't put them handcuffs. I expect that I'll enter a police car but, surprisingly, they left me inside the limousine, along with Pietro.

And man, I looked at something I won't ever forget in my life.

In front of me, there were two big beasts: Ron and Gordo, drinking a glass of wine, along with that newbie guy, Larry, looking at a stone with lights inside. There is also Butch, Gordo's right-hand man.

"Hello, W!" says Gordo to me, with a smile. I remain silent because I can't understand this whole situation. I was arrested. A-R-R-E-S-T-E-D. And then I enter a limousine where two capos of Equestria are drinking wine and having fun, the only thing that remains in this dream is the Dazzlings entering this car and getting laid... God, that would be a paradise!

Jack and Abe get in too. After them, Mortimer enters the car and starts drinking a glass of champagne.

"Stay comfy, guys," says Mortimer. "We need to talk."

What? I look at Ron, shocked.

"What's this about?" asks Abe, but Pietro interrupts him, asking:

"Can I go home?"

Mortimer starts laughing. "Don't you wanna be rich, Pietro? I'll tell all of you the project I've been making with Gordo and Mr Delight. It is related to the Elements of Harmony..."

To be continued...

Back Into the Crap

Something has gone wrong. We don't seem to have an archived copy of that chapter.

Bank or Jewellery?

Chapter 6: Bank or Jewelry?

"Hey, Walt. What's the matter?" he says. I recognize him. His face, his piercings... I am talking to Disturbance. He is the Dark Spikes' Leader, a gang from la Lima that works for Gordo. Along with him, there are three other members: Turmoil, a skinny guy who doesn't have feelings (literally) because of a magical accident, Tumult, who looks like Disturbance but with a small mohawk on his head, and Riot, a strong, enormous guy that's so dumb he can't do anything by his own.

Spike hides behind my leg while I smile at Disturbance. "Hey, Disturbance," I say. "It is so strange to see you right here, on Canterlot High."

"Yeah," he says while growling. "Honestly, I freakin' hate this place, but today I had to make an effort and come for something."

"Really?" I say, smiling. "What?"

"You." Smile no more. Oh crap. I instantly want to run away and escape to Los Mantos. Spike starts barking. "Tell your doggy to shut up," he says. I look at him with that look. That look called You seriously need to shut the fuck up, and then he stops barking and goes away.

"Look, W. Gordo is seriously mad at all of you because of that meth Ron bought him. Now, I want you to choose only one... Bank or Jewelry."

"W-What?"

"Bank or Jewelry, W. You need to work now."

I stay in silence. The question is simple but complex. Shall I go for a bank... or jewellery? A bank is much harder but there is much money inside. Much.

"Um... look, Disturbance. I honestly choose bank, but you need Jack's opinion, along with Abe and..."

"I know," he says, and I look outside the cafeteria and I find out that there is a familiar face: a strong man is trying to open a locker door... It is Riot. "You know that Riot can't live on his own," says Disturbance. "So he came here with me."

Riot looks at me and runs to the cafeteria, only to hug me. "W! W!" repeats while hugging me. Disturbance starts laughing.

"Now, Riot," says Disturbance. "Due to the recent conflicts, do me a favour... attack."

"Wait... what?" I ask. I guess it is time to escape!

"Gordo told me I had to attack you because you were mocking him with his belly."

"You son of a bitch!" I whisper and I get out of the cafeteria. Both of them are running behind me. That's the moment when I get out of school and I stay on the parking lot, hiding under a car and looking at Disturbance's shoes near it.

Parking Lot. W's under a car.

"Shit, is he here?" He asks Riot.

"Nevermind, you don't even know where we are. Let's go to Sugarcube... Tumult told me that we were meeting there again."

Both of them run away, but when I try to get out of that place, I hear some footsteps near me. There are five or six dudes right there.

"Listen, Flash," says someone with an elegant accent. It's a wealthy kid. The shit of Canterlot. "What's the problem? You haven't paid the freakin' pot for two months..."

"Listen, Jet Set, I don't have enough money to pay you."

"Again, Flash? It is the third time that you tell me you don't have money. I don't have a choice."

"NO!"

"Grab him! NOW!"

That Flash guy wants to run, but somebody grabs him and everybody starts kicking at him on his chest. Another guy grabs him by the neck and hits his head onto the car I am hiding.

"If you don't pay me for next week, I'll kick your ass like this..." says the elegant voice. "But worse. Goodbye, you douchebag." Wait...I think I know this guy...

All of them walk away from the parking lot, while Flash starts crying. He gets up and kicks the car front. I slowly get out under the car and he looks at me. "Hey, I'm neutral," I tell him. He tries to kick my face, but I grab his leg and let it go. "I told you I'm neutral."

"What... What were you doing?"

"Hiding from some bastards. I've heard it all, and man... they kicked your ass."

I look at him. He has a purple eye and his nose is bleeding. His black jacket is covered with dirt and it is ripped from behind. They legit kicked his ass. "So..." I say while having a smile on my face. "A canterlotian buying drugs. That's strange."

"I smoke marijuana to get out of my misery."

"Misery?" I say. "You are in Canterlot, man. The city of friendship!"

"Friendship? Yup... but that doesn't mean that all of us are happy. I am sad... because I just can't overcome some things."

"Like what?"

He doesn't answer and just looks at me with anger. "Why do you care about me?" he asks.

"Come on, man... you are too sad to be a guy from Canterlot. You need help."

He laughs while grabbing a cigarette. "Will you leave me alone?" he asks to me.

"If you give me a cigarette, I'll do it."

He gives me one and I touch his shoulder, smiling. I walk away and Spike comes out from the front door, while the nerdy girl and his boyfriend are following him.

"I thought that guy destroyed you... Who was him?" he says, while his tail is swinging up and down.

"I'm indestructible, Spike," I say while rubbing his head. "And that guy was... um... a friend."

"Hey, Twi," says Spike. "He's OK."

"I'm glad you are making some friends, Spi..." She looks at me in silence. She realized her dog has made a special friend. "You?" she asks.

"Me?"

"I thought the Police arrested you."

"No, they released me along with Pietro. By the way, where is he now?"

"He is absent today." says her boyfriend. "Um... and who are you? I don't know you, man... I never saw you in Canterlot."

"He is Walter, Timber," says the nerdy girl. "A friend of Dashie."

"Oh, hi then... I'm Timber, Twi's friend."s

"Friend?" She says while she blushes and starts laughing. Both of them start gasping and walk away. Spike and I look at each other, confused.

"Love. So strange..." I tell him. He laughs and then he climbs to my shoulder and we look at Flash, slowly walking with two cigarettes in his mouth.

"Oh, man... poor Flash." He says.

"What happened to him?" I ask.

"Things." He simply answers.

"Oh, come on... What kind of things?"

"He broke with his band... He crashed his car last week... and he has an unrequited love."

"Unrequited love?" I say. "You are kidding me."

"Yup. The girl she loves is... you know, in a relationship with Timber."

"Oh... Twilight." I say. Spike looks at me confused. "Oh god! Really? Does he get drugged only because of love? How dramatic are people here on Canterlot? For fuck's sake!"

"Jeez," says Spike. "I shouldn't have said it... and, yeah... I think I agree with you. People here are so dramatic sometimes."

"Oh, hi there!" I hear behind me. I turn my back and I look at Trixie Lulamoon smiling at me. I raise an eyebrow.

"You again?" I ask her.

"Yeah, W... I was walking around the school and... boom! Trixie and you found each other... again."

"Um... Ok then." I say.

She laughs again, but everything turns into silence when I ask her something: "Do you have a boyfriend?"

Her face fades into white and also her smile disappears. "W-Why do you want to know?" she asks.

"Um... I'm just asking..."

She laughs out loud after. "What are you talking about? Do you think I, the Great and Powerful Trrrixie, will be your girlfriend?"

"What?" I say while laughing. "Me? As your boyfriend? Hell no! I only wanted to know..."

"Oh," she says, blushed. "And why?"

"Um..." I say, chuckling. "You look like... you are desperate for one. For real."

She approaches me: "Me? Desperate for a boyfriend? Haha! You make me laugh, W!"

The three of us hear a ring.

"Oh! The bell!" She says. "Trixie has to go, goodbye!"

She runs away and enters the school. Spike starts laughing.

"I know... this crazy girl," I say. "Man, it makes me laugh, although that third person thing is making me crazy."

"She is in love," says Spike the Dog.

"Trixie?"

"Yeah. Guess what."

I look at his eyes for a second and I find out what he is talking about. "Do you think she is in love... with me?"

"Hell yeah."

"Hell no, doggo! She won't be my girlfriend. No girl from Canterlot would be my couple. Besides, how old is she? 15? Hell no."

"She is 18 years old," says Spike and I stay in silence.

"Um... I'm 24. I'm a lot bigger!"

"To be honest, you look a lot younger than a 24-year-old man."

I put my hands on my chest while looking at Spike in my shoulder. "Holy shit," I say. "That's the most beautiful thing I've ever heard from a dog.'"

Both of us start laughing.

Jack

Motel. 11:00 A.M.

It's almost 11. I am with Abe drinking some coffee and talking about this whole problem with Ron and Gordo.

"I think there is a way to earn 12 million in a couple of days," says Abe while looking through the motel's window.

"Yeah," I answer. "A heist."

Abe chuckles for a second. "How can we elaborate a heist now?"

"We can't, Abe. It's not a good day to commit a heist, especially with all this shit of the Elements running around us."

"Yes, I know... Anyway, how is W? Did he call you?"

"Nope," I answer. "He hasn't called me yet."

"Uh... That kid makes me mad sometimes. He may have looked for that Sunset Shimmer girl he talked about."

Suddenly, I hear someone knocking on the door.

"W! Finally!" shouts Abe.

I open the door but W's not there. There are other two guys: Tumult and Turmoil, from the Dark Spikes. Two guys we recognize.

"What the fuck are you doing here?" I ask, surprised.

"Finally we found you." Says Tumult. "You have to work for Gordo now. He wants you to make a heist."

"What?" Says Abe, shocked. "A heist? Right here? Right now? How can we do that?" He whispers while approaching them both. He doesn't want anyone outside the room to know.

"Gordo has everything under control," says Tumult. Meanwhile, Turmoil is just looking straight at a wall, with no feelings. "You will only have the power to choose... Bank or Jewelry?"

Abe and I look at each other. Now we will make a heist from nowhere? We don't even know which places are being chosen.

"Can we at least know what bank or jewellery are you talking about?" I ask.

"No," answers Tumult. Turmoil comes back to the entrance door and sits down, doing nothing. He has no feelings or determination. "Bank or Jewelry? Come on, I don't have time, come on!" shouts Tumult.

"We want to know which places are we talking about, Tumult!" says Abe.

"Ok then, here you have!"

He gets out of his pocket a piece of paper. There are two names on it:

THE LIBRARIAN'S BANK
LUDMILA'S JEWELRY

"Gordo has been looking for these places," he says. Both of us try to conclude out of this. The Librarian's Bank is easier to rob than other banks in Canterlot but this doesn't mean it's an easy place to make a heist. Security always keeps an eye on that... but wait... If Mortimer is on our side... will the police too?

"Is the police with us?" I ask.

"I don't know. If you are with Mortimer Blueblood, yup, but if you kill someone you will be found and arrested, no matter what."

"Ok. I think bank is a better option," says Abe. "What about you, Jack?" I nod my head while looking at them, and Tumult smiles.

"Ok then... The Librarian's Heist will be!"

Tumult grabs Turmoil by the neck and both of them escape. Abe and I look at each other because we know that this will be a pain in the ass.

W

Parking Lot

I am sitting on the Parking Lot with Spike next to me, thinking about this Flash guy. "Where is this Flash living?" I ask Spike. He lifts his shoulders.

"I don't know. Do you really wanna help him?"

"Um... maybe. I only care for the pot... I think I know those dudes. I recognized one of them's voice."

"You know them?"

"I think I sold them the pot some... months ago."

He looks at me, shocked. "Are you selling that?"

Oh, I'm a dumbass. Why I always open my mouth and reveal things that should not be revealed? "Not anymore," I say, trying to recover the truth. "I used to because there was no other way to keep going with my life."

Suddenly, I come up with a plan. Crystal Prep... I haven't been there for a while... I instantly get up, while Spike asks what am I doing.

"I'll go for a walk... to Crystal Prep," I answer.

"What? Are you sure?"

"Yup. It will be only a minute or two."

I run away and I go down to the corner of Crystal Prep.

"Wait!" I hear. "Can I go with you?"

I turn back and I look at Spike. "No! It's dangerous. Besides, your owner is here."

"And what?"

"Just... Stay here. Go inside. I'll go for a research thing."

He sighs and goes inside the school, while I run away and I go to Crystal Prep.

Crystal Prep

I finally arrive at this place. I haven't entered this place for months. Oh yeah... The worst place in Canterlot, maybe. This school is a lot worse than Canterlot High. It is filled with disgusting students whose only ability is to criticize. In other ways to say, it is a school made of shit and filled with... Guess what, shit! I enter the school and some guys look at me. They seem to be laughing on their inside. Oh, what a warm welcome!

Now, I must find someone that knows me. Someone who used to buy my products... Suddenly, I see that Trenderhoof is in the hallway. He looks at me and tries to run. "Hey, Trenderhoof!" I shout. "So long, writer boy."

There is a Crystal Prep group inside the school who I used to sell them pot. The principal negotiator with me was Jet Set, a guy with long hair and round glasses. There were other guys inside this group, including this guy, Trenderhoof. I don't know why, but one day they told me they didn't want more, and I left them with only a little bag filled with it. A bag whose content was really hard for me to make. I had to wait for the fucking plants to grow up, but the good thing here is that I earned good money because of it.

"Hey there... Bed," he says.

"Bed? What kind of nickname is that?" I tell him, raising an eyebrow. "I told you my nickname was Poppa Bed."

"Ok then... Poppa Bed."

"Well, writer boy. I came here to ask you some questions."

Trenderhoof's face seems to be falling in pieces after saying that. "What... Kind of questions?"

"I want to know what happened to you, man! The last time you bought me was some months ago and from nowhere I heard that Jet Set is controlling his own business. Did they replace me?"

"No!" he says, while his face is covered with sweat. "Just... Please don't tell anybody this... Um... they are selling pot now."

"Selling? Jet's pot?"

"Your pot."

My face is now blank. I am shocked. That last time, where they bought me that bag with joint... They were reselling my pot. They were doing it... Motherfuckers.

"They told me they would smoke that in Everfree Camp. Sons of bitches..." I say.

"Sorry," he says, trying to comfort me. I touch his shoulder.

"They are playing with fire, writer boy. Have you ever listened to Metallica?"

"Um... not my kind of music," says Trenderhoof. "I prefer Tame Impala or Neutral Milk Hotel."

"Oh, you fucking hipster..." I say, chuckling. "You have to listen to Metallica, writer boy. Especially Ride the Lightning, because there's a song in that album called Fight Fire with Fire, and they are playing with fire, boy. I'm gonna fight them with fire."

"Please, don't kill..."

"Kill?" I whisper while rubbing his hair. "Nah. I will kick their asses and leave them on the floor. You, writer boy, consider yourself saved. Get out of this situation."

"Yes, Poppa Bed."

"Take care of yourself, Trenderhoof. If you want to smoke, smoke Bedmaker's."

I go outside and I light a cigarette, thinking about this whole situation. What should I do? Giving them a lesson, or let them go? They are only 18 years old and they don't even know where is the clitoris. Wait, where was the clitoris in the first place? Um... oh yeah, up there... yeah, yeah... um, going back to the main topic... They are reselling my pot! The one I sold them at a very cheap price!

Canterlot High. Parking Lot

I return to Canterlot High and I look at Flash, who is fainted in the parking lot. He is under a car, so I approach him and I woke him up. "Hey, douchebag. Wake up," I say. He opens his eyes and looks at me.

"Oh... You again?" he whispers.

"Yup, Flash. Come on, stop with this mess and get up. I think you have class now."

"I'm sad."

"Yeah, but class is still going. If you don't go, you may fail your tests."

"I'm sad!" he shouts while he stands up. He almost fell off twice.

"Do you know that this is not a solution? Smoking, drinking..."

"I'M SAD!"

"HEY!" I say, with my fists near his face. "Don't fucking shout to me!"

He stays silent, and at that moment I sit next to him. "Look. I lost my parents when I was 6 months old, and I lived for 10 years in a Mantos orphanage... The worst place you can imagine. I was left alone with nothing, around the worst kids that ever existed except for my friends. And I lived that shit for almost 10 years. 120 months... um... three thousand and... yes, 3,650 days and I'm still standing. If I went through that fucking situation and survived... You can survive a stupid unrequited love, you playwright."

Flash's eyes widen when I say unrequited love.

"You... Know?"

"Twilight the Nerdy Girl," I say, with a smile. "Don't you?"

"Um..." he smiles. "Not only her. I also feel something about another girl."

"If it's Rarity, you are screwed. She has a long list of lovers and also his grandpa is a tough guy. I know him."

"No, no. It's a friend of hers."

"Uh... The Rainbow girl."

He makes a funny gesture. "She's pretty hot but it's not her. I won't tell you."

"Well... if you say," I lift my shoulders. I don't care.

Then, he looks at me and raises an eyebrow."Who are you, in the first place?"

"Uh..." I say, struggling with my tongue. "Call me W."

"W? Is that your name?"

"My nickname."

"And... can I know your name?"

"Walter."

"Walter?" he says, confused. "I thought that you were named... Wilderness."

"I don't have shitty names like canterlotians."

He starts laughing and I help him to walk.

"So... you know Rarity?" He asks.

"Yup... I knew her through her grandpa. He is a good friend of mine."

"And why are you here?"

My mind stops. What should I say? I've got to make an excuse, now! "Um... holidays. Today I've planned to visit Rarity."

"Ok... and sorry for that. It had to hurt... telling me about your parents' fate."

I give him a small smile "No problem."

School's Entrance

While I am helping Flash to enter the school, I look at two familiar figures.

"W! What the hell?" asks Jack.

"Oh, fellas! So long!" I say and I instantly leave Flash on the school's entrance. "Just sit right here," I tell him. He closes his eyes and he instantly falls asleep.

"Who is that guy?" they ask me, but then Abe looks at him and recognizes him. "Wait... I know him," he says. "Flash... Flash something. Rarity told me he was destroyed and man... he looks like a dead man whose soul got trapped in hell..."

The three of us look at Flash, who is sleeping at the school's entrance.

"Did you...?" I ask.

"We were asked about that."

"Bank or Jewelry?"

"Bank."

"Oh yes... I chose bank too!" I say.

"Gordo will call us tonight. I think he has already talked with Ron, so... we will wait."

The three of us sigh. At least we chose the same option and now, we have a chance of obtaining what we were going to use. Seconds later, Jack looks at Flash, sleeping on the school's entrance.

"W, at least leave him inside the school," he says. "It worries me."

"Uh... Well. Ok then," I say and then I approach Flash. I grab his shoulder, open the door and throw him through it. There are no students or teachers. All of them are in the classrooms and I run away from the place and go back with Jack and Abe.

Motel. 9:30 P.M.

"Don't you dare!" Says Jack at the right moment he looks at me with a blunt. "You will fill the room with that freakin' smell."

"Nah, don't worry. I'm thinking. I won't smoke it." I answer.

"Thinking? Do you think?" he says, smiling.

"Yeah, sick fuck. I'm not stupid."

He sighs and sits on his bed. "That can be debatable."

"Fuck yourself," I answer him while raising my middle finger.

"I can't fuck myself, W... And, by the way... what's the matter now?" he asks.

I sigh and look at him. "Do you remember Jet Set? That spoiled dude?"

He reminds of him, seconds later. "Uh yeah. The Crystal Prep one. "

"He has been reselling my plants. Do you know I sold them at the cheapest price?"

"And they are reselling it. I told you, W. You shouldn't have made a deal with Crystal Prep students. They are greedy and selfish. And with that, all in all, you are stupid. Period."

"Fuck yourself, Jack!" I shout, and then the telephone starts ringing. Both of us look at each other and Jack answers the call.

"Hello?... Ah-hah... Yeah... What?... but we chose Bank..."

Mmm... That doesn't sound good for me. He ends the call and leaves the phone. "Gordo chose Jewelry. "

"What? But... Ludmila's? It's smaller and doesn't have lots of money as a bank has. Why would he choose that?"

"I don't know. It's Gordo."

I lie in my home-made bed, grabbing my head. Abe comes out of the bathroom, with a towel covering his body.

"Jewelry?" He says. "Really? This fucking Gordo sucks."

Jack goes outside and starts smoking. Abe dresses up in another room and he gives me a Blue Note's LP.

"Put it on the record player," Abe tells me. "I need to relax."

Freakin' Blue Note. A guy who was born in the suburbs of Phillydelphia and turned into the Equestrian Blues' father and creator. Abe loves him and he considers himself as his #1 fan. I put the LP on the record player and I start playing it. The phone starts ringing again, so I get up and answer.

"Hello," I say.

"Uh... W?" says a feminine voice. I recognize it... Rarity's.

"Rarity? What happened?"

"Um... I-I am walking down the street... and... and somebody is following me... Is my grandpa there?"

Oh shit. "Um... Where are you, Rarity?"

"Near the motel... um... crap! Help! HELP!"

And then she ends the call. Oh shit... How can I tell this to Abe? I need to be quick! We need to save Rarity!

To be continued...

Waiting

Author's Note

Hey guys, after a long, long, wait, finally Chapter 7 of Waters is here.

I am sorry for my delay at writing this... I'm very busy at the moment because of school and other secondary projects..

Enjoy the chapter!

Chapter 7: Waiting for Ludmila

W

Motel. 9:35 P.M.

"ABE! ABE!" I shout while getting the Blue Note's LP out of the record player before going into his room. He is surprised.

"What happened, W?" he says, angrily. "You took Blue Note out very fast! Is the LP ok?" says Abe, surprised while checking the LP.

"Yes, but..." Now the time has come. What should I say? I'm scared... uh... COME ON! I must not be a coward! "Uh... look... it's bad, really bad. Rarity called me... she told me that she was being followed by someone and then..."

Abe's face is now white. His orange moustache seems to be falling and losing its colour. His lips are now dry, and his mouth can hardly open. "Wh... Where was she?" He asks with a broken voice.

"She was near us, I don't know... How did she call here, in the first place?"

"I... I gave her the phone..." he answers. "Now, we must save her... if she is in danger."

"Now?" I ask. Sorry, sometimes my idiotic side gets his turn to ask things.

"Of course, you fucking idiot!" he shouts. "What were you going to do? Wait for the next day?"

Jack appears on the scene.

"Oh, what happened now?" He asks.

"Rarity is in danger." Answers Abe.

"Oh my... What happened?"

"We think that she was kidnapped... near the motel," I say.

"Kidnapped?" Says Jack. "Oh no... we must hurry up!"

Abe immediately dresses up and opens the door. We finally get out of the motel and run into the street.

Street

Jack, Abe and I are now in the cold street at night. The moon is so beautiful right now. White, shiny, and looks like a magic god or something. "She was near... she was near." I hear from Abe. Jack is illuminating some backstreets with a lantern. There is another backstreet filled with blankets, which is not being illuminated by Jack.

"Shall I look at those blankets?" I ask. Abe does not answer me and I go anyway.

Backstreet

The backstreet is long and narrow. There is also someone sleeping, so I try not to wake him up and keep walking. I find out that there is a dumpster in the backstreet... a locked dumpster, covered with chains and a lock. When I turn around, I hear someone sobbing inside the dumpster. I approach it and try to break the lock, but suddenly, I look at a man waking up.

"Who in the hell are you, dumb?" He asks. His voice is raspy and the way he speaks is weird, he doesn't pronounce the words too well and talks very slow.

"Is this dumpster yours?" I ask him.

"Yeah."

"What's inside the dumpster?" I ask again.

I grab my flashlight, which is inside my pocket, and I illuminate him. When I look at his physical appearance, I find out he is... very familiar. He has grey skin. His hair is dark and it is disheveled. He is wearing a worn-out coat and black dirty jeans. He also has trainers filled with holes. I know this man... Lerrick.

Lerrick works for Ron, like me, like Jack and Abe... but his job is to take care of Los Mantos' poorest zones, except for La Lima. One of those places is Bormoth Street. Oh gosh... Bormoth Street. My ass cheeks feel cold every time I say those two words.

Bormoth Street is a place filled... sorry, wrong word... dominated by drug dealers. It is the place where everyone consumes drugs for the first time. The last time I was there, I bought LSD for a party. Lerrick, who is the king of Bormoth Street, has a nickname inside... Mother Pharmacy, because he has all the drugs you need.

"Hey... Mother Pharmacy Lerrick." I say, with a smile. He starts laughing.

"The Bedmaker, Waters." He answers. "What are you doing here? On Canterlot?"

"Holidays. I am looking for Abe's granddaughter right now. I also heard some sobbings inside the dumpster." I hear sobbings inside the dumpster again. Lerrick looks at it with an angry gesture. "What's inside, Lerrick?" I ask him.

At the same time, I realize that three guys are behind me. They seem to be with Lerrick.

"You see, W," he says. "Canterlot's Lerrick is way different from Mantos' Lerrick. We were friends there, and here... we are rivals."

What the fuck? He is an idiot. How can he think that stupid thing?

"Hey, Lerrick, calm do--" I couldn't finish the sentence because of the three guys who grabbed me from the back and threw me to the floor. What can I do now? Think, W. You don't have much time. "JACK! ABE!" I shout. Seconds later, I rise and I try to defend myself, but I can't fight against three men. I beat up one of them, but the other two are still breaking my mood. I kick one of them's face and he falls to the floor. While I was fighting with the third guy, Lerrick appears... with two machetes. The third guy runs away and hides from Lerrick and me. The second one walks away and the first guy gets up and leaves the backstreet with his partner.

Lerrick leaves one of those machetes on the floor. I know what he is trying to do, and it will be dangerous and totally stupid. "Do you think that we will fight to death with machetes?" I ask him.

"I didn't think about it," he says with a big smile. "I did it... and I'll do it."

"Come on, man... don't be such an idiot."

A light appears from nowhere and I cover my eyes from it. The guy that hid behind the dumpster climbs a wall and escapes. Lerrick turns back and looks at Jack and Abe.

"Lerrick?" Says Jack. "What are you doing on Canterlot?"

"Holidays," he answers. Abe approaches him and the dumpster's sobbing is heard again.

"What's that sound?" Asks Jack, while he discovers all the chains that are protecting the dumpster. Then, he illuminates it and discovers the lock. Abe looks at it and grabs Lerrick by the neck.

"Where is the key?" He asks.

"Won't tell ya, Abe!" He answers, laughing.

"Stop with this shit! This is not a joke!"

"Why?"

"My granddaughter is lost, Lerrick! Go and unlock that dumpster!"

"I won't!"

I grab Lerrick's machete from the floor and I touch his back with it. His laugh just stops and he starts moving his arm with the machete. He tries to attack Abe but fortunately he dodges it. Jack grabs Lerrick by his chest, and Abe and I get the machete out of his hand. He is now on the floor, while Abe touches his neck with a machete.

"No time for games. Where is the key?"

"Where?" he answers.

"No time for games, Lerrick! Where... IS THE KEY?"

He doesn't answer. Jack grabs something from Lerrick's pocket in the coat and looks at it.

"A small bag of cocaine. Normal Lerrick... There is also what we need."

Jack gives Abe a small key. He opens the lock and throws the chains away. When he opens the dumpster, he recognizes something.

"Grandpa!" she shouts.

Abe's face turns into complete shock. Jack and I are also impressed. Lerrick tries to escape, but the grandpa grabs his coat and puts his shoe on Lerrick's neck.

"Thank Star Swirl you are safe, Rarity. Now he will pay."

"Please..." says Lerrick.

"Hey, hey... shut your mouth." says the grandpa while trying not to kill him.

Lerrick punches Abe's foot and gets up. He grabs a machete and throws it at me, I think I'm about to die but then... something happens. A white, shiny shield appears in front of me and grabs the machete, making me fall to the floor in pure shock. A shield? Is it... the moon? Or what the fuck? S-Seriously, what the fuck has just happened?

Abe and Jack are also looking at the white shield that instantly disappears. The three of us are now silent. Lerrick tries to escape but Jack grabs him by his back on time.

"You bastard!" says Rarity, while punching Lerrick's face. She seems that she didn't find out that a magical shield appeared from nowhere and saved my life.

"H-Hey, Rarity... Could you tell me what happened?" I say. She looks at me and lends me her hand. She tries to get me up.

"I saved your life, moron," she whispers to me. "And I should thank all of you for saving mine. I truly appreciate it."

Then, she hugs her grandpa while crying... but, wait a moment... She saved my life? How? With a magical shield?

"What happened, Rarity?" asks Abe. "Did you... make that shield?"

Rarity thinks about her answer. I think she doesn't want to tell his grandpa the truth. "I think it was the moon, grandpa. The moon saved Walter."

She looks at me and winks an eye. She doesn't want to tell the truth to his grandpa. Maybe because he would turn into Equestria's most annoying babysitter if he knew.

"What the fuck..." I whisper. This is not normal. I think... I should talk with someone I do know about this.

Motel. 11:00 P.M.

"I... I just don't understand how the moon saved you, W." Says Jack. "I think Rarity's lying. She may have created the shield."

"No, Jack." Says Abe. "Rarity never lies to me. She is telling the truth. Besides, she doesn't have powers or that kind of thing."

"Maybe today it is the first time your granddaughter lies to you. Who knows?" I say. He looks at me with anger.

"Ok. Can we leave this topic aside for a moment? We have a Lerrick in front of us." He says, and then he starts slapping the junkie's face. "Wake up, you bastard."

Lerrick finally wakes up. He is being tied to a chair while Abe is looking at him. The grandpa is now holding a wrench on his hands... he is gonna do some nasty stuff.

"What the fuck? Abe? Jack? W?" says Lerrick. "Where am I?"

"Looks like someone recovered his sobriety," says Jack.

"Um... yes. Sorry if I did something... bad."

"You did something bad, indeed. You kidnapped my granddaughter."

"What? Did I do that? Oh, my Solaris..."

"I should kill you and leave you in the ground, but I'm not so evil, Lerrick. However, I should punish you anyways."

Lerrick closes his eyes and Abe holds the wrench, but suddenly, someone knocks the door.

"Hey, dad! Are you there? I've heard ya, buddy!"

I recognize that voice. He's good ol' Hondo... Abe's son and Rarity's father.

"Why in the hell is he here?" he says, angrily. He opens the door with rage and looks at his son, who is smiling and with a chocolate box.

"Hey... long time no see," he says.

"Now? You appear now? This is not the best moment, Hondo."

Meanwhile, Jack unties Lerrick and leaves him in the bathroom. Hondo enters the house and leaves the chocolate box on the chair where Lerrick was being tied.

"Why, dad? Oh! Jack, Walter! Long-time no see, fellas!" he shouts.

"Man, the last time I saw you, you had a larger mustache," I tell him.

"Why are you here, Hondo?" says Abe, interrupting our conversation.

"Um... I missed you, dad. Come on, the last time I received a text message from you was... two months ago! I looked for you everywhere until I finally found you thanks to the hotel reception!"

"Oh, I thought you came because of your daughters."

"Yes, of course. I missed them too."

"At least you know what happened, right?"

"Uh... no."

Abe starts smiling, but his smile is not a happy one. It is one that looks like it was born in the deepest pits from hell.

"You know that both of your daughters were kidnapped, right? And you also know that they had sequels because of it? I don't remember you in those bad situations... you didn't even make a fucking call, Hondo."

Hondo's face is now blank.

"What?" he asks.

"Yes. Say what. What makes me angry is the fact that you never called them to check if they were OK..."

"Sorry... I had a new job in Phillydelphia and I had to move. These weeks were very heavy to me."

"But you always had your cellphone in your pocket, don't you? Your head is always in the same fucking thing, Hondo. Work, work and work. You always forget about Rarity and Sweetie. Do you know that Rarity told me she does not call you because she knows that you won't answer her? Because you are always focused on your damn job, for Star Swirl's sake."

It seems that those words destroyed Hondo from inside. His face is now a devastating grin. Meanwhile, Abe grabs a bottle of whiskey and drinks one shot.

"I admit that I'm a little bit guilty," says Abe. "Sweetie Belle's one was because of me. Rarity's one has just happened hours ago."

"Oh my god... is she OK?" answers Hondo.

"Yes, but she will have a stain for all her life, Hondo."

"And what happened with Sweetie's one? Why are you guilty?"

Abe didn't even answer that question. He just looked Hondo in his eyes. Now, his eyes are filled with anger. Abe's son is now furious.

"You... You son of a bitch," says Hondo. "I knew it... I knew it since the moment I looked at you with your two friends. You are still in that freakin' gangster world. Did you tell Rarity and Sweetie Belle about this? Or are you still hiding the truth?"

"I am still hiding it and I will, Hondo."

"Do you know that all of us... Rarity, Sweetie Belle, my wife, and her relatives and also me are in danger because of you? This is the last straw, dad. I have no other choice. I'll leave you alone with your friends as mom did."

"HEY!" shouts Abe. "Don't talk about your mom."

"I will talk about my mom, Abraham. You ruined my world, and now I'm ruining yours. All these years, hiding in the shadows because of you and your fear of getting caught by those idiots. You are ruining my life, ruining my daughters... Oh! Guess what! You are also ruining yourself, dad. The gangsters are making you old."

Hondo grabs the box with chocolates while crying.

"Fuck you, dad. Fuck yourself."

Hondo goes away. Abe stays looking at the door for a whole minute, and no one says anything. Meanwhile, we hear that Lerrick is escaping through the bathroom window, but nobody moves.

The Next Morning. 8:30 A.M. A house. Near Canterlot High.

I woke up early just to look up for information. I want to know what happened yesterday... and Abe and Jack are not so useful for this problem. I think that this man is the only one that can help me.

He opens the door and reveals himself. An old, hoary man with vintage glasses and a small, grey beard. He is wearing his characteristic brown pullover and brand-new jeans. His cutie name is Arpeggio, although I always knew him as Mr. Alfred Fletcher, his original name from Los Mantos. He was a friend from my father, and when he found out that I survived that whole situation, he took care of me while Jack, Abe, and Ron were doing their things. He moved to Canterlot in the early 2000s and decided to leave his name aside and start using his cutie name. Now he works at a music store called Arpeggio's, one of the most famous ones in Canterlot, where he taught me guitar and piano lessons.

"Walter?" he says. "What are you doing here? I thought that you hated Canterlot."

"Look, it's a long story, Fletchy... Can I pass?"

He sighs: "Yes." He says.

Fletcher's Living Room.

"What happened, Walter? It is so strange to see you in Canterlot. Did you come because of guitar things?"

"No, Fletcher. I came for another thing... do you still have those strange books?"

His face is more serious now.

"Yes... but you told me lots of times that you didn't believe in them..."

"Maybe not, but yesterday... something happened."

"What?"

"A shield appeared in front of me, and... do you remember Abe's granddaughter? Rarity?"

"Uh... yes. The fashionista. Isn't she?"

"She told me she saved my life, but... how did she make that shield appear from nowhere?"

Fletcher's face now is covered with a smile. He knows that tale is something big.

"I think that means only one thing," he says, while going to a room and, seconds later, coming back with an old, enormous book. He leaves it on a table and I read the cover:

"ELEMENTS OF HARMONY."

"This book is older than everything... even older than Equestria, maybe. Anyway, I think that the magical shield is related to this."

"The Elements of Harmony?" I ask him.

"Yup. Let me check..."

He opens the book and dust falls to the floor. There is also a very old and stinky smell around the place. It looks like the book is taking a shit. He looks at one of those pages, where seven black stones are drawn with a word above them. Those words are colors... Orange, Purple, Blue...

"Here it is, Walter. Read this..."

I approach the book and start reading:

"The infamous elements of harmony may be represented into various objects in different worlds.

Inside the world is known as Mirror World, elements may be represented as stones, whose localization is completely unknown. Unfortunately, only one pony, Moonlight Columbus, has survived the misfortunes that only she and the mirror world may recognize. Her declarations are the only ones that can verify the existence of these famous "element stones".

Other declarations from Madam Moonlight Columbus, say that these geodes may offer "powers" or "abilities" to their lucky holders, such as an enormous increase in their strength, speed and also self-defense, with the creation of "magical shields"...

"So... you think she has a stone?"

"Yes, Walter. Have you ever seen her with a stone, a necklace on her neck?"

I remember specific situations where Rarity was the protagonist, and in some of them... I remember she had a necklace... um... a stone. A purple, round stone.

"A purple, round one. Is this important?"

He does not answer to me. He only makes a very suspicious face. "Holy shit..." he says. "I think we have just found a holder."

"A holder? Of what?"

"A holder of an element of harmony, W. Oh my... this is historical."

If she has an Element of Harmony, that means... we would use her for the robbery? Oh no. That's bad. BAD.

"So... is there any way to, I don't know, use the stone's power... even if you are not the holder?"

Fletcher gives a strange look to me. "What are you planning, Walter?"

"Nothing, I just... want to know. I'm curious." I say, with a small grin.

"I think if you use the geode and you are not the holder... nothing will happen. You won't obtain the powers if you are not the holder, unless..."

He opens the book and looks up for information on another page. Then, he finds what we wanted to know.

"...Oh, you can use a small portion of those powers if the holder hasn't discovered the stone yet. That may verify the Everfree thing I read some time ago..."

"And... is there any way to become a holder?"

"No..." he answers to me, quickly. "Wait... I think there is a way... but... I don't remember it. I think this book hasn't got the answer too."

"Uh-huh... Where can I find the answer, then?"

He raises his shoulders, leaving me with no answers.

Street. 9:15 A.M.

I am now sitting on a bench while drinking a warm coffee. I've been trying to realize that Rarity has an element of harmony on her necklace. Come on, how is that possible? Abe is everything but harmony, Hondo is an idiot and her wife... meh, I don't know her wife. How can Rarity turn into a holder of these elements? And also, is there another holder here, on Canterlot? On Canterlot High?

Besides, if Rarity has this, it means that she is in danger. Oh my god. This situation has just turned into a chaotic one. Abe's reaction will be bad... very bad if he is still devastated because of last night's argument with his son. Oh, what would happen if Ron finds out? Will he abandon the project he has been working for a long time? And what about Gordo, Mr. Blueblood and the others? Will they capture Rarity and use her for their benefits? Will they... oh, no... will they get rid of her after the heist? What would Abe say in that situation?... Shit. If Abe finds out, he will protect Rarity and this whole Pegasus Fort project will be destroyed... That means only one thing: chaos.

I have to relax. I finish my coffee while I start walking... and I find out Jack is coming out from a building.

"JACK!" I shout. He looks at me while I approach the building. There is a big statue of a tall, strong man with a very neat beard, wearing an armor. There is a sign next to the statue that says:

"This place is being secured by Lord Solaris and Star Swirl, the Bearded."

"What were you doing?" I ask.

Then, I find out there is another sign above the statue... Canterlot's Cemetery.

"Oh," I say. I know what he was doing... he was visiting Susan.

"What are you doing here?" he says.

"Just passing around, I visited Fletcher too... I missed him a little bit." I say. "You...um... you came for Susan, right?"

He nods his head. I feel guilty, and I know why. I haven't visited my parents last year. I didn't even give them flowers. I feel... bad.

"Yeah..." says Jack. "I don't know, W, I tried to forget her... but I can't... how can I forget my wife? The love of my life? That's why I came here today... I haven't given her flowers since last year when we came because of that Crystal Prep shit..."

To be honest, Jack is right but... being alone your entire life does not mean that you will forget your late wife. I know that losing your love and becoming a widower is not an easy thing to overcome but... come on, man... life keeps moving. You need to keep moving. You can leave her flowers, but you can't think about her all day, Jacky!

Besides, there is something that reminds me of... wait for... Crystal Prep. Hmmm... drugs, a guy called Flash... oh, shit. I remembered.

"Jack," I say. "After this thing, we need to go to Canterlot High."

"Why?"

"There's someone who needs me."

To be continued...

- An Old Fall Formal -

Something has gone wrong. We don't seem to have an archived copy of that chapter.

Spike, my Guide, and Percival, my Enemy

Chapter 9: Spike, my Guide, and Percival, my Enemy

Upper Crust's House.

There are two police cars in the house front. One of the cops is calling an ambulance for Jet Set, Royal Pin, and Neon Lights while other three policemen who are helping Trenderhoof, Sour Sweet and Fleur Dis Lee. There is also another cop interrogating the writer boy.

"Why did you lock yourselves up?" asks the policeman.

"I've already told you that we locked ourselves because of the Bedmaker," answers Trenderhoof, and the cop laughs while looking at him.

"Do you believe in those legends, kid?" he says. "Uh, man..."

"He may be right," says a voice behind him. A blonde, pale man who wears a purple trenchcoat, black jeans and leather boots arrives at the place. His face is recognized by all the persons who are standing there. He is Canterlot Police Department's Commissioner, Percival. A really young man to be a commissioner, almost 30 years old, but gained his spot a long time ago because of his responsibility and loyalty to the police department, along with his full-time partner, Femur.

"Are you...?" says Trenderhoof.

"I'm Percival, CPD's Commissioner, mister. Any questions before my interrogation?" No one around him says anything. "Ok," says Percival. "Mister Trenderhoof... I see. I've heard that you locked yourself in the bathroom because of the Bedmaker, is that right?"

"Yes," says Trenderhoof while looking at the girls.

"Did you see the Bedmaker?"

"Yes, Mr Percival."

"Do you remember his physical appearance or any other thing related to him?"

Trenderhoof looks at the girls again, and Fleur Dis Lee slowly nods her head. Then, he takes a breath and looks at the commissioner on his eyes. "Yes... I do remember," he says, and Trenderhoof feels guilty while revealing his evidence: "Yellow skin... brown short hair... thin dude.... um... he had a brown trenchcoat, normal jeans, worn-out sneakers... he also had an earring on his right ear..."

"Ok, ok. That's enough, Mr Trenderhoof," says Percival, interrupting Trenderhoof and before saving a small notebook inside a pocket. He shakes hands with Trenderhoof, greets Sour Sweet and Fleur Dis Lee and walks away along with her partners: his partner Femur, a tall, pale man with black short hair who always wears a black tuxedo and a fedora hat and also his new partner Splinterbone, a young, yellow-skinned lady who wears a policeman suit.

"Did he say something?" ask Femur and Splinterbone.

"Yes," answers Percival. "The guilty's description he gave to me matches perfectly with W. If it was him, he is a fucking idiot."

Suddenly, Percival's loyalty to the CPD breaks in pieces and turns into just dust. "Waters?" says Femur. "In Canterlot? That's impossible. Didn't he hate Canterlot?"

"Yes, I don't know why he may be here... I'll find out after catching his ass... if he is here."

"Why would he stay on Canterlot?" asks Splinterbone to herself. "I just... don't understand.. and why would he fight with Crystal Prep children?"

"I don't know that too, Splinterbone," answers Percival. "We need to calm down. We still don't know if this man is W. It's only one of the theories."

"I have an idea," says Femur. "These kids were from Crystal Prep, right? Don't you think this was because of a rivalry or... a battle?"

"A battle?" says Splinterbone.

"Yes!" shouts Femur, while thinking. "It's only a theory but... who is Crystal Prep's most famous rival? I bet that witch, Principal Cinch, has a lot of enemies out there..."

"Canterlot High," answers Splinterbone. "Do you think this was made by Canterlot High students?"

"It's just a theory, Splint," answers Femur. "What do you think, Percival?"

"As you say, Femur, it is only a theory," answers Percival. "But if you want to go, we can do it. We'll go to Canterlot High."

"And who will be interrogated?" asks Splinterbone.

"I'd interrogate the principal Celestia and the vice-principal Luna. I've also heard Jet Set and all these kids had a rivalry with a guy called Bulk Biceps. We should investigate there. Take a look at it."

W

A street near Canterlot High

"A dog?"

"Yes! A dog, Jack."

He looks at me, confused. "Dogs don't talk, W. Are you high again?"

"I know dogs don't talk, but this one does!"

"Dogs don't talk, W! That's impossible!"

"It was impossible until I met Spike."

Jack sighs and looks at me, tired, and he just accepts my story and decides to follow my path. "Where is Spike now, then?"

"Canterlot High. That's why we are going to school."

Minutes later, Jack and I enter the school and we find out that the hallway is surrounded by silence. Nobody is there.

Hallway

The hallway is so empty that even the whirlwind is absent. "All the students are in the classrooms," says Jack. "Is this magical dog you created during your drug trip in one of these classrooms?"

I growl while hearing Jack's voice. "I didn't create the dog, Jack! It's real!" And then or conversation is interrupted when an old lady appears with a box filled with cookies. The lady looks at us and leaves the box on the floor.

"Please!" she says. "Don't tell y'all students I bought these cookies. All of them believe these are home-made!"

I chuckle while looking at the adorable granny carrying the box. However, her arms are not so granny, honestly, they scare me. They are bigger than a whole bodybuilder. "No problem, lady," says Jack, smiling. At the same time, she looks at us and focuses on our faces. I think she has recognized us.

"I know you, fella," she says. "You are Walter... the small boy who fought with that Lil' rascal, Pietro Plegovich. I haven't seen him since that time he was arrested here..."

Pietro has been absent since that day. Interesting.

"Yes!" I answer. "You are... um... didn't you work in the cafeteria?"

"Yeah, lad!" she says, and then she shakes hands with me. Her hands, which look like freakin' rocks, squash my poor thin hands. "Granny Smith for y'all, nice to meet you again, folks!"

"Ouch, it hurts..." I smoothly say, but now she doesn't pay attention to me. She is now shaking hands with Jack, but at the same time, she is looking at his face with a weird grin.

"Wait..." she says. "I think I saw you once..."

"Yes, I am Walter's partner."

"No," she says. "I saw you in another place... my memory never fails, lad... Don't you know?"

Uh-huh. That's suspicious, but this may be only a fantasy from Granny Smith's mind. "Where?" asks Jack, nervously.

"I don't remember... uh... Yes! Right here! On the school's gym!" she says, but then his face changes into total confusion. "Oh... I don't know if it was you, but he had your skin, your eyes... I remember da'boy, yes! I thought he was just a rascal because I never saw 'im in the cafeteria! I remember da boy was with Celestia, yes... she was a goddess during tho' ages, but the boyfriend she chose, oh my... what a waste."

Jack starts sweating and gasps. "No... I d-don't know what you are talking about..."

"It was on a Fall Formal, bu' I don't remember the year..." says Granny Smith, before sighing. "Sorry, lad. I thought that man was you. Keep moving with your life, y'all young men!"

Someone called Jack a young man. That's what I call a funny joke. I smile because of it but Jack doesn't feel the same. He's now thinking about something... his face looks like he remembered the worst moments in his life.

"What's the matter?" I ask him.

"Nothing," he fastly says.

"Are you sure? Your face doesn't say the same."

"I've told you. Nothing is happening to me."

"What about that Celestia thing I've heard?" I ask him, with a smile. "You were in Canterlot without me... now that's a bad friend."

"Look..." he says. "I was here once when you had months old and your parents were still alive..."

Oh. 1995. That fucking year when I lost it all... so, wait, why was Jack in 1995? Was it because of that man... um... who was his name?... shit! I don't remember his name... Oh yeah! Tommy!

"You were here because of that Tommy, right?"

"That's not important."

I raise my shoulders and raise my eyebrow. "Oh, come on! Why don't you want to tell me?"

"We came here because of that magical dog, W. Not because of my past," he says and I shut my mouth because he's right. We must keep moving. I've got to find Spike and convince Jack that he speaks!

I come across one of the classrooms, and I find out that there is a girl that is coming out of it. A pink-haired girl, with a sleeveless white shirt and a green skirt with butterflies on it. There is something special about this girl: She is walking slowly and looks like she's afraid of everything. Her face demonstrates absolute fear. Why? What happened to her? Does she have one of those famous phobias?

"Hey, what is wrong with her?" I ask Jack. "She looks like she has agoraphobia."

"No, W." he answers. "She is only shy. Very shy. If she had agoraphobia, she wouldn't even be here..."

"I think I know her... I've seen her with Twilight Sparkle..." I say, and then I nudge his shoulder. "She may know where is Spike!"

She is walking in the hallway when I suddenly appear. Her pupils now are small points filled with fear, and I look that she is sweating a little bit. Her eyes are not looking at mine. "Um... hello," I say, smiling.

"H... Hi..."

What an awkward moment. She is only looking below her and doesn't want to talk... um... what should I do? "Oh! Calm down, please..." I say. "I'm not a monster or a bad man." Well, I am a gangster, so indeed, I am a bad man. "My name is Walter, and he is my partner Jack."

Jack appears and waves his hand.

"Fl... Flutt... Fluttershy, nice to meet you." she whispers.

"Fluttershy? Uh-huh..."

I realize that she is so shy that she can barely answer me, and that means my questions won't be so perfectly answered, hmmm... I should distract her with something she likes and then ask her about Spike when she is calmer and has her whole attention in my words. I look at her, but I don't find anything she likes, unless... there are three butterflies on her skirt... does she like animals? Or only butterflies?

"Oh! Nice butterflies on your skirt! I do like butterflies." I desperately say.

"Really?" she says, in a louder voice. "I... I really like b-butterflies... um... an-animals in general..."

"Oh!" I say, preparing inside my mouth one of my daily life tales. "I had a pet once."

"That was not a pet," Jack says. "It was a monster. Besides... we only saw that monster one day."

"Am I talking to you?" I ask him and he answers me with a sigh. "And Little Bird was not a monster!"

"It was, W! It was a demoniac bird from the other side of the mirror who was corrupted by Lord Tirek's magic. Fletcher told us that lots of times!"

"Poor little thing..." says Fluttershy about Little Bird's story.

"Uh... just don't listen to him, Little Bird was a good guy," I tell Fluttershy. "Anyway, I've heard that one of your friends had a dog or..."

"Twi... Twilight?" she says.

"Yeah... I think his name was Spike? Isn't it?"

"Yes!... Um... Y-You are talking about Twilight... She is here, but Spike... um... i-is on the football pitch, he wants to be alone... he does not want me to caress him!" she says, almost loudly, and then she covers her mouth again. "Um... That's strange."

Jack and I look at each other. If that's strange, that means something happened to Spike's behaviour.

"Ok then... thank you, Fluttershy."

"You... are welcome... but, w-why do you want Spike?"

"I want to caress him too," I say, smiling and with a lower pitch. I grab Jack by his arm and we run to the football pitch.

Football Pitch

"You did memorize all the path to the football pitch," says Jack. "I can't believe this."

"Yes, sometimes I'm a genius, Jack," I say while taking a look at the football pitch, but Spike is not in there. I start walking with Jack, and then I find him in the football stands. It seems that he's crying.

"Hey!" I say, and he turns around. There are scratches on his face. "Oh..." I tell him. "What happened, boy? Did you have a fight with another doggo? I guess... a bone?" I say while laughing. Spike only shakes his head.

"Rarity," he answers me. Jack opens his eyes, shocked. The dog does talk.

"See, bitch?" I tell Jack while looking at him and pointing at Spike. "He speaks."

Jack covers his mouth. "What? H-How does... he talk? Holy shit..."

"Who is him?" asks Spike.

"It's a friend. Jack, he is Spike and Spike, he is Grumpy Grandpa Jack."

Jack growls while looking at me, and then he looks at Spike. "And what happened to Rarity? W-Why does he...? Why am I... why am I talking to a dog? Oh my god, I need an antacid." says Jack, confused.

"'I've heard that Rarity was kidnapped by an idiotic human and she couldn't sleep yesterday," says Spike, angrily. "Pinkie Pie and Sunset Shimmer have been accompanying her to her house because she can't walk alone. If I saw that man at that moment, I would have scratched her whole face!"

"Oh, I forgot to tell you, Jack," I say. "He is in love with Rarity."

"I'm not in love with Rarity!" he shouts.

"Yes, you are, admit it, you whiny coward," I say. "But we didn't come because of Rarity's pussy. You should take a breath and thank Star Swirl she is OK at least... she'll get better, big dog. Now, let's go back to the beginning... I came here because I need a favour."

Spike sighs and rises one of his eyebrows. "What kind of favour?"

"How well do you know Canterlot?"

He starts thinking while looking at the football pitch's grass. "I know lots of places inside Canterlot. Why?"

I rub his head, caressing his fur. "I want a guide, a safari," I say. "I want to know what's inside Canterlot. Would you help us?"

Filthy Rich's Mansion. Ron rings the doorbell.

Ron has now some sunglasses instead of his characteristic eye patch. Abe is smoking a cigarette and Calculated Risk (Larry), who is describing the environment in his notebook, is behind him. A thin, pink-skinned woman with purple long hair opens the door. Her face shows that she is having a bad day.

"Yes?" asks the lady, angrily.

"We came here to visit Filthy Rich," says Ron.

"You too? I already have a fat man and four scary and stinky junkies upstairs. May I know why this kind of people are in my house?"

"Business, lady," says Ron. Well, Gordo and... the Dark Spikes, maybe. Ron gasps because this is not a good situation for him. He doesn't have the money to pay Gordo yet, and Gimenez's earned money that was obtained because he sold meth in La Lima is not enough. He needs 5 million to pay... and 12 million have been stolen since Hopkins' disappearance... Fucking Hopkins... He ruined it all! And where is he? Where is that freakin' rat?

The three of them enter the house and go upstairs. Filthy Rich, Gordo and the Dark Spikes were waiting for them.

"Oh!" says Gordo. "I didn't expect that Abraham would come. Where are W and Jack?"

"They won't be here," says Abe. "They are busy."

"Hey, Ronnie..." interrupts Gordo, with a smile. "Nice sunglasses, kid. Are we going back to 1990?"

Ron appreciates Gordo's compliment but doesn't answer. Then he greets everyone in the room.

"Well..." says Larry. "Shall I start, Mr Delight?"

"Start, kid," says Gordo. "I wanna listen to your fantastic tales."

Larry talks about his discovering about the Elements of Harmony and he repeats that famous conclusion that made Abe think: the only way to obtain the elements of harmony is to kill their holders. After that, no one answers. Even Gordo, Rich or the leader of the Dark Spikes, Disturbance.

"So..." whispers Filthy Rich. "We will kill them? That's it?"

"Yes, sir," answers Larry.

"Wow..." says Filthy Rich, taking a long breath. "I've never participated in a murder plan."

"Welcome to your first time," says Gordo, chuckling. "I know that you will be good, Rich. I recommended you because of your attitude... you will be a respected gangster in the future, sir."

Those words enlighten Filthy Rich's face.

"Did you finish, Ummm... I can't remember your name," says Gordo to Larry. "Calculated Risk, isn't it? But they call you Larry, right?"

"Yes, sir," he answers.

"Well, if you finished, let me talk now. I only came because of your boss, Ron, and my business with him. Rich, go downstairs."

Filthy Rich nods his head and leaves the room.

"Turmoil, Riot... you too," says Gordo. "Only Disturbance and Tumult will be with me."

Riot starts crying: "But... I don't wanna leave my boss, Disturbance! I can't be alone!"

"Go downstairs, for fuck's sake!" shouts Disturbance. "It will be a minute... and carry Turmoil with you."

Riot grabs Turmoil by his arms and both of them go downstairs. Now there are only six men inside: Abe, Ron, Calculated Risk, Gordo, Disturbance and Tumult.

"What do you want now?" asks Ron.

"Do you know why I chose Jewelry instead of Bank?"

"No idea," says Abe, and after this answer, Gordo starts looking up for something on his cellphone. Seconds later, he shows Ron a chat between him and another man, whose contact is Plegovich.

"Plegovich?" says Ron, shocked.

"Yup, Uncle Nico Plegovich," answers Gordo. "Read the chat, please."

Ron and Abe start reading the chat:

Plegovich: Hi Gordo. Plegovich here.

Gordo: Hi Nico. What happened?

Plegovich: Did you plan a project related to the Librarian's Bank and Ludmila's Jewelry?

Gordo: Yes. It is something related to a deal. Why?

Plegovich: Do me a favour, please. Get rid of Diamond Ludmila, the owner. He hasn't paid me since May and he's pissing me off.

Gordo: OK.

This means Gordo chose Jewelry because of Plegovich's orders. Not only the men will have to rob the jewellery, but also they will have to kill the jewellery's owner, and no one can reject Plegovich's orders. No one.

"I want to rob the jewellery in two days," says Gordo.

"TWO DAYS?" shout Ron and Abe. "ARE YOU FUCKING CRAZY?!"

"Don't worry, it's a lot of time. You will be helped by my right-hand man, Butch, and also the Barnes."

"I don't wanna work with those motherfuckers," says Abe. "They kidnapped my granddaughter."

"Ok then... Disturbance, would you...?"

"Yes," he says while looking at his partners and smiling. "We will help you to rob those jewellery."

"What about Waters and the Heretic?" asks Tumult. "Will they participate?"

"They will, Tumult," answers Gordo. "And what about Lucas? Lucas Plegovich?"

"He will say yes," answers Ron. "He loves robbing jewellery..."

All this conversation is interrupted by Gordo's cellphone. He grabs it and realizes he got a text message.

New Text Message: PLEGOVICH.

"Shit," says Gordo. "Nico has sent a text message."

"Gordo. Talk with my nephew, Pietro. I want him inside the robbery instead of Lucas. He needs to learn."

"What did he say? Is it something important?" asks Ron.

An uncomfortable silence invades the room. Gordo leaves his cellphone on a table and doesn't say anything. "Where is Pietro?" he asks.

Cafeteria

W, Jack, and Spike are now in the cafeteria, being sat and talking about Canterlot's most famous places.

"So... you have a mall, a place called Carousel Boutique and a movie studio," says W.

"We also have an Animal Rescue Center and Arpeggio's, the music store. I've heard that it also sells CDs..."

"Oh! You heard that, Jack?" says W. "I'll spend all my savings in CDs!"

"You won't do that. I've been talking with Abe and you will spend your savings in the motel."

W's face is now pale. "What?" he says.

"Say what all you want, but you will."

"Come on! I don't have enough money to pay the rent!"

"You have enough money, don't be a fuckin' idiot."

"Um... I have a question for you," says Spike. "How did you meet yourselves? And how did you meet Abe too?"

W and Jack look at each other, trying to invent a fake story.

"Well, um..." says Jack. "Abe has a... car store in Los Mantos whose owners are only two men: he and me. W is one of our employees since our first day in Los Mantos. That's how we met and we became friends."

"Oh... interesting." answers the dog. "How is the car store called?"

W and Jack look at each other again. A name... They have to invent a name! "The Pirates." says W. "It was... the first name Abraham had in his mind. He told me that... right, Jack?" The bell rings and some students enter the cafeteria. Lots of them look at W and Jack talking with Spike but then, all the students ignore them. W gets attracted by one of the students.

"Holy shit," he says, surprised. "Hey, Spike Rin-Tin-Tin, Who's that?"

Spike looks at the lady that W is talking about. "Oh... that's Lyra Heartstrings. Why?"

"How old is she?"

"This is not the right moment, W," says Jack. "Don't be stupid."

"I just wanna know how old is she..."

"Uh..." answers Spike. "I don't know... she may have 18 years old..."

"Yes!" he shouts. "Finally, a nice girl approaches to daddy..."

"I thought you didn't like canterlotians," says Jack. W now looks at the floor, shocked.

"Oh my god... what's wrong with me?" he says. "I should slap myself... I deserve it..."

"Come on, it's not a sin!" says Spike. "A canterlotian and a mantian can be together, it is all possible. I've heard that Celestia had a mantian boyfriend... Granny Smith told my owner that!"

"He may be right, Jack..." says W while nudging Jack's arm. The elder man does not answer, because he is now focusing on Spike's dialogue. "Jack? Hey! Stop thinking about 1995 and all that shit, we are in the present world--"

W's dialogue is interrupted when a man strongly opens the cafeteria's door. He is tall and wears a tuxedo with a black trenchcoat. He is also using a fedora hat. Jack raises his eyebrows while looking at him.

"Oh shit," says Jack. "It's Femur."

"Why is that douchebag here?" asks W.

Femur approaches Granny Smith, who is preparing the cookies that will be served later in the cafeteria.

"Excuse me, old lady... my name is Femur, and I'm from Canterlot Police Department... my partner, Commissioner Percival, is talking with the principals about the interrogation of some students from Canterlot High. This is because of Crystal Prep's crime..."

Femur's conversation is interrupted when Commissioner Percival appears in the cafeteria.

"Don't worry, Femur," he says. "We have just found the guilty."

"Now?" says Femur, surprised. Percival looks at W and waves his hand.

"Shit," says W. He thinks that an escape would solve this but he decides to give in. "What the hell are you doing here, Percival?" he says while rising from his spot.

"I missed your ugly face, Walt," he says while approaching the table.

Spike looks at Jack, confused. The man whispers to the dog: "Long-time friends."

"Oh," says Spike. "Did he also work in that car store?"

While Spike and Jack keep talking about Percival, W approaches him and touches his shoulders. "That's so nice from you... fuck face," says W while approaching to Percival. They are now in the middle of the cafeteria. Some students are looking at them.

"This is not a good place to talk," says Percival. "Shall we talk alone, in a private room?"

Both of them walk away from the cafeteria and stay in the hallway. Jack and Spike keep talking.

Hallway

Both of them are now in the hallway, which is a lot emptier than the cafeteria. Percival approaches W's ear and whispers: "Let me tell you something, W. Next time you make a raid against Crystal Prep rascals, make sure that you have all you need to make a perfect crime."

"What?" says W, angry. "How did you know it was me?"

"Come on, you stupid asshole... a neighbour told me that he saw a man escaping from a window who was in the house front and his description of the guilty man perfectly matches with you, along with Trenderhoof's declaration."

"Fucking Trenderhoof!" whispers W.

Percival laughs. "We are not over yet. You also didn't have a mask to hide your identity and you didn't clean the blood drops. I didn't know the Bedmaker was such a fucking moron."

W starts thinking about arguments against Percival's evidence but he knows he's right. He did make lots of mistakes during the raid. "Fuck you, Percival," he says, and Percival explodes in a burst of laughs.

"You know what?" says the Commissioner while laughing out loud. "I should arrest you and leave you in a fucking cell until your body rots because you deserve it. Both of us know that you are a golden, legendary bitch."

"Golden and legendary... that's me. You are the bitch, Percival."

Percival does an evil grin while whispers: "I'd like to leave you in prison, next to the worst prisoners of all Equestria..."

"I'm one of them, Percy-Mercy."

"You were never in fucking jail, W. You can be," says, and then he starts talking with an acute pitch and while moving his hands: "But your daddy Ronnie Delight... pays me to don't send the baby boy to prison."

W growls and takes a long breath: "I'm getting tired of talking to you. Just one more question and you will leave... How's Splinterbone? I don't see her right here. I'm looking at Femur, who always wears that clumsy hat from the fifties... I mean, Percy... he's not fucking Humphrey Bogart! Oh, god... and where is her?"

"That's not something important."

"That's something important. Her ass and my dick know each other very well."

Percival grabs W by his trenchcoat and now their noses and foreheads are touching each other. "Don't talk about that night you had with my partner in front of me... I'll leave you alone with your partners and all these students. Bye."

Now both of them enter the cafeteria before W shouts while moving his hands like Percy: "Oh, good ol' Percy is jealous! Hahahaha!" Percival doesn't answer him, calls Femur and both of them walk away.

Hours later. A street where the Carousel Boutique stays, and it's open for everyone.

W and Jack are now alone, walking on the street. Spike is not with them. Jack is now thinking about Spike and his ability to talk and also he is angry with W because of his attitude against Commissioner Percival. He is also surprised because the last time he came across Mr Percival and his fellow Femur was a long time ago.

"Why did Percival come to Canterlot High?" asks Jack to him.

"Something stupid."

"Stupid? I don't think the Commissioner of Canterlot's Police Department is stupid."

W moves his head. "He came because I made... some mistakes during Jet Set's raid."

Jack's gesture is now a devastating grin. "What kind of mistakes?"

"I didn't kill anybody... I just... didn't wear a mask..."

"You are a fucking idiot," he says, while facepalming. "You. Are. A. Fucking. Idiot."

"And I didn't clean too."

"Oh! Double Idiot! You are earning records, Walter!"

"Yes, thank you but... please, leave this aside. In the past. Can you? Can you, huh? Like the Tommy tale, you haven't told me yet!"

"Oh, shut up," says Jack, and then he finds out his phone has received a text message. It is from Ron.

"JACK. Tell W to be ready. We will take you two to Ludmila to take a look at the place before robbing. It's in two days. We will be helped by Butch, Dark Spikes, and Pietro Plegovich."

To be continued...

Looking for Ludmila and the Elements

Chapter 10: Looking for Ludmila and the Elements

W

"Pietro?" I say W, angrily. Why in the fuck would we use Pietro?"

"I don't know, W." answers Jack. "Maybe it was Plegovich's decision. Now we must wait here... Ron would come for us."

"Now? Is the jewellery store open at least?"

"Yes. It's almost 12. There is something that makes me worry... it's about Abe... I left him alone this morning."

Suddenly, I look at a black car stopping on the corner. From it, Ron, with some neat sunglasses, Abe, and Larry, the new guy, gets out. Both of us go with them.

"Hey," says Jack, while approaching to Ron. "What about this whole thing? And how will we do it in two days? That's absolutely nothing."

"I know that is absolutely nothing," answers Ron. "But Gordo told me the Dark Spikes would do their best."

"Dark Spikes?" I say. "Are they going to be our partners? Come on! We have Gordo's right-hand man, four junkies and a spoiled kid who wears elephant leg pants that doesn't even know how to handle a gun. That's the worst crew I've ever had."

"That's it, W." answers Ron. "I can't hire other men. Plegovich ordered Pietro in the list... and the Dark Spikes were chosen by Gordo, and I prefer them rather than the Barnes."

"Oh. The Barnes," says Jack. "At least we don't have those crazy boys with us."

"But we have the Dark Spikes," I tell to all of them. "They are the same shit as Barnes, or maybe worse. They have La Lima's instinct... they would destroy everything against them."

"Yes, but it was choosing them or Barnes," says Abe. "It's like choosing between shit and vomit."

We keep looking at each other for almost a minute, and then the five of us get in the car... we are now going to Ludmila's Jewelry.

"Oh, I forgot it," says Ron while fastening his seat belt. "Abe and I won't be inside the robbery, but we will be watching you. Not only you will rob jewellery, but also... you will have to kill the owner."

"Why?" I ask, shocked. It is the first time Ron tells us something like this. We never robbed a place and then killed a man... we only got the money and our smiles because of what we did, and that's it...

"Plegovich's orders."

Oh... shit. I hate when Plegovich does that, but the thing I hate the most is that he doesn't even appear to give the orders. He just sends text messages telling you what to do! And you can't say no to his orders because if you do that, you will appear inside a trash bag in Everfree Camp the next day. Give me orders all you want, but give them in person, fucking Plegovich.

"Fuck this..." I say. "I wish Plegovich never existed, so we could do whatever we wanted..."

"Honestly..." says Ron. "Plegovich has been one of the best equestrian dons in the last few years."

"He may be crazy, but he is a lot better than Seductive or the Clock," says Abe. Seductive. The Clock. Those famous (or I should say, notorious) legends who existed in the '70s and '80s. Jack told me that Seductive was one of those evil women who everyone was scared of. Mafia women are not so typical nowadays, but most of them are worse and tougher than men. On the other hand, the Clock of Canterlot was not a person, but a group of people who governed Equestria in the '70s and part of the '80s. Ron told me that my father loved them. They were his idols and referents. Abe turns on the car and we accelerate. This will be a long trip to Manehattan.

Manehattan

Oh, boy! MANEHATTAN, BABY! The Paradise City and the Center of Equestria. A place filled with buildings, selfish people and hot chicks carrying ecstasy in their bags. Street gangs almost don't exist here, except for The Blue Mares whose leader is Lucas Plegovich. Nowadays, Lucas is the man inside Manehattan but before him, there was a man called Rotten Scripture, who had a fake name: Richard Howlman. He is the man that killed Edinburgh, Jack's father, and has disappeared since he committed that murder. This little story I've told you is the answer to why Jack hates Manehattan.

"Uh... Here we go again, Shithattan," says Jack while getting out of the car. There is a man (that I never expected to be here) waiting for us. It is Mortimer Blueblood, wearing a brown trenchcoat from Polomare, a premium clothing store in Manehattan, and also deluxe sunglasses from a high brand, which may be from Polomare too.

"Well, well, well..." he says. "The Pirate and his henchmen have arrived."

"Why are you here, Blueblood?" asks Ron while getting out of the car, near Ludmila's.

"Just passing by..." he answers, with an evil smile. "My son wanted to buy some clothes in Polomare, and I took advantage of his decision... I bought this pretty neat trenchcoat and these cool sunglasses! Aren't they pretty?"

"Yes, but..." says Ron. "I know you didn't come here because of that trenchcoat."

Now, Blueblood is in absolute silence and the only thing he does is smiling like a goblin. "You caught me, Ron. You caught me. I came here because I know you will take a look at Ludmila's. Just be quiet and smooth."

Mortimer now looks at another direction, and from nowhere Pietro appears along with his brother, Lucas. His face shows that he doesn't even know why is he in Manehattan.

"Why am I here? What we will do?" asks Pietro at the same moment he approaches us.

"You are here because Uncle Nico needed you for this plan," says Lucas. "Do you remember Diamond Ludmila?"

"Yes..." says Pietro. "He was that dumb guy..."

"You will have the opportunity to get rid of him if you work with the crew."

Pietro's reaction is confusing. He is smiling but worried at the same time. Meanwhile, Lucas is now standing in the middle of us and points at the men who will participate in the robbery. The Dark Spikes and Butch are not there, so he only points at Pietro, Jack and me.

"Well, only five left," says Lucas and we start walking to the right, where Ludmila's Jewelry is staying.

Ludmila's Jewellery

Jack, Pietro and I enter the jewellery store while all the other guys stayed outside the store. It is a small place, but it is filled with very attractive jewels. There are necklaces, rings, and other products with gemstones... I can't believe the cheapest products here are the ones made of gold... good gold.

"Look at this," says Jack, and then he points at a magical quartz necklace from the other side of the mirror. It is not necessary to say that it's really expensive. A hundred thousand bucks.

"Holy fuck," I say. It is the first time I look at a necklace like this. It looks like it is magical because the necklace's stone is shining like a magic wand.

"Is there something I can help you with?" says a young, yellow-skinned lady with red long hair and freckles on her face. It looks like she has the same age as me... There is also something that calls my attention. Jack is scared by her presence... is she something important?

"Uh... no," I answer to the girl. "We are just looking."

The girl nods with her head and smiles while going away. Jack's face is pale... I think he's sweating and Pietro finds that out.

"Is there anything wrong?" asks Pietro to Jack.

"I'll tell you later," he says and leaves the problems aside. "We should keep going with this."

Suddenly, an extravagant man appears in the scene: He is dressed in a very elegant tuxedo, and he is wearing a white tophat. His black hair looks like it was recently combed with water and his sideburns were fixed. That man is none other than Diamond Ludmila, the man we have to kill.

"Good morning, outsiders!" he shouts to us in a very high-class accent. "Is there anything that called your attention in this marvellous store filled with the most luxurious jewels of all Equestria, better than those fake ones in Phillydelphia?"

Ew... Gross. I hate when people demonstrate that they are wealthier than others, and Diamond Ludmila is a perfect example of that.

"I came to see this famous necklace known as magical quartz..." says Jack. "My cousin from Las Pegasus told me about its existence... it left me so thrilled that I had to look at it in person!"

"Me too..." I say, enlarging Jack's lie. "I'm his younger brother, and my cousin also told me about magical quartz... is this really from the other Equestria?"

"Oh, yes," answers Diamond, while the worker girl smiles and nods her head behind him. "Magical quartz does only exist in the suburbs of a city called Appleloosa. My workers told me that they lived there for a year and a half... their descriptions of the city told me it was a gross place..."

The real W wants to punch him right in his fucking face, but I have to hide my feelings because I'm acting now. The only way to unburden me with this situation is with one phrase. One phrase that will make chaos. I open my mind and ask Diamond: "Was it like La Lima?"

Diamond's face is now something I'd laugh at. Jack looks at me because the plan may be in danger because of that phrase, but, to be honest, sometimes it is better for me being myself than acting.

"Oh... I do not know," he answers. "I never visited La Lima... and I won't ever do it. There are only lots of human failures..."

If the Dark Spikes were here, this jewellery would be on fire now. The only thing I do is nodding my head and keeping my mouth shut.

"And who is that kid right there?" asks Ludmila to Pietro. He must answer quickly.

"Oh... Pietro," he answers. Jack and I look at him... he said his real name! Ludmila also had a bad reaction...

"Pietro is his nickname!" says Jack. "His real name is Flash Sentry."

"Oh..." says Ludmila, while cleaning the sweat that came out of his forehead. "I thought he was another Pietro..."

"No... he is Flash Sentry. He doesn't talk too much." I say.

"I see."

"Oh!" shouts Jack. "We are running out of time! My cousin said he would pick us up in Scorpan Street!"

"Goodbye, mister! Goodbye, lady!" I say, and the three of us walk away. It was not bad, but Pietro almost screwed it.

"You almost fucking screwed it, Pietro," I say.

"Sorry... I was not paying attention."

"You should have paid attention..." says Jack, and then he looks at the street corner. "The guys are on the corner."

While walking to the other corner, I ask Jack. "What happened with the lady? Was she a magician or what?"

"No... she is Raspberry Sweets."

"And who is Raspberry Sweets?" I ask. "Nice name, to be honest. I will look up for it. She's pretty."

"Yeah, but you forgot something, W..." he says while looking at me. "Raspberry Sweets is Ron's daughter. Thank Star Swirl she didn't recognize me."

Suddenly I stop walking. "WHAT?" I shout. "Does Ron have a daughter?"

"Long story," says Jack. "The only time Ron remembered her was during that Red Punch situation."

"Red Punch?" says Pietro. "Wasn't he the gangster?"

"The same one," answers both Jack and me.

Ron, Blueblood, and Lucas approach us. Canterlot's Governor hugs me while laughing. "Ron told me about your relationship with Commissioner Percival," he says. "I've also heard that he visited you yesterday..."

"Yes, but that's something you shouldn't care about..." I answer. "Come on, let's go to Canterlot again. I'll tell you what happened in the middle."

A Canterlot street. Now, the five men (W, Jack, Abe, Ron, and Calculated Risk) are talking about the jewellery store's visit. Blueblood and the Plegovich brothers are not there anymore.

"Was... my daughter there?"

"Yes, Ron," answers Jack. "And she didn't recognize me."

"Oh, thank Star Swirl..." says Ron. "I feel a little bit guilty... I should have visited her after all these years... The last time I've called her was the day I killed Red Punch. She was only 2 years old..."

"What should we do with her in the robbery?" Asks Jack.

"Just don't hurt her. Get her out of the robbery."

All of us nod our head to Ron's words. Abe and Jack look like they remembered that whole day where they killed Red Punch... I was in the orphanage that day, and I had no idea of Jack, Abe and Ron's existence. I am in the same situation as Larry, looking to nowhere. Minutes later, Ron and Larry leave and the three of us are left in the street.

"What do we do now?" I ask.

"I am hungry. I wanna go for a coffee," answers Abe. "Come on."

We start walking. Abe recognizes this street and knows where are we going, and at the moment I started walking I find out that one of my shoes' laces are undone.

"Oh, guys! I have my laces undone." I say, but they don't answer me. They are looking at something inside a store.

"Ok, W.," says Abe. "When you finish, enter here. We'll go for coffee."

I realize this place is a cafe called Sweet Snacks and I start tying my shoelaces. At the same moment, I hear something.

"Pst!"

I know someone is calling another guy but I ignore it.

"Pst! Hey!"

Shit... What does he want now?

"W! Come here! It's me!"

Oh. It is personal. I enter the darkest zone of the backstreet and I realize that Lerrick is there, holding a box.

"Lerrick?"

"Yes, Beddie! How you doin'?"

"Fine, but... what are you doing here? If Abe finds out you are next to this place, he will leave you in the cafe's roof with no arms and legs!"

"That's why I'm hiding."

"And why did you call me?"

"Chill out, man..." he says while showing the box. "This is for you."

"A box? For me?"

"Open it," says Lerrick. "It's a surprise."

I open it and I find only one thing: a syringe.

"A syringe? What's wrong with you?"

"Did you look at the syringe? Look at it. Look on the inside."

I look inside the syringe and there is a liquid on it. No. I recognize that liquid. That brown water. No, no and no. "No."

"Why?" asks Lerrick.

"I know what this is."

"Yeah! Good old heroin. Everyone knows her."

"You know that I left heroin a long time ago, Lerrick."

"Yes, but..." he says, laughing. "Everyone can start again."

"Look, man... I almost die because of this. I just don't want to start again."

"Oh, I forgot," he says. "There was a note next to the syringe."

I grab the box again and I find a sheet of paper inside. I grab it and I start reading:

"Bedmaker:

This syringe filled with magical heroin is for you. I'll send it to Lerrick, don't worry...

So, this syringe is not Lerrick's. "This is not yours," I tell him, pointing at the syringe.

"No."

"Oh great! Someone with AIDS may have used this and I don't know."

"But... the note said that he didn't have AIDS."

"Fuck it, Lerrick. I won't take that syringe." I say, and I leave the backstreet.

"Hey!" he shouts. "But you won't know the answer to the Elements of Harmony!"

I stop walking. He said Elements of Harmony.

"Did you read the whole card?" he says. I return to the backstreet and I grab the note:

"Bedmaker:

This syringe filled with magical heroin is for you. I'll send it to Lerrick, don't worry. Oh, I also don't have AIDS or anything.

Why am I giving this to you? I know you left heroin because you had an OD with it, but this is the only solution to our problem. I really wanna know if you want to put your life in danger only to know the answer to the Elements of Harmony, so I wanna talk to you in private about them. You will know the answer.

D.

"You read this, right?" I ask Lerrick.

"Yes. I woke up in the morning and I found the box. I grabbed it and discovered both things: the syringe and the note. I read it and waited for you. Originally, I was going to look for you but I fell asleep. Today's a lazy day."

"And who's D?"

"No idea."

Now, I look at the syringe. Is she the answer? And why do I need heroin to talk with this man I don't even know? "Fuck this..." I say. "Give me the box."

Lerrick gives me the box with the syringe inside and I walk away with it. I keep the syringe and the note inside my trenchcoat and I throw the box in a trash can. At the same time, Abe and Jack leave the café.

"Where were you?" asks Jack. "We've been waiting and we left because you didn't appear."

"Uh, nothing," I answer. "I found an old friend from the orphanage."

"Really?" says Abe. "But Dream Raider is in prison... who was, then?"

"Charlie," I answer. Charlie and Dream Raider were some of my friends in the orphanage. Charlie was a short plump kid who was always behind my back because he was scared of everyone. Dream Raider wasn't like him. He was a courageous kid and he fought everyone he hated then. He was a brave guy but also violent. He was arrested some years ago because he killed his girlfriend's secret lover.

"Good old Charlie," says Abe, laughing.

"Well, W... Abe and I changed our minds. We will go to the hospital. I think the visit time hasn't finished yet. We will visit Flash."

"Why would you visit Flash?" I ask them.

"I want to visit him," says Abe. "Rarity told me lots of things about his situation, and it worried me. I want to know if he is OK now."

"Ok then... Well, I've got to go back to the motel because I forgot something. I will go after that."

I have now the perfect opportunity for heroin.

Motel

I'm alone in the motel. Abe and Jack are now heading to Flash's room inside a hospital. The first thing I do is looking for a wire to tie my arm. After a minute, I find a perfect plastic wire in Abe's bed. I take off my trenchcoat and now I'm only wearing a white blank t-shirt. I roll up my t-shirt's sleeves and I grab the wire to tie my left arm. Now, my bare left arm is looking at the syringe I am holding in my right hand. I feel the syringe is going to fall because my fingers are sweating. Bruh, my whole body is sweating now.

I try to touch my left arm with the syringe but the fear does not want me to do that. I remember those moments when I was high, and that moment... that OD... no. I can't do this. I CAN'T!!

I leave the syringe on the floor and tears start touching my cheeks. I clean my face with a towel, and I realize I need something to counter my fear. "Where is that LP?" I tell myself. "Did I bring it here?"

I start searching in Abe's records' box. I'm looking for a record I used to listen while being high. That LP had a song which was my amulet. My talisman. And... Bingo! I think I've found it. The cover has only two colours: orange and black, the title, which is "Techno 90's. Greatest Hits" is in the centre, and below the title, there is a note who may have been written by Abe or Jack: "Don't show this to W. Thanks."

Like I said before, I used to get high while listening to one song. I bet that song was Abe and Jack's worst fear a long time ago. Ha, ha! I read the tracklist and then:

"Born Slippy - NUXX"

"Yes!" I shout. "I've found you!" Born Slippy is track #2. I put the LP on the record player and I move the tonearm to the second song.

Dun dun dun dun...

"YEAH!" I shout while listening to the first chords. Every time I hear this song I feel adrenaline coming out of my body. I'm now ready, I grab my left arm, I sit down on the floor and I grab the syringe. I'm ready! I'll do it, no matter what! "I can, I can!" I say, while I grab the syringe and finally inject it. "I hope this son of a bitch doesn't have AIDS..."

Oh... holy mother of Star Swirl, Solaris, Lord Tirek and every magical legend that has ever existed. This is the best heroin trip I've ever experienced, and it didn't even start. My whole body is completely turned off... I feel the song that's playing on the LP it's hugging me. I lie on the floor while gasping... this heroin is good... better than Ron's brother, Tom, or Lerrick's. D, whoever you are, you are the best heroin maker in the fucking world.

"Thank you."

Who in the hell said that? It was not me. It was clearly not me. Someone was reading my thoughts and I didn't know it.

"Finally you have realized, Bedmaker. I know you... and I came only to tell you one thing."

"Where the fuck are you?" I shout. "Who are you?"

"I needed you to consume that heroin because I told you I needed to know if you wanted to put yourself in danger for the Elements of Harmony. I am behind you."

"But... I am lying my back against the wall..."

"Look behind."

I turn around and I find out there's no wall. Instead, there is a man that I instantly recognize. Grey short hair, chin beard... he is wearing striking and coloured clothes... his yellow eyes with red pupils... Oh. My. God. It's him.

"Do you remember me, W?"

"You..." I say while I gasp uncontrollably.

"Discord is my name. I am the main responsible of your Bedmaker identity."

"Wh-Why are you here? Where... a-are you? Are you alive?"

"I am alive, son, but I'm not in Canterlot, neither Manehattan or Los Mantos. I'm in a hidden place in Equestria. A place you will never find."

"And... why are you here? What's that a-answer you were... were talking about?"

"The Elements of Harmony are six, W. Generosity, Loyalty, Laughter, Magic, Kindness, and Honesty. All of them united are more powerful than anything that exists."

"W-What do you mean with that?"

"Would you turn off that music, please?"

"Come on... it's Born Slippy!"

"Turn that off, and I will tell you what do I mean."

I turn off the record player and I took the LP out.

"Thank you... What do I mean with this is that Rarity and the other five holders are the Elements of Harmony. And guess who they are."

"I don't know, man..."

"Rarity is the element of Generosity, but then... there are other five girls who have geodes on their necks and special powers."

Girls. He said girls. "Girls?" I ask him.

"There are other five girls that represent the Elements of Harmony besides Rarity. Would you like me to say who they are?"

"Y-Yes."

"Write on a notebook."

I fastly grab a notebook and a pen from the motel. "I'm ready," I say while holding the notebook.

"Applejack, Pinkie Pie, Rainbow Dash, Twilight Sparkle, and Fluttershy."

There are names I can recognize there. Rainbow Dash. The first girl who talked to me on Canterlot. Twilight Sparkle. The nerdy girl, and Fluttershy, the shy one I talked to this morning.

"Those, along with Rarity, are the Elements of Harmony."

"What?"

"What?" he says, imitating my voice. "Do you know what that means? Did Arpeggio told you how do you become a holder?"

"No."

"You kill them, W!"

My expression is now a devastating shout. I throw the notebook and the pen to the floor and I grab my head. "No way," I say.

"That means only one thing... you will have to kill six young students with a big future to obtain what you want.

"I... I can't kill Rarity! I can't kill anyone of them! They are not even gangsters!"

"I know you wouldn't, but I know men that would do that."

He grabs a book from nowhere and starts showing me photos of people I do know.

"Look. The left page has a photo of Gordo Jameson. A man you have known for a long time. Do you know he made a school shooting? He can do it again." He says, and then turns into another page. "Those on the left are the Barnes, three crazy brothers. Below their photo, there are four junkies... the Dark Spikes. There is a small photo of Lucas Plegovich on the right... and guess who is the most dangerous man of them all."

"Who?" I ask, and then Discord turns to another page, full of photos.

"These are photos of just one man. The man that will be your worst enemy in this situation.

I look at the photos, and I realize Mortimer Blueblood appears in all of them. "Mr Blueblood? Canterlot's governor?"

"He is the worst of them all. Even worse than Gordo."

"Wow... he is really bad if you say that."

"So... if you don't want to kill these ladies... you should keep an eye on all those men, specially Blueblood."

Oaoaoaoaoaoa!

I wake up from my mind and I feel so bad that I had to run to the bathroom to vomit.

"You are clean now. A good thing from my magical heroin is that it doesn't make you her dependant." says Discord from beyond. "See you in another magical heroin trip, W.

"Bye," I say, while I look at the toilet filled with vomit. "Thank you for the vomit and the drug trip."

"You're welcome. Now, go and tell Jack and Abe about our conversation. They need to know if you want to save the girls."

I look at the mirror. My pupils are still dilated, but not too much. I flush the toilet and I run away. I need to go to the hospital now.

Backstreet

Lerrick is looking for something inside a trash bag when he finds his favourite toy. His angel. His psychiatrist: a small bag of cocaine. He snorts it and starts laughing unstoppably. Suddenly, a man appears in the backstreet. He thinks it's W, but he doesn't recognize it.

"Who in the fuck are you and what the fuck do you want?" says in a really bad accent.

"Are you Mother Pharmacy?" asks the man.

Lerrick rises and nods his head. "Mother Pharmacy Fuckin' Lerrick," he says with a smile.

"Oh... you are the one that moved from Los Mantos and it's invading my zone." says the man, while drawing a gun. "My son told me that you tried to rob him yesterday. May I know why?"

Lerrick's face has no longer a smile. Now he is serious. "I need things to survive."

"And now, you must convince me not to shoot you in the head to survive."

Lerrick gets more and more desperate. He starts looking for his machete, but the man fastly grabs him by the neck. Mother Pharmacy hits the man's stomach with his elbow and he escapes from his arms. Now, he is looking for his machete in the trash bags inside the backstreet. Suddenly, he founds a smaller sharp knife.

"Now you will know, you motherfucker..." says Lerrick, but the man easily defeats him with two shots on his chest. The drug addict is still moving, so the killer finishes him with a third gunshot on his head. Lerrick is dead.

"You knew, motherfucker." says the man while throwing his gun with a silencer in the dumpster and walking away from the backstreet. The sun reveals his face that came out from a dark backstreet. He is Mortimer Blueblood.

Hospital

.

Flash Sentry is lying in a bed, watching the TV. At the moment he is watching a Daring Do show with Vignette Valencia as the episode's guest star. Then, a nurse appears in Flash's room.

"Flash, you have visitors," she says, while he switches over to the news channel. Then, Abe and Jack enter the room. Flash Sentry's face drastically changes.

"What are you doing here?" asks Flash. "I know you... you are Mr. Tyler, but... who are you?" he says to Abe.

"My name is Abraham. I am Rarity's grandfather. She told me about your situation and it got me worried... I thought those boys were going to kill you for real."

"Yeah, I thought the same," answers Flash. "But well, here am I, thanks to Pietro, Mr. Tyler and W... where is W, speaking of the devil?"

Jack and Abe look at each other. W should have arrived several minutes ago. What did he want to do in the motel? What was he looking for?

"He may be coming to visit you," says Jack. "Did you hear the news?"

"About Jet Set? Yes. Neon Lights, Royal Pin and he will be arrested, while the others have been forgiven. The man who did the ambush had no mercy, but I think those bitches deserved it."

There is silence after that phrase. Then, Flash Sentry looks at Jack and both of them smile. "No way," says Flash.

"Yes way," says Jack.

"Did he do it for real?"

"W? Yes. He did it."

"Oh my..." says Flash Sentry. "And the news said they never captured him... I owe him one! No... I owe him two! Two favours!"

This conversation is interrupted when W fastly opens the door and looks at Jack, Abe, and Flash. There is something that calls Jack's attention. He doesn't have his trenchcoat, he has only his white t-shirt, which left sleeve is rolled up. There is also a red scratch on his arm, but Jack decides to ignore this. "Abe... Jack... We have a problem." he says while gasping. "Can I talk to you in private?"

"What kind of problem, W? What happened?" says Abe while looking at his face. He instantly realizes something... his pupils... his pupils are dilated...

"Let's go outside," says Jack. He knows that Abe's stare is not something good. "Wait for us, Flash."

Hospital's Bathroom. There is no one in there. They are whispering.

"Your pupils are dilated," says Abe. "Are you high again, you son of a bitch?"

Jack now finds out what happened. The sleeve. That cratch. His pupils. There is only a word for this: HEROIN.

"No.," says Jack. "Tell me you didn't start with heroin again. You motherfucker."

Abe's face is now absolute shock. "Why? Why did you do that?" he shouts while slapping W twice.

"Look!" shouts W. "It's a long story... will you let me talk?" Both of them shut up and W takes a long breath. "I lied to you... I didn't come across Charlie today... I came across with Lerrick. I found him on a backstreet."

"Oh," says Abe. "And you didn't tell me."

"Sorry." answers W. "He gave me... heroin with a card."

"Why did you accept his heroin, W?" shouts Jack. "You know you almost died because of that drug!"

"Will you let me talk, for fuck's sake?!"

"OK," says Jack. "Keep going."

"I didn't want the heroin, but he told me that if I didn't try it, I would lose the answer to the Elements of Harmony thing."

Abe raises his hand.

"Yes, Abe?" asks W.

"We already know we have to kill the holders."

"Oh... the problem is who we are going to kill." says W. "After an argument with Lerrick, I carried the heroin to the motel and tested it... guess who appeared during my trip... Discord.. He said the heroin was magical and didn't give any addiction to the consumer, and he's right... at the moment I'm not having withdrawal symptoms... He also told me who were the six Elements of Harmony, and Abe, you won't like this..."

"Why?" he asks, surprised.

"Because one of those elements is Rarity."

Abe stays in silence for a minute, but then he recovers with a laugh: "Stop kidding, W. You were high during that trip. It's all a lie."

"It's not a lie, Abe!" I say. "Rarity, Twilight the Nerd Girl, Rainbow Dash, Fluttershy and other two girls named Applejack and Pinkie Pie are the holders. Would you like to kill them, Abe?"

"No.," says Abe. "We won't kill them. They are normal girls!"

"Yes, and I had sex with Countess Coloratura!" I tell him. "They do have powers, Abe! Rarity told me she saved my life using her magical shield!"

"She told me it was the moon, W!" answers Abe. "She doesn't have any powers."

"There is a way to solve this," says Jack. "We need another opinion. One that does not belong to you, Abe, W, or me. We need another declaration. Maybe someone who knows the six of them and talks with them every day."

The three of them think of the same person but they don't say anything. They know he is the best option.

Flash Sentry's Room

"Hello, Flash," says W, while entering the room.

Flash smiles while looking at W. "Oh, hi guys... what happened?" he asks.

"Nothing." all of them answer. "Stupid things."

Flash nods his head and starts applauding. "You are the best, W! You are the best!"

"Why?" he asks, confused.

"You kicked Jet Set's ass and you didn't even get caught!"

"Uh, yes. Expert things."

"I owe you two favours. No... three! How about three?"

"With two favours I'm OK, Flash..."

"No, no, please! You deserve three!"

W looks at Jack and Abe. Their stares clearly say Accept it. I don't want Flash to repeat the same shit over and over. W follows their orders.

"Ok, three, Flash..."

Flash grabs W's hand and they shake hands. "This is incredible," he says. "I survived, my enemies got wasted, and I've just recently entered the drug intervention program!"

"Congratulations!" all of us say. Now, the moment came. I look at Abe while smiling and I ask the important thing:

"Hey, Flash... um... would you do me one of those three favours?"

"Sure!"

"I made a bet with Abe related to the popular girls of Canterlot High."

"Oh, the Rainbooms..." He says, with a smile.

"Do they have powers or not? If they have, I will win a hundred bucks."

"Ok..." says Abe. "You will give me a hundred bucks later, W."

"Actually, W wins this one." interrupts Flash. "They have powers."

Abe and Jack's smiles completely disappear. W's the only one smiling in the room because he was right. They do have powers. Now, Flash is the main voice in the conversation at this moment.

"What kind of powers are you talking about?" asks Abe.

"I thought you know what happened at school. Once, my ex-girlfriend went crazy and started brainwashing all my partners. Guess who saved the school... The Rainbooms. Not only they saved the school and all of the students, but also they defeated my ex-girlfriend with some kind of magical rainbow beam... Then, the Dazzlings thing... oh yeah, I remember that... being hypnotized by those sirens... but, answer me, guys... who saved my life and the Battle of the Bands from the sirens...?"

"The Rainbooms," answers Jack.

"Yes! And they also used a giant magical unicorn to save us! I'm not kidding!"

Abe still doesn't believe this, so he says: "This guy is as high as you, W... I don't believe him."

"Wait! I didn't finish yet... I remember that time when Twilight turned into a demon and Sunset Shimmer defeated her, but before becoming that angel she turned into, she used the power of..." he says and then points at Abe.

"The Rainbooms," says Abe, worried. His opinion about this is slowly falling. Meanwhile, Jack is looking up information about Flash's declarations on his cellphone.

"Very good, Abraham... I remembered she said some things while obtaining their power... Honesty, Kindness..."

"HONESTY! KINDNESS!" shouts W. "Discord told me those were Elements of Harmony!"

Abe still does not believe it, but he is not so sure as before. He is now confused. Is his granddaughter an Element of Harmony for real?

"Look at this," says Jack, showing Abe his cellphone:

Canterlot Daily:

CANTERLOT HIGH WAS SAVED! RAINBOW BEAM APPEARS ON CANTERLOT HIGH AND DEFEATS A STRANGE CREATURE: ELEMENTS OF HARMONY?

Photographies by Photo Finish.

"I found this one too."

Canterlot's Gazette:

THE SIRENS HAVE BEEN FINALLY DEFEATED! MAGICAL ALICORN APPEARS ON BATTLE OF THE BANDS: IS THIS AN ENIGMATIC APPEARANCE OF THE ELEMENTS OF HARMONY? (ACCORDING TO MADAM MOONLIGHT COLUMBUS' DECLARATIONS)

You will only know in Canterlot's Gazette.

"And this one too."

Interview with Ms. Golden Spots, a historian who investigated about the Elements of Harmony.

Q: "What do you think about Madam Moonlight Columbus' declarations?

A: I think they are true. The Elements in the ponified Equestria have the same effects and power than the Elements from this dimension, according to Madam Moonlight Columbus' declarations."

Q: And is there a recent event that you can relate to these mysterious elements?

A: Actually, yes. There has been something related to them in Canterlot High. I've heard a magical alicorn appeared to defeat those sirens. That unicorn, according to Madam Moonlight, is the result of the combination of all the elements.

Now Abe is convinced. His granddaughter may be an Element of Harmony. No, no, she may not be... she is. She is an Element of Harmony.

"Flash's not lying," says Abe. "Oh my god..."

A tear comes out of Abe's eye. Now, he has to make a decision. The best robbery of all his life (and maybe of all time) or his granddaughter's life. She starts remembering Rarity since she was a baby... he remembers the first time he met her... he held her... both of them used to go to the Canterlot's mall for an ice-cream... no, he can't! He can't!

"I have to call Ron," he says. "We must cancel the project."

"He will commit a mass shooting if you do that." tells W to him. "He has been planning this for years, but... just don't tell him right in the face. Be slow."

"Oh fuck," says Jack, while watching the TV. "You are late with Lerrick, Abe."

"What? What happened?" asks Abe, and then, the four guys stay watching the TV. W grabs his head in silence. "Shit," says Abe while reading the news' title.

"MOTHER PHARMACY, INFAMOUS CRIMINAL, HAS BEEN FOUND DEAD ON CANTERLOT."

To be continued...

- Red Punch -

Author's Note

Another flashback! This time is Ron's.

Enjoy!

Red Punch

1997. Warloff Valley, Los Mantos. Ron Delight's house.

Ron Delight is alone, smoking a Cuban cigar while looking at a knife collection inside his house. His physical appearance is a lot younger and his characteristic eye patch is on his left eye. He has long hair and a mustard-coloured chin puff beard, and he is only wearing some worn-out blue jeans, showing his light blue-skinned bare torso. "Maybe this is the one." He says while holding a knife. Someone rings the house's doorbell and opens the door. His brother, Tom Delight, who has long mustard hair and no beard, appears. He is wearing a small suit and has an eye shield instead of his patch.

"Ron." He says. "Do you know? Did they tell you?"

"Yes," He answers. "Red Punch is in Los Mantos until next week."

"Can I go with you, please?" says Tom, while holding his brother's shoulders. "Can I?"

"No."

Tom starts losing his mind: "Why? I know how to handle a gun and shoot it!"

"It's too dangerous for you. You will stay here, safe."

"But... why? Why do you think I haven't grown up yet?"

"I know you grew up, Tom, but this ambush I want to do is too dangerous. I may lose that battle and die... and one of us will have to live."

"Come on, Ron! He killed our dad! We must sacrifice both of us!"

"I said no, Tom!"

The doorbell rings again. Ron opens the door and looks at his crew: Abraham, who has long orange hair and a full beard, is next to Jack, who has his head shaved and a black chin beard. There is also a wine-skinned man with short brown hair and green eyes. That man is Hopkins. And next to him, a beige-skinned one with short mustard hair. He is Grent. Abraham's son, Hondo Flanks, has just got married three weeks ago. On the other hand, Jack is lost on his thoughts. He started talking to Susan in May 1995, a month before Wade's tragic fate. Now they are engaged but he doesn't know what to do with the gangster world. Shall he tell her what is he doing? Besides, he thinks she is thinner than before. She is pale now, and he doesn't know why. And last but not least, Hopkins and Grent are two old friends of Ron.

"Abe, Jacky, Hopkins, and Grent," says Ron. "Is there another man left?"

"Yes," says Abe, taking a breath. "An advantage. A dangerous advantage."

"Who?"

"Rondo!" Shouts someone from outside the house. He recognizes that voice. That stinky voice.

"You brought Gordo?" He asks his crew. "I don't know if this is good or bad."

"He won't participate in the project," says Jack. "You know why. His fucking tummy doesn't let him move like us."

Ron raises his shoulders, confused. "So, why is he here?"

"Red Punch told him his whole plan," says Grent. "He moved here to kill a man called Fancy Pants. He told me he knew how his men are organized to take care of him."

Ron sighs and opens the door for Gordo. His physical appearance is much younger, with long black hair and sideburns. He's wearing a big shirt and jacket, all black, including his pants except for his brown shoes.

"Hello, equestrian warriors." Says Gordo to the crew. "Let's see... Blackbeard Delight, Abey the Daddy, Edinburgh Tyler with no hair, Hopkins the Babyface, Schizogrentnia and the little Goblin, Tommy Delight."

"Hey, you bitch," says Ron. "If you are going to put nicknames for us, at least be gentle. We are six here to kick your ass."

"And I'm your password to kill Red Punch," he says while staring at Ron with an evil stare and a creepy smile. "I made a deal with you, Ronnie the Pirate... you said you were going to help me with the Canterlot thing... you told me I was going to bring Cosmos down."

Jack is shocked... he didn't know Ron made a deal like that. They will bring Celestia's father down. They will get rid of him. The girl she loved not only will deal with his boyfriend's disappearance... gosh, stupid Tommy... how could he be so stupid, man! He left her for the gangs! He left her! Celestia! The most beautiful woman he has ever seen!... but also she... she may deal with his father's death. Shit no, that would be too harmful to her, too bad, too... no.

"Yes," answers Ron. "But I won't help you until I see Red Punch dead on my hands."

"Ok," says Gordo, smiling. "Sit down. I'll tell you where he is."

All of them sit down. Ron and Gordo sit face to face. Ron has Abe on the left and Jack on the right. On the other hand, Grent is at Gordo's left and Hopkins at his right. Tom Delight sits in a corner and that calls Gordo's attention.

"Is the baby going to participate?" asks Gordo.

"Shut the fuck up, whale," answers Tom. Gordo looks at him with a bone-chilling stare.

"Watch out, rascal," he says in a deeper voice. "Don't talk about my weight."

"Leave this shit aside, Gordo." interrupts Ron. "Can you talk about Red Punch?"

"Ok," he says. "But please, educate your brother for me."

"TALK, PLEASE!" shouts Ron, angrily. Gordo starts laughing while getting out a blueprint from his shirt.

"This is the old Apple Acres from the Smith family in Los Mantos. It is on the Mantos-Canterlot Highway, in the middle of nowhere. Nowadays this building is abandoned after what happened with his owners. Red Punch bought it some months ago and has installed there since. There is only an entrance door, which is heavily secured by his men, but there is a sewer outside the place who has a secret hatch door inside the barn, where Red Punch is staying now. The only problem you will have is that the sewer may be full of shit and you will easily get noticed by your smell unless luck is on your side. The barn has also a battalion of Red Punch's men inside. You will get rid of the hitman if you are lucky enough to annihilate those men."

Everybody looks at each other. All of them know that this would be a risky task. A hard one. Ron has already made his decision. He gets up from his chair and grabs his landline phone to make a call. He never called her before this moment, and he knows he will be insulted by her if he calls, but he doesn't even care now. He will call her, no matter what.

"Hello?"

"Hi, Amethyst Spark, it's me..."

"Who is talking?"

"Ron."

"RON? HA! Are you really calling me, you bastard?"

"Yes, Amethyst... I just wanted to say hi... and I wanted to say that..."

"Hi? That's it, Ron? You abandoned me for two years and the only thing you say is hi?"

"Yes... this maybe... my last time talking to you because... I will be in danger now and I wanted to greet you and Raspberry Sweets before-"

Amethyst Spark instantly ends the call and leaves Ron swallowing his words. He slowly leaves the phone and goes back to the project. Everyone heard Amethyst Spark's shout from the phone, but don't say anything.

"So... after an awkward situation and a divorce... What are you going to do, Ron?" says Gordo.

"Firstly, Gordo, shut your fat ass up," says Ron, angrily, while Gordo laughs. "Secondly, we will go tomorrow morning and Tom will stay here."

"No!" shouts Tom. "I can go!"

"It's too dangerous for you, Tom!" shouts Hopkins, in a way to avoid an argument between the Delight brothers. "You have to live, Tom, to be the legacy of the group that your brother and his late partner, Wade Waters, who may rest in peace, have created."

Tom calms down. "That means..." he says, before a short pause. "If my brother dies, I will take charge of Los Mantos?"

"Yes," says Ron.

Tom raises his shoulders, having no idea of what to do. "Ron, brother... The only thing I know is how to cook meth and how to shoot a gun, and that's it."

"And that's enough to be a capo, Tommy. If I die, you have lots of men around Los Mantos to help you. Hopkins, Grent, Abe, Jacky..."

"But, all of them will go with you tomorrow..."

"Yes, but you still have lots of people around. You will be safe."

"But... I can't handle that responsibility..."

"I didn't know how to handle this too when I entered the mafia world because of our father! I also didn't know the responsibility I had when I built my empire with Wadey! I learned it alone, Tom, and you will learn it too. It's natural."

"Ok... if you say..." says Tom, while focusing on his reflection.

"Ok, crew!" shouts Ron. "Tomorrow morning I want you here!"

The Next Day.

Abraham, Jack, Hopkins, and Grent are in Ron's house now. Abraham and Jack are drinking a coffee, while Hopkins and Grent are sharing the last cigarettes of Hopkins' box. Ron starts talking while putting on a black shirt. "Gordo told me the sewer has another manhole cover where we can perfectly enter because of its circumference."

"Where?" asks Jack. "Star Swirl Avenue? Mistmane Street? Crystal Street?"

Ron's face doesn't express joy now. "It's not in a nice place..."

"Well..." says Hopkins. "Mistmane, Crystal, Sombra Street are not paradises."

"I am talking about Bormoth, Hopkins."

Everybody stays in silence because Bormoth may be the worst place in Los Mantos. That famous street which is no one's land. Not even the authorities succeeded in turning Bormoth into a normal street.

"What do we do, then?" says Grent, while gasping. "Shall we go to Bormoth?"

"Don't worry so much, guys," answers Ron. "I know someone there."

Bormoth Street

Ron is now using sunglasses to cover his left eye. The five men walk three blocks from Ron's house and they enter the infamous Bormoth Street. The street's appearance is like any other one, but there are fewer houses. Almost every inch of Bormoth Street is just grass, trash, and shrubbery. Some kids are sleeping in the asphalt with only a blanket. These kids are the notorious Bormoth Sleepers, who get drugged and sleep in the asphalt while being high, jailed inside their world during their trips.

"I hope he's awake..." says Ron. While passing through lots of Bormoth Sleepers, he finds the right one. A grey-skinned, malnourished, four-year-old child with black hair and only a pair of jeans. "Lerrick," says Ron. "Good morning."

"Good morning, Ron," says Lerrick. "Have a penny?"

"Don't start already, Lerrick. Where is your dad?"

"Who the fuck are them?" asks Lerrick while grabbing a knife. Suddenly, an older man who has the same physical appearance as Lerrick comes out from a house with a shotgun.

"Don't touch my child, you sons of bitches!"

"Wait, Coke!" shouts Ron. "It's me, Ron Delight!"

Coke throws the shotgun inside his house and smiles: "You should have told me before, Ronnie!" he says, then Ron and him hug each other and Coke greets every one of the crew. "Calm down, you little demon," says Coke to his son, Lerrick. "Go inside, mom's just prepared the lunch."

"Yes, lunch!" shouts Lerrick, before running away to his house.

"Looks like your son is not a sleeper now," says Ron. Coke takes a breath and smiles.

"Thank Star Swirl he is not, Ron. Why did you come here? With fellas?"

"I was looking for the manhole cover you have here."

"Oh..." says Coke. "That one. Yes! The only problem is that it's under one of the sleepers. I think." Coke looks at a sleeper and realizes the manhole cover is under him. "Shit..." he says. "Let me take charge of him."

Coke looks for something in his trenchcoat and then he gets a handgun out.

"No. Are you going to kill him?" asks Jack. Coke starts laughing.

"Are you crazy? Of course not!"

Coke approaches to the sleeper and he slowly moves him. A bad movement can wake him up, and an awake sleeper can be your worst nightmare. He slowly moves him out of the manhole cover to obtain what Ron wants. However, he notices the sleeper has one of his eyes open. He's waking up. The sleeper starts gasping uncontrollably and an indescribable force starts morphing inside the child until Coke stops it, knocking him out with the gun's grip.

"Ready," says Coke. Ron gets some bucks from his pocket and pays him. Both of them hug again. "What are you going to do? You will get out full of shit."

"Do you remember Red Punch?" says Ron. Coke understands what is he saying and smiles.

Sewer. Fifteen minutes later.

The five men have been walking through the sewer with lanterns. Their shoes got wet and full of shit, but at least the rest of their body is not dirty. They are near their destiny, according to the sewer's map.

"It is near. Only right and that's it," says Jack. "Finally we will get rid of this fucking smell."

Ron turns to the right and finds a sign:

MANTOS' APPLE ACRES' SEWER. DO NOT THROW RECYCLABLE OBJECTS HERE.

They know they have arrived when they find a ladder with a hatch door above. Hopkins grabs a handgun and shoots the hatch door twice, calling the henchmen's attention. They instantly turn to the left and hide. Seconds later, the hatch door is opened and three men climb down the ladder. One of them has a shotgun.

1...

All the crew is counting to 3 while the men are reloading their guns.

2...

One of the henchmen switches a lantern on and starts illuminating the sewer. They will turn on the left.

3!

Ron and Abe easily kill two of the men with their handguns. The third man is beaten up by Hopkins, who is carrying a crowbar.

"INTRUDER!" shouts someone from above. Another four henchmen climb down the ladder and they are shot while climbing down. Two of them instantly die, while the other two don't get affected and start shooting. Abe grabs the dead man's shotgun from the dirty water and kills the two men with only three shots.

Ron knows this is the perfect opportunity to enter. He fastly climbs up the ladder and appears in a secret room inside the barn. It is a small room with only two windows and a cupboard, where two men are armed with crowbars. Ron kills one of them with a gunshot and realizes he has no more bullets. He hits the henchmen's jaw with the gun grip and falls to the floor. Meanwhile, Abe and Jack are climbing up the ladder while Hopkins and Grent are waiting for their turn. They are also keeping an eye on the sewer. They may have another hidden man there.

The room's door is opened again and Ron can see the outside. The secret room is inside a big, two-story cottage filled with rusty objects who have never been used since this factory closed. Another two henchmen appear, and this time they have handguns. Jack and Abe beat them up, while Hopkins, who has recently climbed up the ladder, hits the guy with the bleeding mouth in his face, breaking his nose and knocking him.

"Wait," says Grent, after climbing up the ladder and entering the room. "This cupboard is a gun cabinet."

They didn't even find out. The two men who were beaten up are killed by Ron and Grent's gunshots. There are more and more coming but they won't shoot from their distance, in case there is an ally with them. Hopkins opens the gun cabinet, which wasn't locked, and grabs a shotgun. Abe grabs a rifle and Ron grabs a grenade.

"They are all waiting for us outside," says Jack. "If I move the door just one millimetre, they will shoot."

"Let me, Jack," says Ron. "Here I have a birthday gift."

Ron takes the safety lever out of the grenade and Jack fastly opens the door. Ron throws the grenade in those seconds where the door was open and then they close it. "SHIT! GRENADE! someone shouts. The grenade explodes and everything is now silence. Grent takes advantage of this to close the hatch door and put the dead men's bodies on it to lock the door for a short time, at least. Meanwhile, Ron slowly opens the door and looks at the place. There is a hole in the middle of the room now. Some of the men are dead on the floor, while others took cover in time and survived.

"Hey," says Hopkins, interrupting the tension. "I heard something. A car."

Ron heard the same thing. A car stopping. Four men enter the barn, taking care of a red-skinned, robust man with short red hair and purple eyes. He is the objective: Red Punch.

"What the fuck has happened?" shouts Red Punch, and then Ron opens the door and Abe shoots once with the rifle. He missed the shot and Red Punch runs away.

"SHIT!" shouts Ron. "WE ARE LOSING HIM!"

Now, he has to make a risky movement. He prays to Star Swirl for the first time in his life and leaves the room with no weapons. The survivors, along with the four men, start shooting with their guns. Abe and Grent also start firing their guns against the henchmen from inside the secret room. A mass shooting has started, and Ron must leave the place with no bullets inside his skin. He starts running, he crouches and throws himself through a window who was in the second story. Luckily, he survives because he landed on a mattress. Star Swirl may be helping him now. He rises and takes a look around him. He is in the middle of nowhere.

"You wanted to clean me, son of a bitch?" says a man near him. He turns at his left and looks at Red Punch, the hitman, holding a hunting rifle.

"I came for you."

"Nice scar. Can you tell me who was the man who made it?"

Ron realizes his sunglasses are gone and his eye scar can be seen. "I will cover my eye with your liver," he answers.

"Let's see, Ron," he says while reloading the hunting rifle. Ron takes advantage while he is reloading and attacks on him. Red Punch throws him away while one of his henchmen leave the inside to beat Ron up.

"You motherfucker!" shouts Ron.

"Have fun, bitch!" says Red Punch and gets into the car. Ron punches the henchman in his face and he falls to the ground. Then, the Pirate grabs a rock and smashes it on the worker's face, before rising and hearing Red Punch's car being accelerated. He knows this is his only opportunity.

He grabs the rock and runs to the car, trying to open the back door, but Red Punch grabs a handgun from the glove box and shoots only a bullet. Ron can dodge it, and smashes the rock against the car's window, breaking it.

"You broke my fucking window!" shouts Red Punch, and then he gets out of the car. He tries to shoot, but Ron easily brings him down, throwing himself onto the ground with him. He grabs that rock again and smashes Red Punch's head twice with it, breaking his nose and some teeth. "I won't die so easy," says Red Punch, while trying to grab his handgun, which he threw during Ron's technique. The Pirate grabs it and points him right in the head.

"Get up."

"What the...?"

"I SAID GET UP, RED PUNCH!"

The hitman gets up, raising his hands.

"This is for my father," says Ron, and then he fires the gun three times to his chest. Red Punch's body hits the car and dies while being sat on the ground. Ron finished with his job, but their partners didn't. He is still hearing listening to the gunfire tunes inside. He grabs Red Punch's car keys from his body, opens the car door and grabs the hunting rifle. After that, he opens the barn door and looks at the only four survivors that were still alive. The rest of them are just blood and flesh.

"Red Punch's dead," says Ron to his four enemies. "You are protecting no one now. We won. If you stop shooting, I'll let you go."

The enemies don't think twice and they throw their guns, running away. The crew goes downstairs, and Abe is helping Grent to walk. He's injured.

"This is a fucking miracle," says Hopkins. "Lots of men against us and we are still alive. Well, Grent was shot in his leg... but we are still alive!"

"Red Punch?" asks Jack. Ron points at his body, who are sitting in silence, behind his car.

"I need to carry that body home. It's the only way I can get my revenge." He says while putting on some new sunglasses that he got out of his pocket.

Ron's House.

After a long day of work, he arrived at his house and took a shower. He also needed Hopkins' help to carry Red Punch's body to his working table. He starts looking for the perfect knife on his collection until he realizes that knives won't be so useful for his special task. He is now looking for his secret tool in his shed... and he found it.

He leaves Red Punch's body in the working table, holds the hatchet who grabbed from his shed and decapitates the dead man. Two or three minutes later, the head is separated from the body and he makes a call.

"Hi, Gordo. Come here. I killed the man and I need you to retire the trash."

An hour later, Gordo arrives along with his right hand, Butch, who is a lot younger. He is shorter, thinner and he has no facial hair. Butch grabs Red Punch's body and puts it inside a trash bag.

"I hope my part of the deal will be accomplished," says Gordo. "I want to get rid of Cosmos and become the new King of Canterlot!"

"You will, Gordo. You will," answers Ron.

Now, Ron has only Red Punch's head on his house. He has been waiting for this moment for a long time, and that's why he bought so much formalin days before. He grabs a big jar, fills it with formalin and puts the head inside. Then, he closes the jar and sticks a label on it.

"RED PUNCH'S SEVERED HEAD. HERE IS THE CONFIRMATION OF MY REVENGE. 1997."

Cancellation

Chapter 11: Cancellation

Flash Sentry's Room

The four men who are inside Flash's room are in silence while watching the news. They found out Lerrick, also known as Mother Pharmacy, has been found dead on a backstreet in Canterlot. Abe is furious because now Lerrick's punishment for what he did to Rarity doesn't make any sense. He is dead... why would you beat a dead man up? However, he still feels strange, because he remembers those times (2006, 2007) where Lerrick was turning into Mother Pharmacy and started working for Ron. He was an ungrateful asshole, but he was also a partner. Jack thinks the same and W too, but he is also shocked because he had seen Lerrick before his death.

"I... I just don't understand this." says W. "How did he die?"

"Shut up!" interrupts Abe. "Percival's gonna talk."

The journalist who is in the crime scene shakes hands with Percival and the Commissioner starts talking about the situation. "Well, according to witnesses' declarations..." says the Commissioner. "Mother Pharmacy was aggressive and violent to everyone while being drugged, so he may have had lots of enemies and rivals who wanted to get rid of him. His body was found with three shots. Two on his chest and one on his head."

The interview is interrupted when Femur appears on the scene, with a gun. "We found this, Percival. This may be the weapon which was used to kill Mother Pharmacy." And with this, both Percival and Femur leave the interview, after greeting the journalist and the cameraman.

"So, someone killed him," says Abe. "Great."

"Why are you showing too much interest in this?" asks Flash, confused.

"This man was the son of a bitch who kidnapped my granddaughter, Rarity."

"Oh," answers Flash, shocked. "That's deep."

Suddenly, Jack's phone starts vibrating. Someone's calling him. "Someone's calling me," he says and leaves the room. Outside, he gets the phone out of his pocket and looks at the caller: RON. "Hi, Ron," he says, after answering the call.

"Are you watching the news?"

"Yes. I'm with W and Abe. Mother Pharmacy is no longer Mother Pharmacy."

"I don't know what am I going to do now. Hopkins has disappeared and Lerrick is dead. Gimenez cannot take charge of the whole Mantos in the moments I'm not there. He would be alone and it would be chaos for him."

"Yes, that's shit..."

"Where are you, Jack? I'm heading to Canterlot right now with Larry.

"Now?" says Jack, surprised. "Um... why are you heading to Canterlot? What about Los Mantos' situation?"

"It will only be for a couple of hours... we need to have a final reunion before the robbery. Tomorrow's gonna be the day, Jack."

Jack remembers that. The infamous heist... oh gosh. However, Jack remembers something else: "Look, I also want to ask you something we thought W, Abe and me. It's about the Pegasus thing."

"Ask me later when I arrive Canterlot. I'll be waiting in the motel."

Ron ends the call and Jack tells W and Abe it's time to go. All of them greet Flash, and Jack tells them the situation while coming out of the hospital. Now, they have to go back to the motel.

Backstreet. Crime Scene.

Cops are carrying Lerrick's body in an ambulance. Now, Percival and Femur are analyzing the gun that was found on the crime scene. Splinterbone is also there with a notebook, looking up for information in Equestrian Controlled Materials Agency's web page.

"ECMA says that handguns have a registration plate on the gun's handle," says Splinterbone. "Oh! And you can also look for information about that plate... does the gun have it?"

After looking at the gun's grip twice, Percival and Femur finally found the plate: Ez7k26.

"Key the plate in, Splint," says Femur. "E-Z-7-K-2-6."

Splinterbone keys the plate in and the page shows her an unexpected result: "Wow," she says. "Look at this." Femur and Percival look at the plate's information, which only shows a name: Prince Blueblood.

"This is juicy," says Percival, chuckling. "Femur, Splinterbone. We'll go to Blueblood's House now."

Motel. Twenty minutes later.

Abe is looking for an LP from Blue Note and realizes a record is outside his box. He grabs the record, who is in his bed, and looks at it: Techno 90's. Greatest Hits.

"Oh, sorry." says W. "I forgot to put it in the box."

"Nevermind," says Abe. "Did you put that unbearable song while chatting with Discord?"

"Yup."

Abe now points to W. "I hope this is the last time you are with heroin. I don't care if you don't have withdrawal symptoms or other shit. The Discord one was your last and will be your last."

"Yeah, sure!" says W. "I've got to leave it... even if it's not addictive."

"Perfect. Do me a favour now... grab the Blue Note's LP and put it on the record player."

I do what Abe tells me and then I switch it on. The first song is Just Beauty. Oh, man! I remember having 12 years old and listening to this song every fucking day because Abe loved it. Man, I think I can sing it a capella with no mistakes.

"What should we do with Ron?" asks Abe to me. I lower the record player's volume.

"We must tell him, but not directly. We should tell him about the Six Girls, and that's it. He will think about it later. We won't persuade him to cancel the project."

"Do you know we will protect them if the others want their heads?"

Abe sits on a bed, thinking. "I was thinking about it," he says. "We may be their watchers. Their guardians."

Jack gets out of the motel's little kitchen with a cup of coffee. "I agree with W," he says. "We may turn into guardians if things get salty."

Suddenly, someone knocks the motel's door and Abe opens it. It is Ron, accompanied by Larry. He is carrying a massive suitcase.

"Woah," asks Abe. "What do you have there?"

"Things from the robbery, and the head."

"The head?" says Jack. "Why would you bring the head to Canterlot?"

"Gordo doesn't believe that I still have the head. I always stick a new label on the jar each year."

"Oh god!" says W, while trying not to vomit, because W was always disgusted by Red Punch's decapitated head. "Did you bring Red Punch's head? Don't show that to me!"

"Why? Come on!" says Ron, while opening the suitcase. "It is only a jar filled with formalin and has a head inside! What's the matter?"

"Well, leave this aside," says Abe. "I need to talk to you."

"About?"

"The Elements of Harmony, Ron."

Ron and Larry look at each other. Talk about the Elements of Harmony? Now? "What happened?" he asks.

"We have found the holders," answers Jack. Both Ron and Larry's expressions are blank. They are happy and shocked at the same time. The best robbery of them all is nearer them!

"Wow," says Larry. "I never expected that we would find the holders so fastly. Who are them?"

Now, silence invades the room. No one dares to answer Larry's question until W opens his mouth: "Those Elements are Rarity and her friends."

Rarity. Oh no. That's a problem now... both Ron and Larry look at each other again because they remembered a situation from the past...

We come across a big building that he calls the Carousel Boutique. From it gets out a white mare, with blueish strands of hair. "There she is: Rarity," he tells me. Rarity? Abe's granddaughter? "I think she has the element of Generosity."

"What? Can she be the element of generosity from my world?"

Calculated Risk looks at me. "She can."

Larry was right this whole time. Rarity is an Element of Harmony, and her friends too. Applejack, Pinkie Pie, Rainbow Dash, Fluttershy, and Twilight Sparkle are Elements!

"So..." says Ron. "All the Elements maybe 18-year-old innocent girls."

"They are," answers Jack.

"Murdering them... would not be ethical, even for a man like me. Mantos' gangsters may be violent assholes, but they would never murder an innocent high school student."

"We must reconsider this, Ron," says Abe. "I wish I could rob Las Pegasus' Fort, but I can't kill my granddaughter... neither Jack and W."

"Yeah, I know." answers the Pirate. "Fuck... now, this is a bad piece of news... um... did you talk with another one inside the project?"

"No." answers Jack. "You are the first one."

"We should tell them about this problem after tomorrow," says Ron. "Today's gonna be a very busy day, and tomorrow... more than ever. Now, we must focus on the robbery, guys. We have to be at Gordo's in one hour."

Mortimer Blueblood's Mansion.

Percival knocks the Mansion's door while Femur and Splinterbone are behind him. A blonde, light-grey skinned man opens the door. He is William, W's brother, and he gets confused after looking at Percival. He recognizes him. Why would Percival be here? Does he want to talk with his foster father, Mortimer Blueblood?

"Oh, hi, Commissioner Percival," says William.

"Wait..." answers the Commissioner, with a confused stare. "Aren't you... W's brother?"

William's eyes feel like they are coming out of its orbits. He is tired of his brother. "Yes, but... I didn't do anything! My brother is the gangster... I am a worker."

"I didn't come for that," he says while entering the house. On the entrance, there is only a stair, who leads up to Mortimer's Office and a small living room, filled with trophies and prizes that the Blueblood family earned in the past. "I came here to talk with Prince Blueblood... is he here at least? Every time I came to this house, Mortimer told me he was outside having fun with his friends, his girlfriend and his hookers maybe... who knows."

"Um... I'm afraid he's not here, sir Percival."

"Ha! Jackpot!" he says, laughing. "I already knew he wasn't gonna be here."

"Mortimer is upstairs if you want to talk to him."

"Ok then, thanks... What was your name? I don't want to call you W's brother."

"William, sir Percival."

Meanwhile, Femur and Splinterbone enter the house. William receives both of them while Percival goes upstairs to Mortimer's Office. He knocks the door and waits for an answer from inside.

"Yes?"

"Hello, Morty. It's Percival."

"Oh, did you find the gun?"

Percival stays in silence. Did Mortimer know that his son's gun was on the crime scene? But... he didn't even talk with the press about this.

"How did you know?" asks Percival, while Mortimer opens the door.

"The gun was used," he answers. Meanwhile, Femur and Splinterbone are going upstairs but Mortimer stops them. "Percival, tell them not to go up. I want to talk to you in private." Percy does what Mortimer said and both assistants go back to the entrance room with William.

Mortimer's Office

The office is a really small room. It only has a desk covered with papers, Mortimer's diplomas and several sports trophies that demonstrate Mortimer was a really good athlete in his teenage years. Percival and Mortimer decide to sit face to face.

"What do you mean with the gun was used?" asks Percival.

"I used that gun."

"When? Now?"

"Yes."

Percival doesn't know what to answer now. Did Mortimer kill Lerrick or not? "Why did you use it? What did you do with the gun?"

"I killed that motherfucker, Mother Pharmacy."

"What?" shouts Percival. "Did you kill him? You?"

"Yes."

"Why?"

"Well... he tried to rob my son's jacket yesterday, but actually I killed him because he was a Mantos' gangster destroying my city, Percival."

"And you decided to kill him."

"Yes, what would you have done?"

"Calling the police."

"Bluebloods don't call the police, Percival. Those things are for men like you."

"Oh..." says Percival, while rising from the chair. "Are you saying that I'm weaker than you?"

"Weaker? Ha!" says Mortimer, while getting up from the chair and looking at Percival right in his eyes. "I'm saying that you are a pussy, Percival."

"Uh-huh..." says Percival, with a chuckle. "I think I'll arrest you, pussy."

"You? Arrest me?" answers Mortimer while drawing a handgun from his pocket and pointing at Percival's face. "You're not going to arrest anyone, motherfucker."

"I will arrest you, anyway."

"Yeah, you will arrest me as you did with Ron Delight, Abraham, Tyler, Waters, and all those douchebags. I know you always receive an interesting amount of money from Ron Delight's hands every month. You have his dirty money while you fulfil Ron's mood with your silence." Blueblood now saves his gun in a drawer. "All in all, if you arrest me now, I will say that you have been receiving dirty money and we will fall together."

"H-how did you know that?" Says Percival, shocked.

"Come on, Percy... I am your boss. I am Canterlot's Governor. I know everything that happens in Canterlot!"

"Including the mafia problems?" Mortimer closes his mouth and chuckles. "Are you inside?" Asks Percival.

"What do you think?"

Percival is about to open the door and leave without a handshake. "You piece of corrupted shit."

"Look who's talking! The man who receives money from gangsters!"

Percival takes a breath and opens the door. "Look, let's make a deal." He says. "I won't arrest you if you don't say anyth--"

"Ok, Percival. I won't say anything," says Blueblood while Percival stays frozen for a second and then he goes away. "Oh, and I am right."

"About what?" he says while leaving.

"You are a pussy."

Percival closes the door with no answers and leaves Mortimer alone. Femur and Splinterbone realize that he is out of the room and ask him what happened.

"Nothing," says Percival. "It is not him, neither his son. Someone robbed the gun."

La Lima

Now, we are in La Lima's main street, which is bigger than all the other streets in the city. The main street is not paved, so the street it's only sandstone. It is used for La Lima's Extreme Fighting Tournament, whose main administrators are the Dark Spikes and Patch, where people from all Equestria can fight against others until first blood, or death in several cases. The winner gets $200,000.

The Dark Spikes are now in the main street, looking at the sunset. There is also another man with them smoking a cigarette. "Look at this," says Disturbance. "Sunsets are truly the most beautiful thing in Equestria."

"I prefer a sunrise rather than a sunset," says Tumult.

"Why?"

"Before the morning, there is a sunrise."

"That's because you like the sun, you pussy. The moon is better. What do you think, Riot?"

Riot joins the conversation. "I do like both the Sun and the Moon because they are round and I like round objects!" he says.

"We are talking about sunrises and sunsets, you idiot." interrupts Tumult.

"Oh... um... I like sunrises... because I like that song Hopkins used to listen!"

"What song?" asks Disturbance.

"You mean Heart of the Sunrise?" asks the mysterious man. It is a thin, wine-skinned man with short black hair and a brown moustache... he is Hopkins.

"That one!" says Riot.

"Yeah..." answers Hopkins. "I use to listen to that song with Abe, Ron, Jack, and Grent while we were high."

"Grent..." says Disturbance. "What happened to him?"

"You know, he suffered from depression... he had a loner's life, which is very sad. He decided to install himself into a mental hospital and sadly he committed suicide a while ago. Rest in peace."

"Yeah, rest in peace," says Tumult.

"Yes."

While Tumult and Hopkins talk about Grent, Disturbance and Riot are carrying Turmoil, the Dark Spike that never speaks or does anything, to a car. They are getting ready for the final reunion.

"Gordo was right," says Hopkins. "I was going to be better without Ron. I feel a lot freer with Gordo!"

"I told you, Hopkins." answers Disturbance. "Gordo is more than a capo. He is a loyal friend. He saved my life, and that's why I always worked for him." Now, all of the Dark Spikes are inside the car. "We will go Gordo's now, Hopkins. Be safe."

PHONE CONVERSATION BETWEEN RON AND PERCIVAL

"Hi, Ron?"

"Hey, Percival. What's up?"

"Look... um... something happened. It is related to Lerrick."

"Lerrick?"

"Yes. I've talked with Blueblood and..."

"Is it him? The killer?"

"Yes."

"Son of a bitch... Why did he do that?"

"He told me he killed him because he was a Mantos' gangster destroying Canterlot. His Canterlot. He said that with those scary eyes... You know what I mean..."

"No. I don't know what you mean."

"He is a gangster, Ron! He looked at me with that mafia stare!"

"Percival, he has been a gangster for 20 years, man... I knew him before Jack and Abe..."

"I feel... he can be worse than you. Worse than Gordo."

"Worse than Gordo? Nah! Nobody's worse than Gordo or Patch from La Lima. Blueblood's just a marionette."

"Are you sure?"

"Yes, Percival! Blueblood was a little bit tough in the past, but now he's just a canterlotian dog."

"Ok... bye, then. I don't have other pieces of news."

"Bye."

Pinkie Pie's House.

It's almost night and the next day is Saturday, so the girls organized a sleepover for tonight. There is only one problem: Rarity's attitude still hasn't changed. She wants someone to sleep in the same bed as her and also she can't be alone, so she wants to go everywhere with one friend at least.

All her friends know that a situation like this can't be easily overcome and they want to do their best at calming Rarity down. Now, Applejack is ordering two pizzas while Rainbow Dash is looking for the new Daring Do movie on the Internet. Fluttershy and Rarity are watching Animal Planet on TV, and Pinkie Pie and Sunset Shimmer are playing videogames. Twilight is the only one that's studying Chemistry.

A minute later, Applejack ends the call and Rainbow Dash finally finds the movie. Everything is interrupted when someone rings the house's doorbell.

"What?" says Applejack. "But... I just called 'em a few seconds ago!"

"Mmmmh... it maybe those weird guys that want to tell you tales about Star Swirl the Bearded..." says Rainbow Dash. "Let them go."

But Rainbow Dash's words weren't right. Seconds later, the person starts knocking the door.

"Oh, c'mon! Who is outside?" shouts Applejack and then she looks through the peephole.

"Do you know him, Applejack?" asks Twilight, while Rarity is hiding behind Fluttershy.

"Yes," she answers. "It's Pietro."

Every girl jumps because of the shock. Pietro? What is he doing? How he could find Pinkie Pie's house? Why did he come here? Pinkie Pie stops her videogame fight with Sunset Shimmer and opens the door. "Hurray!" she shouts. "More guests to the party!"

"This is not a party, Pinkie," says Rainbow Dash. "What are you doing here, Pietro?"

"Look, um..." he says, while entering the house. "I came because of Rarity. I was really worried after what happened..."

"You idiot! Get out of this house!" Says Rarity. "You broke up with me, you said I was useless and then you replaced me for another girl!"

"Yes, sorry..." He says.

"Sorry? The only thing you say is sorry?" shouts Rarity. "I bet that girl who was better than me was one of those Crystal Prep rascals..."

"No, and that's not a topic I want to talk, Rarity."

"Why? Don't you want to know how am I doing, darling?"

"Can we leave this aside?" says Sunset Shimmer. "Pietro, you came because you wanted to know Rarity's situation. That's it?"

"Yes. I was really worried..." he answers.

"I'm fine, darling," she says. "The only thing that is ruining my night is your presence."

"And how did you know we were here?" asks Rainbow Dash.

"Logic. Rarity told me you usually made slumber parties at Pinkie Pie's house, and then she showed me the address while we were walking some weeks ago. I came across, I heard your voices and.. here we are." he says, and then looks at his watch. "Oh! I am running out of time! I've got to go!"

Pietro then opens Pinkie Pie's door and runs away. Every girl is now confused. Where did he go? Was it necessary to come here and interrupt the sleepover?

Gordo's Chalet

Now, almost everyone is in the infamous Gordo's mansion, where the fat man saves all his achievements and every newspaper that mentioned him. He also has the mention of one of his most infamous feats in the media: That school shooting that happened years ago, and he made because he was so crazy in those times.

The first ones to arrive are Ron and his boys. They sit in a big, round table and Ron opens the suitcase.

"Oh, do you still have the head?" asks Gordo.

"Yes," he answers and grabs an enormous jar filled with formalin, which has a rotten head inside. He puts it in the table. "Do you like it? I called him... Red Punchie."

"Ron!" says W, while trying not to vomit. "Please! We have to talk... about the robbery!"

"Aww... look how crybaby is W," says Gordo.

"What did you say, you son of a bitch?" he shouts, while rising from his chair.

"W, please," says Jack. "Sit down."

"But... he said I was a crybaby!"

"Sit down, please!" shouts Abe. W sits down and Ron puts the head inside the suitcase. The doorbell rings again and Butch opens the door. Pietro appears and greets everyone.

"Look!" says Gordo. "Rookie's here."

"Rookie?" asks Pietro, confused.

"Yes, you are the newbie here. Aren't you?" says Gordo. Pietro nods his head while sitting on a chair. Four men are remaining: The Dark Spikes. "Only four men and we start."

The doorbell rings again and Butch opens the door, but he realizes the Dark Spikes are not there and Mortimer Blueblood is there instead.

"Mr. Blueblood..." says Butch. "But... you are not inside the project."

"I wanna be now."

"But... the project is tomorrow and you don't even--"

"Wasn't this a final reunion, Butch? So... they will tell everything."

Gordo notices that Butch has been several seconds on the door, talking to someone he can't see, so he asks: "Who are you talking to, Butch? Is it Disturbance?"

"No." answers Butch. "It's Blueblood. He wants to participate." Everyone gets confused because of that. Blueblood? Why would he want to participate, hours before the robbery? On the other hand, Ron is angry. He is the only one that knows Blueblood killed Lerrick. He didn't tell it to his band because he knew chaos was going to invade the day of tomorrow.

"In the robbery?" says Gordo. "Yes, I forgot about him, sorry... I told him hours ago... Let him enter."

Mortimer enters the house and waves his hand to everybody. He shakes hands with Gordo and sits on a chair. At the same time, the Dark Spikes arrive and sit on the remaining chairs.

"So..." says Gordo. "The plan is this one. Tomorrow morning we will get prepared to rob Ludmila's Jewellery. You will be here and then you will go to Manehattan. You are lucky, Ron, because I found out your oldie daughter Raspberry Sweets is working there but she doesn't work on weekends." Ron does a sigh of relief while hearing that. "The crew will be W, Jack, Pietro, Butch, Disturbance, Tumult, Turmoil, and Riot... wait... will Turmoil participate, in the first place?"

"What do you say, Turmoil?" asks Disturbance. "Would you like to rob Ludmila?"

Turmoil looks at Disturbance and says in a monotonous, decayed voice: "Yes."

"He will be in our car, waiting," answers Tumult.

"That's what I wanted to talk about..." says Gordo. "You are eight, and eight thieves in a small jewelry store is exaggerated. Two or three of you will be inside the cars which will be used to escape from there. You will grab everything valuable and bring it here... but before that, you will have to get rid of Diamond Ludmila... and that's when Plegovich enters..."

"Me?" says Pietro.

"No, your brother Lucas will be in the Canterlot-Manehattan Highway, waiting for all of you and Diamond Ludmila. He told me he wanted to do something special... I don't know what."

Everybody disagrees with Lucas. That would be risky for every one of the crew because they won't stop moving if the police are behind them. Will they stop during a car chase? Of course not! Besides, that is a complete waste of time! Ludmila is always inside the jewelry, so it is easier to rob the jewelry, kill Diamond Ludmila there and then escape. Why the Plegovichs ruin almost every plan?

"We can't reject that... right?" asks Abe.

"No." answers Gordo. "Lucas told his uncle about this... and Nico authorized him to do it. We can't say no." Now there is an uncomfortable silence on the room. Everyone, even Pietro, doesn't want to do that risky task, but nobody can deny it because it was authorized by Uncle Nico Plegovich. There is nothing to do. "Well... I'll say the last details... Abe, Ron, Mortimer and I will be watching you in Canterlot... Don't worry, Ron, about your territory, Gimenez will do a great job... oh, and sorry for Lerrick's fate."

"Yes!" shouts Disturbance. "I couldn't believe it, man... I was watching the news channel and then Lerrick's face appeared on the TV. DEAD. Oh, my reaction was bad..."

"Me too," says Tumult. "My condolences, Ron."

"Also mine, Ron," says Mortimer Blueblood, with a smile that catches Ron's attention.

"Sorry... I don't know who was Lerrick, but my condolences too," says Pietro.

"Thank you for your condolences. I appreciate it," answers Ron, in a monotonous voice. He knows that Blueblood killed Lerrick, though. Percival told him an hour ago. The only thing that makes him mad now is the smile that Blueblood made. That smile tried to provocate him.

"Now, the final thing... the masks," says Gordo, while Butch grabs a bag from the entrance room. "Fletcher, W's old tutor, gave me these masks some days ago. They are 10 in total and are related to Equestrian Myths and Legends."

Butch opens the bag, and Gordo starts getting the masks out.

"We have... King Sombra, Queen Chrysalis, Prince Rutherford, Nightmare Moon, Grogar, Discord, Cozy Glow, The Storm King, and Scorpan."

"Wait..." says Abe. "There are nine."

"Oh," answers Gordo. "That's because Plegovich reserved Lord Tirek's mask for Pietro."

Butch gets from the bag a neat, well-designed Lord Tirek's mask, which awakes W's anger. "Why? He has the mask of the coolest myth ever and I have to choose between these unknown douchebags! Except for Discord and maybe another... Come on, man!! Who in the hell is Cozy Glow? And look at her mask! You will feel like a douchebag instead of a thief!"

"Choose, W!" says Jack. "You have masks who are as cool as Tirek's here."

W grabs a mask: Discord's. Then, Disturbance makes a choice: King Sombra. Tumult grabs The Storm King's mask and Riot grabs Grogar's one. Jack chooses Prince Rutherford's one and Butch grabs Scorpan's.

"What about Turmoil?" asks Gordo. "What will he choose?"

"Grab Cozy Glow's mask. He will accept it," says Disturbance.

After choosing the masks, the whole crew finishes their reunion with a handshake.

Minutes Later. Outside Gordo's Chalet.

W, Jack, and Abe get in Ron's car, but the Pirate is waiting for Blueblood to come out. He wants to talk to him, face to face.

"Waiting for you, Blueblood..." he says to himself.

"I'm here," he says while standing behind him.

"Oh... I didn't see you, bitch."

Blueblood closes the chalet's door and tries to shake hands with Ron, but he denies to do it.

"What happened?" asks Blueblood, confused.

"I know you killed Lerrick."

"Oh yeah..." answers Blueblood, while chuckling. "Sorry... Now I have two partners of Delight on my dead list."

"Hey, you son of a bitch," says Ron, while grabbing Blueblood's luxurious suit. "Don't talk about Wade in front of me."

"Oh, sorry, Pirate! Do I have to remind you again that I was the man that killed Wade Waters?"

"Hey! Be careful. One of my boys is Wade's son."

"Yeah... the Bedmaker."

"He entered mafia because he wanted to look for his parents' killer... he wanted to look for you. Now he forgot about it, but I know a part of his brain still thinks about them. If he finds out you killed his parents, he will kill you."

"He will never know, Ron, unless you tell him."

"I truly don't want to tell him the truth... I know he is gonna be sad, angry... I'm afraid he would go back to drugs, and I don't want him inside that world again... I had to deal with Junkie Walter seven, eight years ago and that was an odyssey for me, for Jack, for everyone... Besides, if he kills you, Gordo will kill me..."

"Uh-huh... Now, would you stop grabbing my trenchcoat, please?"

"No. I just wanna tell you this... next time you try provocating me, I will kick your ass. I should kill you because you got rid of Wade, but I just can't because of Gordo. I wish I could do that and leave you like Red Punchie."

"The truth here is that you can't," says Blueblood, and explodes in a burst of laughs. Ron lets him go and leaves, without greeting him. Then, he gets in the car.

"What happened?" asks Abe.

"Nothing. Normal conversation."

They will get ready for tomorrow. For the first time, they will rob Ludmila's Jewelry in Manehattan, and three of those guys will not return to Los Mantos after that robbery, they will open the Canterlot's motel door again.

To be continued...

Heist

Chapter 12: The Jewelry Heist

W

Motel. 8:00 A.M.

"Get up."

I open my eyes and look at a woman who looks exactly like me. Yellow skin, short brown hair and she is also wearing a wine-colored dressing gown. It's a woman I recognize... because it's my mother. It's the only thing I remember from her. I've seen photos, yes, but that face is the only thing Baby W remembers about her. "That's it, Waltie," she says. "Open your eyes, you beauty. Momma's here."

"W... get up. Today's the day.

No! Mom! Who was the motherfucker who woke me up? I open my eyes and I look at Ron, Jack, Abe, and Calcu... um... Larry. Wait! How could Ron be here if we left him in Los Mantos last night? "What the fuck?" I ask. "How could Ron...?"

"I woke up at 6 A.M." he answers. "I came with Larry by car. We must go now to Gordo's. Now, I want you to dress up, and I mean... dress up."

"That means... I won't use my trenchcoat today..."

"No. Use the special suit."

Oh... the special suit. I thought I'd never wear that in Canterlot. I open a small wardrobe and I grab some black shoes, smart trousers, a white buttoned shirt, a black jacket, and a red tie. That's my special suit... well, that's not the suit's real name... the truth is this suit's called Special Suit for Specific Crimes... and it's not necessary to say why do I use it.

"I'm ready," I say. "Shall I take a shower?"

"No." answers Jack. "You will come back here filled with blood and sweat."

Blood. It is the first time they say blood while planning a heist. We never killed someone (intentionally) during a robbery. Why would we do that?

"Blood? But... this is a heist. We are not going to kill any--" Oh, shit. I remembered. Ludmila. I shut my mouth and we leave the motel.

Gordo's Chalet.

It's 8:15 and now everyone is at Gordo's Chalet. Us, the Dark Spikes, the Plegovichs, Mr. Mortimer Blueblood and last but not least, Gordo and his right-hand man, Butch. The first thing we do is to grab our masks and hide it. I check my weaponry: I have my handgun in my pocket. Perfect. A handgun is easier to hide and it's not so exaggerated. However, the Dark Spikes brought three shotguns. Three shotguns! We are going to rob jewelry, not a kingdom!

After grabbing my beloved Discord mask, everyone goes outside, where there are two black cars with no plates. "Those are the cars you will use," says Gordo. "After the robbery, they will be sent to another part of Equestria, maybe Las Pegasus, and will be used in a demolition derby. I organized your positions along with Butch and I concluded the Dark Spikes will be in one car and the remaining members will be in the other one. During the robbery, Turmoil, Jack and Pietro will stay in the cars."

"What?" I say. "He has the coolest mask to rob a place and he stays in the car." I mean... my dream was robbing Ludmila's using Lord Tirek's mask. Everyone would shit their pants if they looked at me using it! That Tirek's mask is freakin' awesome and this situation would be a complete waste for it.

"Plegovich's orders," says Gordo.

"Come on... do we have to do everything Plegovich says? Who the fuck does he think he is?"

"Equestria's man, Waters." says Lucas. "And also, my uncle."

I should shut up. I don't wanna keep digging my own grave, so I let Gordo continue with his speech: "Ok... the last thing to know is... we will be watching you through the news channel in the chalet's TV. We will call you if we had any problems or news. Don't forget your one-use cellphones."

Gordo gives everyone a phone and greets everyone. Now, the moment has arrived. We are prepared. We will rob jewelry, capture Ludmila and send him to Lucas. Jack, Pietro, and Butch get to the car, and at that same moment I open the car door, a voice stops me.

"Hey, Walter." I turn around and I look at Mr. Blueblood. Why would he stop me? "Good luck," he says.

"Oh, thank you," I answer with a smile.

"You know... your father had the same behavior as you. Rebellious, brave, hated everyone who gave him orders..."

Wait... my father. How does he know my father? Why would he talk to me about my father now? "How do you know my father?" I ask him.

"We were friends... a long time ago."

"Blueblood." Interrupts Ron. "We are running out of time."

There is something that called my attention to this weird situation. Ron's gesture looked like he was really angry. That's something I should think about and ask later because now it is not the moment to think about gestures. I get in the car and I sit next to Jack, who is driving. Behind me, Pietro and Butch are getting prepared.

"Are you scared, Pietro?" I ask him, laughing. "If someone catches us, just say you are Plegovich's nephew and you will be free."

"And what about you?" Asks Pietro. Everyone starts laughing.

"Your uncle is our boss, not our protector... If we screw it, we screw it."

Meanwhile, Gordo approaches to Ron. "Ron." He says. "You know why are we doing this, right?"

"For the meth I owe you."

"Yeah, but that's not the only thing. We are doing this for our friendship, Ronnie."

"Uh-huh..."

"You know what that means, right?"

"What?"

"We will be in a better situation during the Fort thing."

Ron just smoothly smiles while Lucas tells the drivers to go away. Turmoil doesn't turn the car on, so Disturbance turns it on and starts driving.

Manehattan

Manehattan, bebé!

"We arrived in Manehattan, Piet!" I shout while laughing. Pietro doesn't answer, because he is so scared that he can barely speak. I mean, I look at his face and I can't stop laughing. His face looks like a crumpled sheet of paper. Butch is calm, to be honest, so I'm not going to say anything about him. Jack looks behind and looks at the Dark Spikes' car, who is getting nearer, but then, someone stops us... and also our joy and adrenaline.

"Oh shit. Fuck." Says Jack. We are now in one of the main avenues, and in one of its corners, there are some cops having fun. There's also a little bit of traffic... Hmmm... I don't like this.

"What is the police doing?" Asks Butch.

"They are checking everyone." Answers Jack. "On a Saturday? Come on!"

Everyone gets more desperate and desperate. We can be caught now because every car is being stopped and checked by them. A mysterious black car with no plates would call their attention. And two? Oh my, it would be worse.

After a minute, our turn arrives. "Hey." Says one of the cops, while we are stopping near them. "Stop." I lower the car window when a pale cop with black hair approaches the car. The policeman looks at the car and something calls his attention: "The plates?"

"Uh... we lost them."

"Lost? Oh... interesting. Both of them?"

"Yes."

The cop smiles. "Would you open the trunk for me, then?"

"Sure!"

Jack is about to open the trunk, but the cop is still staying on his position. Another cop approaches him.

"There is another black car with no plates behind..." says the other cop. Shit! Shit! "I don't like those guys."

Now we are fucked. Fucked. The cop now looks at Jack and me with a scary stare. "Oh, look at this..." he says, smiling. "There is another car like yours. Black, no plates."

"Shit." Says Butch. Pietro is about to pee himself. The cop knocks Pietro's door and he fastly lowers it.

"Oh, shit." Says the policeman. The second cop looks at Pietro and sighs.

"I-is t-there... anything wrong?" Asks Pietro, while sweating.

"Pietro Plegovich." Says one of the cops. "Lucas told me we wouldn't touch Pietro and his friends for this weekend."

The cops start laughing and a cop girl approaches to Pietro. "Lucas told me you were going to Ludmila," she says.

"Yes," I say.

"Am I talking to you?" answers the girl and I shut my mouth. "Kick his ass, little Peter. Ludmila's just a greedy idiot. Go."

Jack accelerates and escapes. This was close... very close. Thanks to Pietro for this one... Everyone inside the car is in silence but smiling, except for Pietro, who is very scared.

"Corrupted cops." Says Butch.

"You are lucky, Pietro." says W. "Thanks to Star Swirl you were here."

The cars turn on the left and we finally arrive at our destination. We are in front of Ludmila's Jewelry and at this right moment, we put on our masks.

"Wish me luck, Jacky," I say. "You too, Pietro."

I get out of the car with Butch while the Dark Spikes are waiting for us. I check my pocket again. Perfect. The Dark Spikes open their trunk and grab those three shotguns. We cross the street fastly, calling people's attention, and I open the door.

It is obvious that we are here to commit a crime. Once the employees see us, they call 911. Luckily, there are no clients inside and Raspberry Sweets is not there.

"HEY, MOTHERFUCKERS!" I shout. "THIS IS A FUCKING ROBBERY!" And then Riot starts breaking the windows which protect jewels with his bare hands. Tumult and Disturbance threaten the employees and reclaim for Ludmila's appearance. Butch and I are just grabbing the jewels.

"WE WANT THE OWNER!" shout Disturbance and Tumult. "BRING ME THE OWNER OR I'LL SHOOT YOU!"

Suddenly, a gunshot is heard by the distance, and Butch falls to the floor. His mask has been destroyed and his neck is bleeding. That means... Requiescat in pace, Butch. Ludmila appears under the store's counter, holding a golden gun.

"Don't fucking move." Says Ludmila. "The police are coming, you pieces of shit."

"You are the piece of shit!" Shouts Tumult. "A pal of ours just died... because of you."

"You almost killed my employees..."

Tumult points at Ludmila with the shotgun. We think that there may be a safe behind the shop's counter.

"Do you have a safe?" says Disturbance. Meanwhile, Tumult and Riot get the employees out. There is something that is making me nervous: The police. Come on! All the people who were walking on this street ran away because of the robbery... and this didn't even call the police's attention. I'm not talking about those cops I came across, but every police station in Manehattan, including the ones who don't know who we are and what are we doing here at this moment. This is completely weird. Why is the police taking so long to arrive? Is this because of Pietro?

"Safe? No!" answers Ludmila.

"And how did you pay Plegovich to secure your store from rookie burglars?"

Ludmila's face changes. Now he knows what's going on. Not only we came to rob the place, but also we came for him. "W-With the money I earned every day!" he shouts.

"Stop lying, you dumbass!" shouts Disturbance. "I've heard you didn't want to use the store's earnings to pay Plegovich for your security... so you used your family's savings, which are always near you."

"I fooking swear!" he shouts. "My savings are not here... I keep them in my house."

Tumult grabs Ludmila and crashes him against the shop counter, made of glass. His head starts bleeding while Riot punches him in the face and leaves him unconscious.

"No, Riot!" I shout. "You can't kill him now!"

Meanwhile, Disturbance and I grab everything we can. The police haven't arrived yet... this is weird. Even if the police were with us, they always sent at least two or three police cars to make chaos, but in this case, they are not even coming, I think. A minute later, Tumult returns with a smile. "I found a safe. Bring Ludmila to me," he says.

"But... he is unconscious. I punched him in the face," says Riot.

"You fucking idiot! Why did you punch him in the face? The police may be around the corner and you knock the man we need down!"

"There may be a solution," I say. "How is the code? Numbers? Letters?"

"Letters." answers Tumult.

Behind the Shop Counter.

There is a door behind the shop counter. Inside, there is only a computer, some cups of tea and cookies on a table. There is also another door which may be Ludmila's room if he stayed too late during his work. It has a comfy bed, a TV and... there is a safe next to the bed. A big one. The safe has a keyboard under it.

"Holy shit..." says Disturbance, while taking off his mask. "This is huge."

"How can we find out the code?" says Tumult. "There are lots of combinations... and the police may be near."

I lie on the bed. I'm not hearing any sirens or cars... the police are not here yet. I just don't like that... why would they take so much time? Meanwhile, the three Dark Spikes are thinking about the password.

"Think this," says Disturbance. "Ludmila's a selfish dude. Do you think the password would be...?"

Disturbance keys in LUDMILA and the safe's lock is open. Everyone, including me, start celebrating. Once they open the safe, we find out it has 35,500 bucks. Not much... but something.

"Now, we must go away. Now." I say. Riot grabs Ludmila and all of us get out of the jewelry. Surprisingly, there are no police cars there... Just nothing.

Outside

I get in the car while Jack and Pietro put on their masks.

"Did a police car appear at least?" I ask. Both of them shake their heads.

"Where is Butch?" asks Jack. I point to the sky without saying anything. "What do you mean with that? Is he dead?"

"Yes. Ludmila shot him in the neck." I answer. "He may have survived but... I don't know, I'm afraid we were running out of time."

"What?" shouts Pietro. "But... he's a friend of you! You could have helped at least!"

Jack and W look at each other while laughing... I learned the answer of that question when I was 10 years old, and I would never forget it: "Well, Pietro, unless you know him since your first day or saved your life, the word friends does not exist in this world." says W. "The only things you should care about are yourself... and yourself. Fuck the others."

Jack accelerates and is ready to run, but suddenly... I hear a siren. They have finally arrived. Luckily they didn't arrive during the robbery... or maybe, this was on purpose. They were waiting for us.

"HEY!" shouts Pietro. "THE COPS!"

Both our car and the Dark Spikes accelerate and run away. The cops are following us but they are being very kind. It could be because Pietro is inside one of the cars, but I don't know. They are not even shouting Stop the fucking car! or those stupid phrases. And what about the guns? No one is firing their guns, so they are just following us in complete silence.

"What happens with the police?" asks Jack. "Why are they so kind now?"

Suddenly, my phone starts ringing. It's Ron. "Hi?" I say, after answering the call.

"Did you go out? Are you inside?"

"Yes. Ludmila is in Dark Spikes' car. We had a problem... Butch. He was cooked and left in the oven. On the other hand, the police are being very kind... and I don't like it. I feel they have something juicy and we don't know."

That phrase terrifies Pietro. Jack is not paying attention because he is driving.

"Actually, they do."

I knew it. "Oh fuck... what do they have? How do you know?"

"I'm watching the news. Watch out, guys. The Rainbooms are coming.

Rainbooms. That word Flash Sentry said to describe Rarity and her friends... Are they also superheroines? Ron ends the call and leaves me with no answers.

"What happened?" asks Pietro, terrified.

"Turn on the radio, Jack," I say. Jack does this.

"Hello, yes... I've been informing about a robbery in Ludmila's Jewelry... you know, Manehattan. The incredible and famous Rainbooms, the Equestrian superheroines, have decided to stop this chaos, facing up the notorious robbers..."

Jack instantly turns off the radio. The three of us are now in silence, looking our eyes while trying not to cry. "Shit," says Jack, with a smile. "Now we are screwed."

That may be the answer to the police's behavior. They were calm because they knew they would be helped by a higher power. We can't stop now... well, why would we stop? We can't keep moving, because the Rainbooms will still find us!

"Do you see them?" Ask Jack.

I lower the car's window again and I look outside. There are only police cars following us, without saying a word. Suddenly, I see something rising in the sky... six things rising in the sky.

"Yes," I say. "Go faster!"

We pass next to a sign that says we are leaving Manehattan and we are entering the other side of the Canterlot-Manehattan Highway. A white shield appears in front of us. It's Rarity.

Gordo's Chalet.

The TV reporter shouts:"Look at this! The Rainbooms have just entered to Manehattan! OH! A white shield has appeared in front of the robbers! They got caught... Wait! They are driving back to Manehattan! The famous Twilight appears to elevate those cars!"

"No! No! No! Fuck!" shouts Ron. He knows there's no escape to this. Everyone is watching the TV in silence, almost crying.

Manehattan

"No! They will discover me!" shouts Pietro. Yes, little Peter, we are screwed. Fucking screwed.

But then, the magic that elevates our cars disappears, and our vehicles go down slowly. It looks like there's another magic moving us and we look to the Rainbooms, who are as confused as us.

"Girls!" Shouts Twilight. "Did you see that?"

"What?" Says Rainbow Dash, while running very, very fast. "But... what could have happened?"

All of them are running around us, but no one dares to open the door... well, they are not even looking at us... what happened? Why are they not looking at the robbers?

Gordo's Chalet

"What happened? Uh... It looks like the cars disappeared... but, how? You watched it! I watched it! The cars were being elevated and... poof! They disappeared!"

"What the fuck has just happened?" Says Gordo. Even Blueblood is confused about this. Ron calls W's phone.

Manehattan

Ron's calling me again. Meanwhile, Jack is talking to Disturbance. It looks like we have disappeared and nobody knows why. We take advantage of the situation and decide to escape. Surprisingly, no one reacts to our escape. They are all confused, looking for us. Are we in another dimension or what? Why are we invisible?

"Turn on the radio, W." Says Jack. I turn it on and the news is the cars' disappearance.

"Why would the cars disappear?" Asks Pietro confused. "Was their magic?"

"I don't know." Says Jack. "It could have been anything."

I look behind the car and I see someone next to Pietro. My yellow face fades into white.

"Thank me for saving your ass, W."

"Discord?" I say. Both Jack and Pietro look at me.

"Who are you talking to?" Asks Pietro. I wink my eyes and Discord's figure disappears. Now we are only three in the car. This means Discord made the cars invisible... but why? Why would he save us now?

Meanwhile, Pietro's phone starts ringing. He has a call. "Lucas?" He says. "Uh... okay. Yes. We are OK."

"What happened?" I ask him, after ending the call.

"He said he was under a Canterlot Mall sign in the hallway."

"A Canterlot Mall sign?" Says Jack. "That's almost 3 miles away."

3 miles? Really? I hope there is a reward for this. We are disappeared now, but I'm afraid the police will still find us.

3 Miles Later

I see that Canterlot Mall sign and I also look at someone getting out of a car. There is also a chair in the highway. Both cars stop and everyone gets out. Ludmila is carried by Riot and Tumult while being completely tied and also awake. He starts moving unstoppably and gets sat on the chair. He recognizes Lucas' face.

"Holy shit!" shouts Ludmila. "I have the money... I will pay for your security!"

"You mean this money?" says Disturbance, while grabbing the bag which has the safe's money. He opens it and Lucas looks at it.

"Hey!" shouts Lucas, while smiling. "You have it!"

"I was saving!" shouts Ludmila. "Please... no... don't kill me!"

We look at how Ludmila pees himself while crying. Lucas and the Dark Spikes start laughing, while Pietro, Jack and I just smile.

"Well..." I say. "What kind of special thing did you want to do, Lucas?"

The Plegovich smiles at me. "This would be a historical day, Waters," he says while drawing a gun from his suit. "Today, the Chosen One will kill Ludmila."

"NO!" says Ludmila. "PLEASE!"

"SHUT UP, YOU SON OF A BITCH!" shouts Lucas, before approaching Pietro and giving him his gun. "Your turn."

"Wait, what?" says Pietro. "Do I have to kill him?"

"Yes," responds Lucas. "This will be your first kill. An achievement that must be obtained by every gangster."

"N-No... I-I won't do this... I can't."

"Come on!" says Disturbance. "It's a man who tried to ruin you. Ruin your family... your surname is a privileged one... do you really wanna see that surname with a stain?"

"Of course not, but I... can't kill someone to keep my surname clean!"

"Yes," says Lucas. "You can."

Ludmila is still crying while everyone is watching this soap opera in silence. After a minute who seemed like an eternity, Lucas decides to kill Ludmila.

"Ok," says Lucas. "I'll do it, you pussy."

"NO! NO!" shouts Ludmila.

Lucas shoots Ludmila in the head and then the Dark Spikes untie him. They put the body inside the car's trunk and leave... that's the exact moment where we have to escape.

"We will leave, Lucas," says Jack.

"Go away, Tyler..." he answers. "And also you, Waters... I need to talk to my brother."

Both Jack and I get on the car and leave.

Lucas kept those $35,500 on his uncle's pocket. All of Ludmila's jewelry was sold to Gordo and then turned into a big amount of money. Ron and he are now in peace. Pietro had a long talk with his brother about the gangster world and he left with some advice. W and Jack stayed in the motel for the whole day.

The police found Butch's body, but no one discovered his real identity and name. Gordo ordered a portrait of Butch for a tribute. He will hang it on his Canterlot's secret Chalet.

Monday. Canterlot High.

Pietro arrives at school, after a long time. He is now in the cafeteria, hanging out with his idiotic friends from Canterlot High's Rugby Team. He is also watching the news channel, which is talking about the cars' disappearance. Almost every guy is talking about the hot topic of the day: Today Celestia has announced that the Fall Formal will be in three weeks.

"Hey, Pietro..." says one of his friends. "Are you going to ask Rainbow Dash?"

"Nah..." he responds. "I don't know. There are a lot of hotties in this place, you know... You have Lyra, Bon Bon..."

"Aren't they lesbians?" asks a blue-skinned friend from Pietro. Everyone gets confused.

"I don't know." answers another friend. "I wish... Having sex with lesbians is my wet dream..."

"I would pick Sunset Shimmer." says the blue-skinned boy. "She is hot... come on, guys, you have to agree with me. She is hot..."

"Meh..." answers an orange-skinned kid in the table. "I would choose Trixie."

"TRIXIE?" shouts almost everyone. "Are you fucking crazy?"

"I mean, she is crazy but... she is pretty."

"You are out of your mind, Duke Starlight," says Pietro. "Are you sure you wanna hear a crazy girl talking about magic tricks in third person?"

"No..." answers Duke Starlight. "You may be right, guys... she may be pretty but she is crazy."

Then, a short, purple-skinned boy with blue short hair and big glasses comes across Pietro's band while shaking. Pietro nudges his shoulder three times and the boy sighs.

"Hey, Micro Chips..." says Pietro. "Did you know about the Fall Formal?"

"Y-Yes..."

"Will you go with a girl?" asks Pietro, while his other friends are laughing.

"I don't know..." answers Micro Chips with a very depressing gesture and trying not to run away.

"You don't know? Oh... that's a shame."

"Yes... I know. Nobody loves me."

The guys start laughing again. Pietro just smiles while everyone in the cafeteria is looking at Micro Chips. There is also a pink-skinned girl with poofy, pink hair laughing but she doesn't know why everyone in Pietro's table is smiling. Pietro realizes she is laughing.

"Pinkie Pie," says Pietro. "Would you like Micro Chips to be your partner in the Fall Formal?"

"No!" interrupts one of Pietro's friends. "She's not a girl for that nerd! She is a girl for me! Look at those legs, come on!"

Everyone of Pietro's friends starts whistling to Pinkie Pie. Her pink cheeks blush and this awakes Rainbow Dash's anger.

"You idiots!" shouts Rainbow Dash. "Don't you dare to talk to my friend in that way!"

"And what are you doing to do, Dashie?" asks Pietro, while chuckling.

This pseudo-fight is interrupted by someone who enters the cafeteria in silence. A yellow-skinned, young man with short black hair: W.

"Woah, Woah, Woah." says W. "Are you going to fight? Can I participate?"

"You?" says Pietro. "What the fuck are you doing here? I'm in the middle of an argument with these idiots."

"Hey..." says W, while stopping Rainbow Dash from kicking Pietro's ass. "Calm down, I'll handle this."

"He will humiliate you," says Rainbow Dash. "Like everyone."

"He? Humiliating me? That's impossible."

Pietro starts laughing while Pinkie Pie calms Rainbow Dash down. "What are you doing here?" asks Plegovich's nephew.

"I came to check if you were OK. I see you are OK here... you are the King of Canterlot High. Aren't you?"

"What did you do with this clown?" asks one of Pietro's friends.

"N-Nothing..." responds Pietro, while he starts sweating.

"Nothing?" says W, chuckling. "Man, that weekend was heavy, boy..."

"Shut the fuck up!" he says while rising from his table. All his friends start doing the same thing.

"Hey, you clown." says the blue-skinned boy. "Nobody called you. Get out of here if you don't want to get your ass kicked."

W starts laughing. "Do you really wanna fight, bitches?"

Pietro's friends start looking at each other. "Ok then. When?" says the blue-skinned man.

"No," says Pietro. "I will fight him, Little Ace."

"Little Ace? HA!" says W. "What an ugly name, come on!"

Everybody in the cafeteria starts laughing, even Rainbow Dash. Little Ace wants to punch W's face but Pietro stops him.

"Say something before I leave you on the floor without teeth," says Pietro.

"Ok, I'll start," answers W, while breathing. "You seem to be the King of Canterlot High, but I know that outside this school you are nothing. Your ass is always safe because your uncle is powerful, but if you were alone, you would lose in an argument against a teddy bear."

"I have this," says Pietro, while pointing at his biceps. "What do you have?"

W tells him to come nearer. He wants to whisper him something.

"What do you have?" asks Pietro.

"Come here and I'll tell you."

"I won't."

Little Ace pushes Pietro to go for W. Fortunately, the gangster grabs him by his neck and crashes his head against one of the tables. The blue-skinned boy's nose starts bleeding and runs away to Nurse Redheart. Everybody in the cafeteria is silent. "Are you going to come now?" asks W.

Pietro and W get nearer. "What do you have then?" asks Pietro.

"I have information, Pietro. Facts. You wouldn't like if I told everyone what we did this weekend." Pietro is silent now. He knows W may cause chaos. "I came because Blueblood called us. We need to go now."

To be continued...

Rejection

Chapter 13: Rejection

W

Canterlot High's Hallway

W and Pietro are now walking in the school's hallway going to the exit.

"Was that thing in the cafeteria necessary?" says Pietro.

"Yes, that friend of you really deserved it," I answer. "Now, go to the entrance's door and stay there. I will go for Jack... if you move only one inch, I will find you and leave you with no teeth."

Celestia's Office

Celestia and Luna are drinking a cup of tea while talking to Jack.

"Are you sure W will handle the situation in the cafeteria?" asks Celestia.

"Yeah," responds Jack. "He will handle that perfectly."

"And why are you taking Pietro out? Did he do something?"

"No. It's just a thing from his family."

"The Plegovichs?" asks Luna.

"Yes," says Jack.

"They have been ruling Equestria since Seductive's resignation, right?" asks Luna. Jack nods his head.

"Wait..." says Jack. "How do you know that?" He actually knows that, but he doesn't want them to know about that time where he was in a Fall Formal under a fake identity.

"Um... well. It is complicated," says Luna. "We are Cosmos' daughters."

"Oh..." says Jack. "Cosmos, yeah... the Clock guy. Now I know why you hate Gordo."

There is a story behind all of this. Before Gordo, there was Cosmos in Canterlot. Gordo wanted his city and tried to bring down Cosmos. That turned into a gang war which everybody knows as the Canterlotian Gang War, where Gordo won and obtained his kingdom. Cosmos, however, was left in the dust... he didn't die in the war but his wife, Galaxia, did.

"Yeah..." says Luna. "Gordo... that stupid bastard... anyway, we were talking about Pietro... Let's go back, please. I just don't wanna talk about this..."

"I'm afraid they are turning him into a gangster," says Celestia. "His uncle is such a psychopath... I won't be shocked if I find out he is training him."

"He is doing that, actually," says Jack. "And I don't like it. Pietro is not an appropriate dude for the mafia, and also they are forcing him to enter, so this is worse..."

"Plegovich may be scared and wants to train his whole family, who knows..." says Luna. "Maybe that Gordo rat is trying to sit on his chair."

"Gordo?" says Jack. "No. Gordo is loyal. There are lots of people who hate Plegovich but Gordo is not one of them."

"We hate Plegovich," says Celestia. "And we also hate Gordo. I think you hate them both too. Don't you?"

Jack smiles and then nods his head. Celestia chuckles while rising from his chair and then W opens the door.

"Everything is solved," says W. "The only problem is that shit happened during the task."

Jack sighs while rising from the chair he was sitting on. "What did you do now?"

"Um... I entered while Pietro was arguing with this girl, Rainbow Dash, and I broke some douchebag's nose."

"What?" says Luna. "How could you--?"

"Calm down," interrupts W. "It's only a nose. Besides, it was in self-defense."

"But... was breaking his nose necessary?" asks Jack. "Whose nose did you break?"

"One of Pietro's friends. Little Ace..." says W, and then he starts laughing. "Little Ace... pathetic."

"Little Ace?" asks Celestia, surprised. "Oh yeah, a special name around these classrooms... a crazy pervert. He manipulated lots of girls here to get their nudes... he also tried to manipulate both of us..." she says, while laughing. "Come on! Why would you get some photos of me? How can you be so hungry for some stupid photos?"

Luna, W and her start laughing while Jack stays in silence and the gangsters leave the office, after greeting the sisters.

Outside Celestia's Office

"I mean," says W.

"You mean what?"

"That Celestia and Luna thing. Little Ace tried to..."

"Yes, I know," answers Jack in a really bad way. "Bloody rascal."

"Yeah, but... you know. If Celestia was younger... I'd bang her."

"What the fuck are you talking about?" says Jack, angrily. W smiles and starts laughing.

"Are you jealous?" says W, while nudging Jack with his elbow.

"Of what?"

"Of me, Jack... come on! You wish you had my physical appearance! My body is perfect!"

"You are thinner than a portion of spaghetti, W."

"Uh, come on! I'm that skinny?"

"Yes," says Jack. Both of them keep walking until they find Pietro. However, W touches Jack's shoulder and looks at him, while smiling. "What happened now?"

"You are jealous."

"Are you kidding? I've already told you I am not!"

"No, no... not jealous of me. You are jealous of any man that tries to touch Celestia. Aren't you, you fucking jerk?"

Jack grabs W's trenchcoat and crashes him against some lockers. "Don't mock me, you moron, or I'll mock you after kicking your ass."

W shuts up and now decides to calm down and apologize while cleaning his trenchcoat. "But are you jealous?" he asks.

"Of course not," says Jack. "Celestia and I are just friends."

"Friends? Are you sure?"

"Yes!"

W

School's Entrance

Oh my. I think I've just discovered something that Jack never wanted to show. I am looking now to another Jack... it looks like Susan is not the only woman who cares about! Finally, I've seen an improvement now!

I approach the entrance and I see Pietro on the entrance. "I thought you've escaped and I was going to find you and leave you with no teeth," I say.

"I could have gone outside, but..." he says while looking outside. "She's there and I don't want to come across her."

"And who's there?" says Jack. Both of us look outside and we found out Trixie's there.

"Really?" I say. "You don't want to go out because of Trixie?"

"She's fucking crazy," he says. "Why I would come across a girl who talks in third person?"

"She doesn't bite, Pietro," says Jack. "She is only a girl."

"A crazy girl," he answers. I start getting tired of this situation.

"It's only a fucking girl, Pietro!" I shout. "Just go down and that's it!"

"I won't!"

I sigh while looking at Trixie. I point at him with my finger and say: "You owe me one."

Outside

"Hey, Trix..." I say, only to find out Trixie is sitting on the entrance's stairs, crying. "Oh... I didn't..."

"It's OK..." she says to me. "Trixie is OK."

"You are not OK, did somebody hurt you? Did... that stupid guy, Pietro, hurt you?"

"No, he didn't hurt me..." she says, while I sit next to her. "I just... feel lonely."

"Lonely?"

"Yes... Trixie would like someone to invite her to the Fall Formal, but nobody wants to go with her..."

"Why?"

"Trixie asked Duke Starlight to go with her, and he denied going with me 'cause he told me I was crazy."

Trixie starts crying again and I nudge her shoulder. "You shouldn't worry about that..." I tell her. "I mean, it is not necessary to go with somebody."

"You say?" she asks while cleaning her face with a tissue.

"Yeah... you are Great and Powerful, aren't you?"

"Yes..." she says while smiling. "Trixie is and will be always Great and Powerful."

"So... if you are great and powerful... why would you need another guy to go to the Fall Formal?"

Her face just petrifies like a rock after saying that. "You... are right..." she says. "Why would Trixie need someone?"

"Yeah! You should go with the best dress you have and with the best style to make them know who is the greatest and also more powerful in the--"

She interrupts me by hugging me. I feel she is hugging me with all her force like she's trying not to get off me. "You are right! Absolutely right!" she says while smiling. "I don't know how this conversation began but it really worked out... The Great and Powerful Trrrixie thank you, W!"

She runs away to somewhere. That's the right moment when Jack and Pietro come out. The kid is laughing.

"Are you happier now, bitch?" I ask him while he is smiling.

"You two are too cute together," he says. What did you say, you motherfucker?

"Shut the fuck up or I'll circumcise you with my bare hands," I tell him.

"Woah..." says Jack, while we start walking to the parking lot. "That's what I call a heavy threat."

Pietro starts laughing. "Sorry if I hit your heart with my words."

I instantly stop walking and look at Pietro with a challenging stare: "Do you really wanna see me out of my cage, Petey?"

"Come on..." he says. "She may be crazy but, she has those legs, you know what I mean..."

"I told you. Shut the fuck up."

"I recommend you to do that," says Jack. "Now we are going to the Parking Lot for your car, Pietro."

"What?" he asks. "My car?"

"Yes. We will go to Blueblood's in your car."

Flash Sentry's Room

"You know... when Rarity was a child, I used to take her with my wife to the Canterlot Mall to have some ice-cream. I always remember the ways she tried to decorate her ice-cream. Chocolate chips, almonds, sweets. She had been designing things since she was a baby."

"Oh, that's so nice, Abraham..."

Flash Sentry and Abe are talking about an old anecdote from Rarity in her childhood years.

"Yeah..." he says while laughing. "It was nice."

"And what happened?"

Abe rises from his chair and looks at the room's door. "My wife left."

"Oh... did she...?"

"No, no... she didn't die," says Abe. "She left me for another man, and I would have done the same if I was my wife and she was me. I'm glad for her."

"W-Why?" asks Flash Sentry. "She... left you. She lied to you..."

"I had a job. A bad job during those days, and it was obvious that my wife would discover it one day... she did, and she left me." Flash Sentry stays in silence. What kind of job was Abe talking about? "If you want to know what was my job... it was strange."

"Strange?"

"Yeah. A policeman who was controlled by a corrupt commissioner with an eye patch. I did really bad things for him. Now, I left... and I feel proud of it, but my wife and son don't care about me now."

"Oh.. that's so... I don't know what to say."

Abe smiles while looking at Flash Sentry. "It is not necessary to say anything."

Flash Sentry's phone starts vibrating. It is a message from his friend, Brawly Beats. He decided to make up with his bandmates after he was left in the hospital.

"Bro: Fall Formal is in three weeks. What will you do, man?" says the message. Flash rises from his bed and tries to get up, but one of his legs still hurts.

"What happened?" asks Abe, shocked.

"The Fall Formal... is in three weeks. No! No! No!" he says while grabbing his head. "I will not be in the Fall Formal! Why?!"

"Three weeks, Flash. It's a long time. You will be cured by the time the party starts."

"I don't know, Abraham... All my plans, ruined!"

"What did you want to do?"

"I planned to... ask someone to dance."

"The girl you talked to me before? Twilight Sparkle?"

"No, she's impossible... I was thinking about... my ex-girlfriend, Sunset Shimmer."

"Oh... you are a risky son of a bitch."

"Yes, I know... things didn't finish too well but... I'll try."

Abe receives a text message from Ron. He's here now. They must go to Blueblood's. "Look, Flash... I've gotta go. Now."

"Why?"

"Job things."

Abe opens the room's door and runs away.

La Lima. Patch's mansion.

Patch is looking at an enormous picture of himself while Hopkins, Tom Delight, and Gordo are smoking on a white table inside a comfy, yellow room.

"If you say something about me to your brother, you will die, man..." Hopkins tells Tom.

"Yeah, sure. Don't worry," answers Ron's brother. "I-I won't do anything..."

"I expect," says Gordo. "Hopkins did a great job for me... stole 12 million for me and also I've got more money because of Ludmila's heist. You also made that article I've told you, didn't you, Hop?"

"Yeah..." he says. "With my cutie name. I wrote that you were against Ron and the boys.."

Gordo raises his hand, interrupting Hopkins' words. "You wrote what?"

"I... Um... I wrote you were against..."

"Against?" asks Gordo, while leaving his cigar on the table. "Against what?"

"Uh... R-Ron."

"I've told you had to write that I was with them! I'm not against Ron," says Gordo. "I am working with him with this whole Pegasus shit, so, I am not against Ron."

"Sorry, Gordo, it wasn't my intention..."

"Congratulations!" says Gordo, while hugging Hopkins. "You did a mistake but it was better than we thought. You wrote they were against me, and now... people would think that I am the hero and they are the villains! Very good, very good."

"But..." says Tom. "If you are working with them, why do you say it is better for you if you are against them?"

"I am working with them, Little Tommy, but if someone says that I am better than another, I would be pretty honest... do you remember, Tom? One of the main rules of the mafia?"

"The only thing you should care is about yourself," says Tom.

"Very good!" shouts Gordo while clapping. "Now you are learning, kiddo."

Patch starts walking around the room. "What about that project, Gordo?" he asks.

"The Pegasus one?"

"Yeah. What is that?"

"Um... we are planning to rob the Fort."

Patch stops walking and starts laughing. "You are fucking crazy. How will you rob a fort where you can't even walk because of its security?"

"We will use the Elements of Harmony."

"You are kidding, right?" says Hopkins, while smoking his cigar. "I mean, you will rob the safest place in all Equestria with... non-existent magic."

Gordo receives a phone call from his assistants, the Dark Spikes. They are outside Patch's.

Blueblood's Mansion.

Everyone is in the living room. W, Jack, Abe, Ron along with his assistant Larry, the Barnes, the Dark Spikes, Pietro, Lucas, Filthy Rich, Gordo, and finally Blueblood. They are defining the heist's day, and how will they do that.

"Before doing the heist," says Blueblood. "We must find the Element's holders and kill them. If we do that, we are ready to do everything we want."

Abe raises his hand, but Blueblood keeps talking: "We must find a way to go inside the Fort and then, destroy every magical lock that maybe there..." Abe keeps raising his hand, but Blueblood has not answered yet. "After doing that, we must grab everything we can and escape to the other side of Equestria using the Elements... um... what do you want, Abe?"

"Um... look, Mortimer," says Abe. "I'm afraid I won't participate."

Every member of the reunion starts hesitating about this. "Why?" asks Blueblood.

"I'm sorry, you know, we've been making this for weeks but I have recently found out who were the holders..."

"Really?" says Blueblood. "And who they are?"

"There are six. One of them is my granddaughter and the other five are her friends." Now no one is talking. The living room is just absolute silence... even Blueblood has his mouth closed. "So... I'm out."

Abe rises from his chair and he stays right there. Blueblood sighs, grabs his head and asks: "Is there another man who wants to go out?" Jack slowly gets up, and W looks at them both. He is scared but knows his best decision would be getting out. He slowly gets up, while being looked by everyone and stands behind Abe and Jack. "Ok... another one?"

Ron stands up but doesn't move. "Why are you doing this?" he asks.

"Because I won't kill my granddaughter, Ron, and I know my friends, W and Jack, won't do it too. What about you, Ron, what would you do? Will you be with me, to your only friend since the '80s... or betray me?"

Ron is now looking at everyone. He looks at Abe, then at Blueblood and Larry at last. He grabs his head, almost filled with tears, and decides to move. He is now leaving his most sacred project. The one he has been making for years. He is now moving to his only friends in life: Abe, Jack, and W.

"Ok then..." says Blueblood. "If you protect those girls, you know you will be our first objectives... to get rid of."

"Yes," says Abe. "And I don't fucking care, Blueblood."

Blueblood rises. "The ones who want to continue with this project stay behind me."

The Barnes are the first ones to go behind. Filthy Rich is the second one, and then Lucas Plegovich. Gordo starts hesitating about the situation: Shall he go to Blueblood or Abe? A or B?

"Fuck this," says Gordo, before going to Ron's side. The Dark Spikes follow him, but then he changes his mind... he goes behind Blueblood. Pietro is the only one left.

"Pietro," says Lucas. "Come with us... come on."

"No..." answers the kid. "Is this... a war?"

Everyone looks at each other, scared. "Maybe," says Blueblood. "It will only be defined by your decision, Pietro."

Pietro stands up and looks at both teams. Abe. Blueblood. Abe. Blueblood. Abe. Blueblood once again. He touches his red skin. Sweat. Lots of sweat drops. His white t-shirt is almost wet because of his sweat. He swallows saliva twice and touches the table while breathing.

"We won't stay here like fucking mummies," says Blueblood. "It is only a decision, Pietro. Abe... or me."

"Pietro..." says his brother, Lucas. "Come here, trust me."

"N-No..." says Pietro. "I wish... b-but I just can't."

Pietro moves and stays next to W and Jack. The crew has been completely divided. Will a war start right here, at this moment?

"Ok..." says Blueblood. "Pietro, just because you are a Plegovich... I'd politely tell you to move aside."

Oh no. Oh fucking no. That's the exact moment where W, Jack, Abe, Ron and his assistant Calculated Risk run away from where they were standing. Blueblood and Gordo draw their guns and start shooting around the place. The Dark Spikes and the Barnes start following them while firing their handguns.

"Holy shit!" shouts Abe. "How can we escape from here?"

"The entrance is near!" responds Ron. "I have a car!"

"Wait!" says W. "I can't leave without William."

W

Motherfucking Abe. Oh yeah... I am now involved in the birth of a gang war because of Abe and his granddaddy things. This place is too dangerous and I need to run away quickly... but I just can't run away without William, my brother. What if my brother was used against me? What if they kidnap him and they would kill him unless they kill me? I know I've seen my brother a few times in my life, and I don't know him too well, but he has my blood, and he's the only guy that I know from my family that is alive.

Now, all of us are hiding behind furniture. I am hiding behind a cupboard, for instance. There is also a stair behind me. William may be up there, but if I go upstairs, my body will be exposed to the handguns. Um... what should I do? Fuck!

I leave the cupboard and I fastly go upstairs while the others are reloading. There is only a door that says Mortimer's Office. I open the door and I look at William, hiding under a desk.

"Hey, Willy!" I shout. "We need to go!"

"WHAT THE FUCK IS HAPPENING?!" he shouts to me while handling a gun.

"Woah... calm down, bro. You don't even know how to shoot a gun."

"What did you say? I may not be a gangster, but that doesn't mean I don't know how to shoot a fucking gun!"

"Wait... we need to go now. Understand?"

"Why?"

"Um... it's long to explain, we are running out of time."

"FUCK!" I hear outside. It is Abe's voice. "I ran out of ammo!"

"LOOK! They are getting out of ammo!" I shout. "WE NEED TO GO!"

"WHY?"

"I WILL FUCKING EXPLAIN IT TO YOU LATER, BUT NOT NOW!"

I grab William by the hand and all of us run away at the same time by the entrance door. We enter Ron's car and run away, while still hearing the gunshots. Jack, Larry, William and I are in the back, while Abe and Ron are in the front. My brother doesn't stop looking at Blueblood's house.

Car

"Why... in the hell did we run?" he asks.

"Long story, Will," answers Ron.

"Come on, Pirate," he says. "My job, my life... everything was inside that fucking mansion, and you are taking it from me..."

"Well... welcome to the real world, bro," I say.

"Fuck you!" he shouts. "For real, man! FUCK YOU!"

"What did I do to you?"

"You ruined my life!"

"I SAVED YOUR LIFE, BRO!"

"Yeah, and where the hell will I go now?"

I don't answer to him, because he's right. His world was just Blueblood's Mansion and that's it. Nobody inside the car dares to talk.

"Wait..." he says. "I actually... know a place to stay."

"Where?" asks Jack.

"It's not the best place but... it's the only one. It's in Canterlot's coast, a house called Sandy Suburbs."

"No fucking way," says Ron, while relaxing himself, smoking a cigarette. "Wilbur?"

Wilbur. I know that name, but I don't know why I know it.

"Yeah," answers my brother. "It is him or nothing..."

"Who's Wilbur?" I ask him. "That name... it's on my head..."

"You don't know him, W?" asks Abe. "After all these years?"

"No..."

"It's grandpa," answers William. My eyes open as if they were two suns. "Dad's dad."

"Crazy Wilbur," says Ron. "A Clock's gangster. You are lucky, W... Not every equestrian has a grandpa who was in the Clock."

Oh... what? What the...? Oh my... "Which Clock member?" I ask.

"Schizoid," answers Ron. Bloody Schizoid. The crazy but intelligent guy in the Clock. The one that planned everything... and now I find out... Schizoid is my grandpa? I am so surprised... oh my.

"You know what that means?" says Ron. "If you saved William to take care of him... I need to save Tom. I'll leave William in Canterlot's coast, all of you in Canterlot and then I'll go to La Lima. Today, my boys, war has begun."

"Oh no..." says Larry. "I knew... I shouldn't have helped you!"

"Don't worry, Larry," answers Ron. "I'll leave you with William and Crazy Wilbur. They will take care of you."

"But..."

"I've heard Crazy Wilbur has a portal which connects to the other side, Calculated Risk," says Abe. "You may be safe there, and I think that his portal doesn't require the thirty moons."

Larry's face drastically changes. He does a sigh of relief while cleaning his face.

Canterlot High

My brother and Larry have been left on my newly discovered grandfather's house. Now, Abe, Jack and I are left in Canterlot High by Ron's car. He will go to La Lima to look for Tom.

"Ok..." says Jack. "It's 11. Celestia and Luna may be there."

"For what?" asks Abe.

"If we want to protect those girls, we need help."

The three of us enter to Canterlot High and we follow Jack to Celestia's office. He knocks the door and she opens it.

"Oh..." she says. "I see you replaced Pietro with Mr. Flanks."

"We need to talk now, this is urgent..." says Jack. "Really urgent." She lets us in and closes the door.

We told everything we know to Celestia, except for the enemies' identities. She grabs her head after knowing our situation. "Is this a kind of joke or what?" she says.

"No," I answer. "This is real, and they are looking for them."

"How could you...?"

"Sorry," answers Abe. "I didn't know anything about the Elements of Harmony before this, and honestly, I feel devastated..."

"That means... you will have to protect them."

"We want also your help, Celestia," I say.

"Ha! Help you with something that I'm not involved! Thank you!"

"We are not kidding, Cel," says Jack. Celestia's eyes shine after hearing that friendly byname. "This is big and a gang war may start because all of this, and you know that if a gang war starts, everyone will start calling mafia allies and this would turn into a massive catastrophe. That also includes you, because you are Cosmos' daughter... an ex-Clock's daughter."

"Do you think they would call me?"

"Yes..." says Jack. "Gordo is with them... he can say your name... only to mock you, I guess..."

Celestia's face changes. Gordo, that magical name... the one that changed her family forever. She gets up, grabs a tissue and cleans her teary eyes. "And what do you want me to do?"

"Let us be inside the college," says Abe. and if someone talks to you about us... just lie."

She nods her head, accepting our request. I get up with Abe and open the door, before looking at Jack, who is softly touching Celestia's shoulder. I know something's happening there. Is Susan more or less important than Celestia, Jacky?

"Son of a bitch..." I whisper to Abe.

"Leave him alone..." he answers to me. "Let him be."

Both of us go and close the door.

Jack

"They left..." I tell Celestia. "I need to go."

"Wait..."

I look at her after she said that word in a very soft voice, almost breath-taking. "Yes?" I say.

"No... Nothing," she says while smiling. "You remind me of some weird guy I knew some years ago..."

"Who?"

"It was a friend from Tommy... he looked like you. Blue skin, black hair... well, he had his head shaved but..."

I know who is she talking about. She's talking about me, but when I was using my fake identity, one of my alter-egos... , Fowles. Mike Fowles. Unique Alternative... oh god, that cutie name I invented was so bad and still is...

"Mike," I say. "Isn't it?"

"Oh..." he says. "You know him."

"No... I only saw him once or twice, and that's it. After Tom's disappearance... I never saw him again."

Both of us stay silent and greet each other out.

Sandy Suburbs. House's Entrance.

The Sandy Suburbs is a pretty big, beautiful chalet but it is so old and dirty that it looks like it has been abandoned for years. The wooden entrance door is almost rotten and the entrance tiles are all filled with moss. Most windows are broken, shattered or filled with cobwebs. There are also plenty of signs that warn people not to approach the entrance door or call the man who lives inside the house. There is also a sign that calls Larry's attention: BEWARE. CRAZY MAN INSIDE THE HOUSE. DO NOT ENTER OR WALK NEAR HIM.

"Are you sure you wanna do this?" asks Larry to William. W's brother nods his head, sighs and knocks the door.Nobody answers. William knocks the door again. Nobody answers.

"Nobody answers..." says William. "Shit."

Both of them are about to leave until they hear something falling inside the house. Someone is walking fastly.

"I TOLD YOU I DON'T WANT YOUR FUCKING COOKIES!" says a man which opens the door. It's an old, hoary man with white long hair and a long white beard using a dark red, worn out dressing gown. His grey skin is dirty and completely wrinkled. His brown eyes are decorated with massive eye bags and his dark, burnt lips are holding a cigar.

"Gr... Grandpa?" asks William.

"I don't have grandchildren. Who in the fuck are you?"

"I... I am your grandson, Wilbur. William Waters."

"How do you know my name?"

"I am your grandson, grandpa."

"You may have my skin, boy, but that doesn't mean I am your grandfather."

"I am Wade's son, grandpa. Wade. Remember him?"

The old man smiles while taking out the cigar of his mouth. "Wade..." he says, pointing to the sky with his right hand and his eyes. "My son... my bloody son. Yeah... he was a good guy. He had the worst nickname, though. Why would he call himself the Hero? Oh, sorry... you won't understand."

"No, no. I understand," says William. "I know my father was a gangster."

"Oh..." he answers. "And are you a gangster?"

"No, but..."

"I don't let normal people in."

The old man closes the door and locks it, but William keeps knocking the door. "WAIT!" he shouts. "MY BROTHER IS A GANGSTER!

"Oh, really?" he says. "And who is your brother?"

"WALTER! HIS NAME IS WALTER!"

"What about his nickname?"

"BEDMAKER! HE IS THE BEDMAKER!"

Silence. Then, the old man opens the door, holding the cigar with his hand. "Bedmaker?"

"Yeah."

"Are you sure?"

"Yes," says Larry. "The Bedmaker is real and it looks like he is his brother."

"And who are you?" asks the Old Man.

"Mr. Calculated Risk, Ron Delight's assistant... um... gangsters call me Larry."

Now, the Old Man looks at both William and Larry. "Ok..." he says. "If you say the truth, then I'll let you in. I am Wilbur Waters, your supposed grandfather. If the Bedmaker thing is true, I'd like to meet him one day. It would be interesting if one of the new generation of gangy boys is my grandson."

Rainbow Dash is walking near the school. She left Canterlot High for a minute to look for something in her house. Vice Principal Luna authorized her to do that, and she promised to return without escaping. She could use her superpower and run super fast to her classroom, but she's afraid of using her powers too much. She is now calm, walking while whistling a song that she's been thinking for her band.

Suddenly, she hears something. A car. She turns around and looks at a police car on the corner. Police... bruh... what would the police do to her? They are here to take care of us... ]but today is not the case, though. The police car starts accelerating and tries to run over Rainbow Dash, but she instantly finds out what happens and runs away using her powers.

Canterlot High's Library

Twilight Sparkle is reading a chemistry book, looking up information for homework. Fluttershy and Applejack are also doing the same. Suddenly, Dash stops on the library and looks for the girls.

"Oh, Dash!" shouts Twilight Sparkle while looking at Dash's shocking gesture. "Did something happen?"

"I don't know girls... some cops tried to run over me... and I don't know why! Why would a cop hurt a citizen... a Rainboom?"

The girls tried to calm down Rainbow Dash, saying that it may have been only an accident. What they don't know is that the cops actually wanted to run over Rainbow Dash, because they were working for Blueblood. That means only one thing: The elements' hunting has begun.

To be continued...

Help Me!

Chapter 14: Help Me!

W

Canterlot High

"What should we do now?" I ask Abe, who is the main protagonist of this conflict.

"Tell the girls."

"Are you sure?" Asks Jack. "Right now? At this moment?"

"I don't know." Answers Abe. "Look... I need coffee now. Let's go to the cafeteria and try to make a plan before lunchtime."

"Ok," I say. "Go. I'll wait for you outside. I need to breathe some fresh air to relax."

Abe grabs both Jack and I's shoulders. "Look," he says. "I'm sorry."

"For what?"

"I am the man responsible for this... I'm afraid a gang war may start because of my decision..."

"It's OK." Says Jack while nudging him. "You made the best decision... family. You wouldn't bring Rarity back with the Fort's money..."

Abe nods with his head while sighing. "Are you going to wait outside, W?"

"Yes. I will go later."

Outside

This is only the beginning. I feel this simple thing would turn into something massive and will fuck all our lives. My life, Jacky's, Abe's... even Rarity and her friends would not be the same after all of this. My perspective of this is calm... by now. I feel the men have something under their sleeves, something big.

There is something that's alsñ worrying me. A guy is looking at me... well, he is reading a book, but he stops reading it for some seconds, looks at me, he continues reading and repeats the same thing over and over... Who is that guy? It can be a spy, but his worried, shy gesture makes me wonder he is just a normal dude. Wait... I think I know that guy. Glasses, purple skin, a yellow jumper with an atom drawing on it... he was in the cafeteria this morning. He can't be a spy, come on... look at his face!

Eventually, he wakes up and walks next to me, but then stops. He just stands there for two seconds and turns around to look at me. "Hey," he says while waving his hand.

"Hey," I answer with a smile.

"Um... thanks for saving me."

"Uh... from what?"

"Pietro. He was mocking me, and then you... well... you appeared and broke Little Ace's nose. That was... truly epic, yeah... truly epic."

"Oh... it was in self-defense, kid."

He stretches his hand. "Micro Chips," he says. I think that's his name. I stretch my hand too and we do a handshake.

"Call me W."

"Woah... and are you new here? I never saw you in maths, chemistry, physics, IT..."

"No... I'm not a student, dude."

"Then who are you?" he asks, confused.

"Um... an old... uh... a friend from Pietro. We... used to mess..."

"Come on, don't be shy." Says Micro Chips. "Don't lie to me, I won't tell anybody." I'm an idiot, why did I stop for so long while making the lie? I have to invent another one now.

"Uh... well... Pietro and I were friends until he started talking with those guys from Canterlot."

"Yes," he answers. "Little Ace is an idiot. I hate him... and there are other dudes like Duke Starlight or Dark Specter who are not so stupid but tend to follow Pietro's orders... I don't know if I will put up with them in the Fall Formal... I mean, Pietro will mock me because nobody asks me to dance... *sigh* I'm just a stupid techie."

"Don't say that. There are lots of girls in the school... one of them may like you." I say while grabbing a cigarette.

"How is that possible? I am not you."

I am not you. I don't like that phrase, amigo. Comparing with others is not a good thing for you. "What do you mean with that?" I ask him.

"Come on... look at you, man. You are like a male version of Vignette Valencia. You are handsome and you also have that bad boy personality that girls love. You may be now one of the most popular guys in school... and you are not even a student."

"Really? Why?"

"Come on, man... after Little Ace's incident, everyone started talking about you. Every group of the school said positive things about you because you faced Pietro and his friends... The Rockers, the Techies, the Eco-kids, the Dramatics... even the teachers! Some girls were talking about you... but... how can I tell you this."

"They wanted to fuck me, right?"

"Um... yeah. They truly wanted to make sexual relationships with you. I remember some of them... Octavia and Watermelody were talking about you, also Spitfire... um..."

"Stop there, I don't care. The thing here is that you are comparing two different guys: You and me. We may be men, but that doesn't mean we are the same. You have your pros and cons and I also have my pros and cons, and I have cons for real."

"Like what?"

"I won't tell you because it's not necessary. I see you have a pro: you are smart." He nods with his head. "You can use your smart head to have a normal conversation with someone."

"Yes..." he says. "I do want to invite someone to dance, but... I just don't know."

"Who?"

"Pinkie Pie."

"Um..."

"The girl with pink, poofy hair."

Oh, the crazy girl whose smile was bigger than her whole face. Yes. "Um, yeah... if you use your head to inspire yourself and to let you know that you can invite her to dance... you will win."

"Are you sure?"

"Yeah."

Cafeteria. 11.40 A.M.

Jack and Abe are in the cafeteria, thinking about how to keep Rarity and her friends safe. At 12 all the students will come here for their lunch, so they don't have so much time to plan this. They have to be quick. Suddenly, a girl appears and interrupts their conversation. Blue skin, a yellow and purple star-styled hair clip that holds her white hair and blue tufts, a blue sweater and a purple skirt. Both Jack and Abe recognize her: Trixie Lulamoon... Daughter of the Crazy Lulamoons. She starts looking around and then she waves her hand at Jack, before approaching them.

"Hi," she says with a smile.

"Um... hi," answer both of them.

"Aren't you W's friends?"

Both Jack and Abe are confused. Why would she look for W? "Um... yes," says Jack. "Why?"

"Did he leave?" She says while blushing. "Trixie... just wants to talk to him."

"Um... he went outside to relax. You can look for him at the entrance."

"Ok..." she says while twirling her hair. "Thank you!"

She leaves the cafeteria and Abe focuses on something: "Did you see her?" he asks.

"What?" says Jack.

"Her face. Her cheeks were red. She was also twirling her hair..."

"Don't make me laugh..." says Jack, while chuckling. "She can't be in love with W. You know W doesn't know what unconditional love means. He thinks with his dick, not with his heart."

"Yeah... poor girl. Anyway, let's go back to the plan..."

La Lima. Patch's mansion.

The same four men who were in the yellow room hours ago are now back: Hopkins, Patch, Tom, and Gordo.

"So they left and you are looking for them," says Hopkins. "Look at Ron and his boys... I've never thought they were able to run away from you, Gordo."

"Yeah..." says Gordo. "I feel guilty, though. Ron and I are good but... I see in Blueblood a bigger spirit... a better charisma... I think if I stay with Blueblood, things will get better. Ron Delight and his Pirate boys are now histories."

"They haven't died yet, Gordo," says Tom Delight.

"They will... Blueblood will find them in less than thirty minutes, but I don't know... he is trying to find the perfect time and place to execute his plan... that's something I like from him... he is so strategic. He will be a very good gang leader in the future."

"So..." says Patch. "I've been waiting for the topic you came for."

"Oh, sorry..." says Gordo. "Blueblood's been thinking about including you two in the project." He said two but three guys are listening to Gordo's words. They know one of them would be left in the dust... and maybe killed in that same room too. Patch, Hopkins and Tom Delight start looking at each other. It may be the last time they will be together in this room. "So..." says Gordo. "Hopkins and Patch."

Tom's face fades into white. The other three guys are looking at him, but the tension is interrupted by a sound: the doorbell. Patch grabs his deluxe cellphone and presses his finger on an app. Then, the cellphone shows who's outside: Ron Delight.

"Woah," says Patch. "Ron's outside."

"What?" Says Hopkins, looking at Tom. "Did you tell him, you motherfucker?"

"No!"

"Don't lie to me!" He shouts while grabbing Tom's white shirt. "You did it!"

"NO!"

"Hey, guys..." says Patch, after finding out his waiters let Ron in. "Hey..."

"SHUT THE FUCK UP, PATCH!" says Hopkins. Patch loses his mood and jumps onto him, giving birth to a fight. Gordo tries to stop them but everything is interrupted when someone opens the door.... a guy with an eye patch.

Hopkins and Patch stop fighting. Gordo and Tom just stay in silence while looking at Ron.

"What the..." says the Pirate while drawing his gun. Hopkins gets up from the floor and Ron recognizes him. Finally, after all these days, both men are face to face.

"Hopkins!" Shouts Ron. "YOU SON OF A..."

Hopkins fires his gun on the roof and runs away. Ron, who took cover under the table because of the gunshots, starts following him. Tom decides to escape and leave Gordo and Patch in the room.

La Lima

.

"COME HERE, YOU BITCH!" shouts Ron, while reloading his handgun. Hopkins has crossed the Mansion's Street and is now on the other side, which has old cottages filled with junkies.

Patch's Mansion.

"Patch."

"Yes, Gordo?"

"Call the No Soul Dogs."

"How about Blueblood's orders?"

"Just call them!"

Ron is still chasing Hopkins while getting nearer to the Main Street. Meanwhile, Tom is following Ron, trying to call his attention. "RON!" he shouts.

"Shut up, Tom! I'm trying to get that douchebag!"

"You can't reach him now!"

Ron stops while looking at Hopkins running to the main street. "Traitor... bloody traitor."

"I know he's a traitor but... we have to get out of here now. They may get rid of me! They don't want me inside the project!"

"And why would you be inside the project?" Tom shuts his mouth and doesn't answer. "Why? Did you want to leave me in the dust, you dumb?"

"But Gordo said--"

"I don't care what Gordo says."

"He said the only thing I should care about-"

"I AM YOUR BROTHER, TOM! I took care of you and left you in your privileged place!" Tom sighs and seconds later, Ron nudges his shoulder. "Look, man... I know you did this because you were scared... just don't do it again, OK?"

"Yeah... but has the gang war been born?"

"Uh... I don't know."

Suddenly, a car stops in front of the street. Then another one. Another one. Three cars stop in front of them. All the guys inside are armed and one of them is recognized by both Delight brothers: Rabidity, a grey-skinned, voluptuous man with dark grey hair... he is the leader of the No Soul Dogs, a notorious street gang from La Lima. Rumour has it Rabidity lived his childhood on the other side, as a species named Diamond Dog. Then, he accidentally discovered the other side, met Patch and became friends. Rabidity gets down from the car and the Delight Brothers start running away.

"Oh shit... Where did you park the car?" Asks Tom.

"Main Street."

"Are you fucking crazy?"

"I didn't know bloody Hopkins and the No Soul Dogs would be here!"

Ron and Tom run from the No Soul Dogs, turning on the left and passing through some houses. No one realizes two unknown dudes are passing through their houses, except for one man who drew his shotgun but decided not to shoot.

Main Street

After passing through gardens and backyards, they finally arrive at Main Street and look at a black car. It is Ron's. However, the No Soul Dogs have already arrived in the street. Lots of them are getting out of their cars or drawing their guns. Rabidity comes out with a machine gun.

"This is it, Ron," says Rabidity. "The Pirates' Ship has been sunk."

"Wait, Rabidity!" Shouts Tom. "If you kill me, you won't have my drugs anymore..."

"I don't c--"

Rabidity's words are interrupted by one of the No Soul Dogs. "Wait, no," He says. "We can't kill Tom... he's the Chef! And we also can't kill Ron. I mean, they are the Delight Brothers... if we kill one of them, it just doesn't make sense..."

A discussion starts because of the dude's opinion. Ron and Tom Delight slowly move to their car, but Rabidity stops them again.

"Hey!" He shouts. "Don't move."

"Let us go, Rabidity," says Tom.

"And what are you going to give me?"

Tom looks in his trousers' pockets and gets out a key. "This is the key to my meth shed, Rabidity. I have it outside Patch's Mansion, in a little hut. The best meth that has La Lima is there."

Rabidity looks at his henchmen, and all of them gather to discuss the situation. Ron and Tom slowly move to the car but Rabidity catches them again: "Hey, you!"

"Wait!" shouts Tom. "We are just approaching our car."

"Give me the key."

Tom throws the key to Rabidity and he catches it. The humanoid diamond dog looks at the key and smiles. "Ok then..." h says. "You can go."

"Wait!" says one of the No Soul Dogs. "What about Gordo?"

"Would you prefer Gordo or a hut filled with meth?" says another guy.

"The second one... I'd say."

"So...?"

Ron and Tom get in the car and turn it on.

Car

"Do you think Hopkins is still here?" asks Ron.

"It's no worth looking for him now... he must be in the suburbs of La Lima... I'd like to know how he will survive there..."

"Why would he be here in the first place? I just don't know..."

"Um... it's a long story..."

Ron sighs. "Gordo tempted him to join his group, right?"

Tom nods his head. "He robbed 12 for him, brother..."

"Son of a motherfucking bitch... If I find him, I'll kill him and Gordo. Two fucking dumbasses..."

Ron accelerates and leaves La Lima with Tom.

Las Pegasus. Butter Valley

Butter Valley is the richest zone inside Las Pegasus. It is a small VIP city where all the magnates and millionaires live inside their luxurious mansions. However, four massive mansions are completely apart from the valley. The two mansions who are on the left are painted with red, and the other two are painted with yellow. These cozy and beautiful mansions have an owner: Nicholas Plegovich.

All of the four mansions have a name: The first red mansion is named Public Property, the other red mansion is called Utopia, and the other two are named Montreal and Nicholas. Mr. Public Property and Mrs. Utopia were Nicholas' parents, while Montreal is his late brother.

Lucas and Pietro Plegovich are waiting outside the Montreal mansion for someone. Then, an enormous, robust, yellow-skinned man with brown hair and a chin puff beard opens the door. That man is Sergei, Plegovich's assistant and right-hand man.

"Sergei," says Lucas. "Is uncle Nico here?"

"No, Lucas."

"Where is he now?"

"Busy."

"But where is he, Sergei?"

"Plegovich ordered me not to say where he was."

Lucas sighs. "Can we enter, at least?"

"Yes."

Sergei has also an eerie nickname: The Robot. Gangsters recognize him because of his monotonous behavior and also... his sadistic strength while doing work for Plegovich. He has tortured so many people that gangsters say that even Plegovich is scared of his bloodthirst.

The Montreal Mansion

.

There is a big painting of a light blue-skinned man with black hair and a trident tattoo in one of his cheeks. He also has something special that calls Pietro's attention: his eyes. His left pupil is orange and his right one is yellow. He had heterochromia.

"Do you know this guy, Pietro?" asks Lucas.

Pietro saw him once or twice in his uncle's old photos, but he doesn't know his name or relationship with Nico. "No."

"That guy is Montreal Plegovich... our father."

Pietro's eyes open wide. "W-Wh-What?"

"Yes, Pietro... well, he passed away a long time ago but... he is our father for real..."

"Uh-huh... but... why does he...?"

"What?"

"His eyes."

"Oh," says Lucas. "Heterochromia. He had it... and Uncle Nico also has it."

"Ok, Lucas... is this why you brought me up here?"

Lucas stays silent and sits on a couch next to the painting. He asks Sergei a glass of whiskey and a minute later he comes back with the glass. Lucas drinks it and starts talking: "I brought you here to tell you that your decision yesterday... was the wrong one. If this Fort project succeeds, we will be rich for life and also our legacy will be the biggest after Nico's retirement!"

"Are you sure our uncle is going to participate?" asks Pietro.

"What do you think, Sergei? Will Plegovich participate?"

"Yes," answers Sergei. "But he is not sure."

"What do you mean with that?" asks Lucas.

"He doesn't know if he will stay with you or with your brother, Lucas."

"Fuck," whispers Lucas while grabbing his head. Suddenly, Sergei's cellphone starts ringing. He looks at his screen: MR. PLEGOVICH.

"Привет." says Sergei. Lucas knows who is he talking to now. Sergei only speaks Russian when he is talking to Plegovich.

"Они в доме?"

"да."

"Передай мне с Лукасом, пожалуйста."

"да," says Sergei, before handling the cellphone to Lucas. "Your uncle."

Lucas grabs the phone and says: "Hi, uncle..."

"I know everything, Lucas, and I've just defined my side."

"Which one?"

"You will stay where Pietro wants to stay."

"B-but... a... are you...crazy?"

"What did you say?" says Sergei, angrily. Lucas apologizes with a gesture.

"But... you know this project is too important! We can get so much..."

"It will fail, мальчик. The Fort is the hardest place to rob... even I failed while trying to rob it."

"But they say they would use the Elements..."

"Oh... so it would be a lot worse, my child... that's why Pietro is more clever than you, мальчик. They will use things that may not exist... "

Lucas stays in silence.

"What happened, my kid?" says Plegovich, while chuckling. "Did somebody eat your tongue?"

"No... no... it's OK but... what about the other dudes? Gordo, Blueblood? How will they react if I leave the project?"

"Gordo, Blueblood and their boys are just a bunch of idiots, Lucas. Now, the best thing you can do is to listen to my advice and leave that group. Now, give this phone back to Sergei."

"Yes," says Lucas, while staying shocked and silent. Plegovich has spoken.

W

Football Pitch

I am now on the football pitch. I tried to get back with Jack and Abe, but they are too busy making a plan to take care of the Elements of Harmony. I get bored with being in that tense conversation and I'm now watching a match where Rainbow Dash's team is winning 2-1.

I didn't know Rainbow Dash was so good at sports, especially this one. I look at how everyone gets surprised at her moves while she is playing. She looks like a professional girl. The other thing that calls my attention is that the girl who is describing the match has a really low voice. I mean, some whispers near me are louder than her voice. I turn around and I realize Fluttershy is in that spot. Now I know why it is too low. While turning around to look at Fluttershy, I realize some girls are looking at me. I instantly get embarrassed because those girls are not teenage girls... I mean, one of those girls is Abe's younger granddaughter, and the other two girls that are along with her look like her. They may have 12 or 13 years old. Ew, gross!

But then, I realize they weren't looking at me because they thought I was attractive. One of those girls, a yellow-skinned one with long red hair, jeans, and a green t-shirt appears next to me with a card.

"Um... who are you?" I ask them.

"Are you W?" asks the red-haired girl.

"Yes."

She gives me the card and shakes my hand. "My name is Applebloom, and they are Sweetie Belle and Scootaloo. Somebody left this and it is for you."

"Um... ok. Do you know who sent this to me?"

The three of them shake their heads. Then, Sweetie Belle raises her hand and starts speaking: "Um... are you one of my grandpa's friends, too?"

"Uh... yes. Why?"

"I want to tell him that... I'm better, you know... I think I don't need three psychologists per week anymore."

"Three psychologists? Oh... your grandpa is sometimes a crazy dude. I'll tell him."

"Bye," they say to me before waving my hand. I open the card and I realize it's only a sheet of paper with a message:

"W:
Go to the gym... now! It's urgent!"

Ok... nobody signed this and calls my attention. I think this may be a trap, but it's almost impossible for the other gang to lie to me right here, on Canterlot High. It may be a card from Jack or Abe, so I decide to leave the football match, which is about to finish in less than five minutes.

Hallway

I'm walking through the hallway and I realize some students are talking about this morning's situation where I was one of the protagonists. I think Micro Chips was right on that... I'm leaving a name in this place. My name. I ignore this and find the gym after ten minutes.

Gym

I open the door and all the lights are off. That's not something I like too much. I put my hand inside my pocket and I start slowly drawing my handgun. Suddenly, the lights turn on and I look at Pinkie Pie, the happy girl, along with Sunset Shimmer, a cowboy girl and Twilight Sparkle. There is also a small table filled with snacks and there are balloons that are floating everywhere on the roof.

"SURPRISE! SURPRISE!" shouts Pinkie Pie, while jumping with joy. Every other girl starts clapping.

"Wait... what?" I say. Why would they make a surprise party for me? "What did I do?" I ask.

"You saved me from Pietro and Little Ace," she says while jumping in front of me. Then, she grabs my ear and whispers to me: "Rumour has it Little Ace was sent to the hospital."

"Welp, he deserved it." says the cowboy girl, before shaking hands with me and finding out she has an indescribable force that can compete with Granny Smith's. "Mah name's Applejack. Nice to meet you."

"Nice to meet you too, Applejack... Call me W. So... you made this only because I saved Pinkie Pie from Pietro?"

"It was all Pinkie's idea," says Sunset Shimmer.

"MY IDEA! MY IDEA!" shouts Pinkie Pie while eating some chips. Suddenly, Fluttershy and Rarity enter the gym.

"Oh, look who's here..." says Rarity.

"Hi, R."

"R?" she says, angrily.

"How are you?"

"After everything that happened? Including the death of my kidnapper and my grandpa following me all the time because he's very paranoid... fine."

Everyone is silent now. Even Pinkie Pie is not saying anything, but then, the tension is interrupted when someone calls me by my name in the gym... Trixie.

"Trixie?" says Applejack. "What you doin' here?"

"Um... I've been looking for W."

"I'm here, Trixie. What do you want?"

Her face blushes. "Can we talk in private for a moment?"

Every one of the girls looks at me. I approach Trixie and I start talking to her at the gym's entrance. "What happened?" I ask her.

"I realized Trixie's dress is not so... how can I say this... nice."

"Why?" She grabs her cellphone and shows me a photo of a dress that looks like it has been used by an old canterlotian lady in 1936. "Um... well..."

"Don't say it. Trixie knows it is ugly... The problem here is... where can I get a new dress? An impressive dress for the Fall Formal must be very expensive..."

"Um..." I start thinking, and then my eyes focus on Rarity. "I have an idea... RARITY!"

She looks at me with her S.A.S.C (stupid angry spoiled child) face. "Yes?"

"Would you do me a favor?"

"Which one?"

"Do you have enough time to make a dress for Trixie?"

"Wait, what?" asks Trixie to me. "Are you crazy?"

Rarity's face changes to a happier one. "Sure... I should talk to you later about the dress, Trixie. How about getting together after Cranky's class?"

"Um...OK... It would be fine..." she answers while looking at me, and then she says: "Um... Bye... then," before running away from me. I return to my old spot but Rarity stops me with her arms.

"Are you dating Trixie, darling?"

"What?" I say while putting her arms out of my shoulders. "NO!"

"Whoops... I thought you were," says Sunset Shimmer, after all the girls start laughing including Fluttershy. "You two are too cute together!"

"Awww..." says Rarity. "Trixie and W! Wixie!"

"Shut up, please!" I shout. "Would you stop shipping me with Trixie?"

"Don't be so exaggerated, buddy..." says Applejack while laughing. "You remind me of Rainbow Dash this morning when she talked about how the cops tried to run her over..."

My face changes now. I'm worried. Oh. Oh no... That's not a good piece of news.

"What?" I ask Applejack.

"Yes, it is stupid... she said the cops tried to run her over on purpose."

I shake my head while looking to the roof. "What happened?" Asks Twilight. "Is that important?"

"It is," I answer. "Someone's looking for you."

To be continued...]

Watch Out!

Author's Note

Hey guys, sorry for the delay. I took a small break from FIMFiction during these last weeks because of many things. I hope you understand.

Enjoy!

Chapter 15: Watch Out!

W

Gym

"What do you mean?" asks Twilight Sparkle. "Who is looking for us?"

I think I shouldn't have opened my mouth. I'm about to tell them the devastating fact that their heads are on Blueblood's eyes. If I tell them the real truth, they would get scared and run away... or maybe, they wouldn't believe me, then one of them dies and the other six run from Canterlot or commit suicide. I should grab the truth and lower it... That's the best I can do.

"Well... there are some strange guys that were looking for you," I say. "And..."

"Are they those idiots?" asks Rarity. "The Diamond Boys?"

I try to answer that question but someone else interrupts me: "They weren't the Diamond Boys, Rarity." says Rainbow Dash, who has recently entered the gym. "I don't care who they are, but you don't need to make an effort for us," she says.

"Why?" I ask.

"Come on, dude! We have superpowers! We can defeat everyone!"

"Everyone?" asks Twilight Sparkle. "I don't know if something with equestrian magic can be easily defeated..."

"Come on!" shouts Rainbow Dash. "They were just some cops..."

"But... if we hit cops... that will be illegal!" says Fluttershy.

"Trust me," says Rainbow. "These guys are not cops... aren't they, W?"

Everyone looks at me now like if I was their guru. "Um... no."

"And do they have equestrian magic?" asks Sunset Shimmer, shocked. I answer no.

"See?" says Rainbow Dash. "We can beat up those guys with our bare hands, girls!"

"Are you sure--?"

I couldn't even finish that question when everyone answered me that they were capable of defeating two corrupted cops... um.. and would they be able to defeat a governor who has a whole gang behind him? I don't think so.

Manehattan. Sombra Jail

Sombra Jail is one of the few state prisons inside Equestria. Everybody knows equestrians are loyal and kind people but they can also be ruthless and sadistic when they want to. That's when Sombra Jail enters: an enormous, sad and completely secured who has inside the most dangerous people of Equestria.

Sombra Jail's entrance is an enormous steel gate with robust policemen taking care of it from its two sides. A car stops in the entrance and a cop approaches it.

"May I know why did you come here?" asks the policeman, while looking at the man who has just lowered his window... it is Mr. Blueblood.

"I need to see a man."

"Which man?" says the policeman, while Blueblood opens the car door and gets out.

"I've heard Sombra has a man."

"Yes," answers the cop. "Our director."

"Your director?"

"Yes."

"Oh, that's so strange... I've heard one of your prisoners fired your director and then he turned himself into the jail's man."

"What the fuck are you talking about?" says the cop, who's mad now. "Wash your bloody mouth if you are saying that we are weaker than those bitches inside, asshole."

"I'm not lying, you dumbshit," answers Blueblood. "I know the Man here is an inmate who's controlling everything, even you, so... can I enter to the jail, talk to him about something and then leave? I will not say anything."

The cop doesn't speak and looks at his partners. One of them nods with his head. "Ok," he says. "Have a good day."

Lunchroom. Sombra's Jail.

The lunchroom is just sad. A room with only two colors: grey and black. There are no windows, no TV. Only prisoner cells and four grey tables made of steel. Mortimer Blueblood is waiting in one of those tables when someone rings a bell: Lunch time.

Lots and lots of prisoners come out of their cells to have lunch. No one recognizes Blueblood, except for a hoary, fat, purple-skinned man who smiles at the moment he looks at him.

"Blueblood," says the man. "What are you doing here?"

"Hello, Gladmane," he answers. "I knew you were going to be the man."

Gladmane's smile doesn't exist now. "Oh," he says. "I'm afraid to tell you I'm not the man."

"Then who is it?"

Gladmane starts clapping and then, all the other inmates start clapping too. Others start whistling while several ones start slamming their fists against their tables. A minute later, the Man appears. A blonde, thin, grey-skinned boy who has all his torso covered in tattoos. He has an eagle tattoed, a lion, a drawing of Lord Tirek, a draconequus and he also has phrases like:

"FAMILY MATTERS"
"LOS MANTOS BOY"
"BORN IN THE ORPHANAGE, RAISED ON THE STREETS"
"MANTOZ GANGSTERZ"

"What happened?" asks the Man. Gladmane raises his hand and speaks:

"Someone has been asking for your appearance."

The Man laughs while nudging Gladmane with his elbow. "Don't call me man, you moron. Call me by my name, Dream Raider."

Dream Raider sits down in the table and faces Blueblood. Dream just smiles while Blueblood starts chuckling.

"Well, Dream," says Blueblood. "Can I Call you Dream?"

"Yes."

"I've heard you got rid of the Director of Sombra's."

"Yeah, what do you want?"

"Woah, easy," says Blueblood while smiling. "I came here to talk and that's it."

"I know you, Blueblood," says Dream Raider. "Those oldies from the nineties... Gordo, Plegovich Bros, Seductive... I recognize all of them... they were douchebags, just like you."

"Oh, come on..." says Blueblood. "I'm not like those douchebags... I've been in jail once, you know... well, only a month or two but... I know what it feels like to be trapped inside a piece of shit like this."

"And what do you want?"

"I've been thinking about including you in a project," says Blueblood. "You see... yesterday I remembered your story while reading a newspaper... Dream Raider, the Street Orphan who was raised in the orphanage and claimed for vengeance... he killed those beasts inside their jails and he finished rotting in one because he killed an idiot who fucked his girlfriend. It is like a legend, isn't it?"

Dream Raider's face doesn't demonstrate happiness. He is starting to lose his temper. "What do you want for real?" He asks.

"Well, I've been involved in a project that you may like... and I'm desperate for allies, you know..."

"And that's why you are here, right?"

"Yes."

Dream Raider thinks about it. Blueblood is one of those old rascals, but he needs to listen to him first. "Tell me."

"Well, listen... the Fort. Pegasus' Fort."

"Are you crazy?" Says Dream Raider. "It is a magical lock, and we also don't know what's inside it."

"Lots of money."

"Are you sure? Nobody entered there except for authorities."

"And who am I?"

"You are Canterlot's governor, but that Fort is in Las Pegasus. You don't control Las Pegasus."

"Yeah, you are right, but I had lunch once with Pegasus' authorities."

"And what did they tell you?"

"They said they were trying to grab the money from inside. So..."

Dream Raider thinks again. There's a small probability that Blueblood is lying to him, but eventually, he accepts. "Ok," he says.

"Very good, Dreamo," says Blueblood while laughing.

"Don't call me Dreamo."

"Why?"

"Only my friends call me Dreamo."

"You mean... the prisoners?"

"The orphanage boys."

"Oh yeah... I don't remember them."

"Charles, Contact, W..."

"W?" asks Blueblood, shocked. "You mean... the Bedmaker?"

"Yes."

"Oh... well, there is a thing about him."

"What?"

"He is... against us..."

Dream Raider stands up. "I strongly deny the offer, Blueblood. I will never be against my friend."

"But... it's a lot of money!"

"With that money, I couldn't buy a friend like W. Thank you for coming, Blueblood, but leave before my prisoners smash you."

Blueblood stands up and leaves while chuckling. Everyone looks at him in silence until he passes through the lunchroom's door. Then, everyone sits down and waits for their food. Dream Raider sits in one of the tables and calls an inmate.

"Yes, Dream?" Asks the Inmate.

"Do you still have that phone?"

"Yes."

"Give it to me. I need to make a call."

Blueblood gets a text message from Gordo. It looks like he is desperate.

"Hey, some guys want to hunt the girls before us. Some cops who worked for you, I don't know. They don't want to listen to us and they want the Fort."

That is not good news.

Shoppe Street

The girls are inside the Sweet Shoppe, while W, Jack, and Abe are outside in Arpeggio's, Fletcher's music store, which is almost opposite the Sweet Shoppe. Abe's original plan was to take care of the Elements inside the Shoppe, but Rarity answered the same thing she said to W: We have superpowers. Abe is so worried that wanted to take care of them anyway. They went to Arpeggio's, who's near the Shoppe, and they also went to visit Fletcher for a little bit.

"So... you are inside a gangster volcano that may turn into a gang war," says Fletcher. "... and Mortimer Blueblood is also in there?"

"Yes," answers W.

"But... how can Blueblood...?"

"Things happen," answers Abe.

"That's... weird," replies Fletcher. "A governor... well, I've heard he was in jail but... it's kinda ironic."

Meanwhile, W receives a phone call. He looks at his phone's screen: Dreamo.

"Why would Dream Raider call me now?" Says W while answering the call. "Hi, Dreamo... yeah..."

While W is talking to Dream Raider on the phone, Abe is just looking at the Sweet Shoppe and Jack is talking to Fletcher. Suddenly, W's smile slowly disappears while talking to Dream Raider. Fletcher looks at that and his attention is called.

"But... how could Blueblood?..." says W. That name calls everybody's attention and all of the guys look at him. "Yeah... sure... thank you for telling me this, Dreamo. If I can, I will visit you on the weekend.

W ends the call while everyone is looking at him. "What happened?" Asks Jack.

"Blueblood... he went to Sombra... and asked for help. Do you know what that means, right?"

Jack and Abe nod their heads. "He is looking for allies..." says Fletcher. "Oh shit, are you really inside a gang war, guys?"

"Yes," says Abe. "We are."

"Did you know what happened in that canterlotian gang war between Gordo and the other guy... that son of a bitch killed his wife and caused chaos in every mile of Canterlot! Do you know that this whole thing may change Canterlot forever?"

"Yes, Fletcher," answers Abe. "And shut up. It was Rarity or Canterlot. I decided."

Abe starts looking at the Sweet Shoppe again and something calls his attention. Police cars... there are four of them. Four? Isn't that too much? Some cops start getting out... they have guns! Guns!

"GUYS!" shouts Abe. "Alert! Alert!" W and Jack look outside and they start drawing their guns. Abe grabs his phone and desperately calls Rarity.

On the outside, W looks at a young, pale lady with blue hair coming out of the café with a phone on her hand. She looks at the cops and enters the café again. That girl was Rarity... and she realized that something was wrong there.

Five cops enter the Sweet Shoppe and magically, they are expelled by some kind of magic. Then, Twilight Sparkle comes out with a Pinkie Pie filled with sweets... explosive sweets. They start fighting against those guys but they run away when they hear a gunshot. That's when the remaining girls appear and start fighting against the cops.

"I've got to do something quickly!" Shouts Abe, while looking at her granddaughter using a magical shield to protect herself.

"No, Abe!" Shouts W. "They are doing good!"

Abe doesn't listen to W's words and comes out of Arpeggio's with a handgun in his pocket and balling his fists. Jack also leaves the music store behind him and they try to get into the fight, but Twilight Sparkle uses her magic to move them into the music store again. Pinkie Pie knocks down some cops using her explosive sweets while Fluttershy is calling every bird near the street to attack. Eventually, the cops realize they are too powerful and run away. That's the right moment when Abe, Jack, and W get out of Arpeggio's and come across with the girls.

"I told you, girls!" shouts Rainbow Dash. "I told you these guys were dangerous!"

"I just don't understand..." says Sunset Shimmer. "Why would the police go for us?"

Every one of the girls looks at W, Jack, and Abe. Rarity's grandpa releases a sigh and starts talking: "Look, it's a long story. Can we get together in a place and talk about it? You need to listen to my words now."

Sunset Shimmer's House

Everyone is now reunited at Sunset Shimmer's kitchen table. Abe told the Mane 7 that a friend of Los Mantos told him a corrupt family was trying to obtain their powers by using the cops against them.

"That is senseless," says Sunset Shimmer. "How could they use the police?"

"They probably made a deal with them," answers Abe. "Who knows?"

"And do you know who's this family, grandpa?" asks Rarity. Abe and also Jack, who is behind his partner, shake their heads.

A street.

Meanwhile, W and Spike went for a walk to relax a little bit. W knows that the next days are going to be heavy, and he's trying to make this day a good one before all this chaos.

"So... What happened today?" asks Spike, confused.

"It's a long story," answers W.

"Come on..." says Spike. "We have all the time in the world, just you and me."

"It has lots of people involved, Spike," says W. "Including... politicians."

Spike's face is now pure shock. "What? You must tell me this, man! How can politicians be involved in this? Come on! Come on!" shouts Spike, and he keeps persuading until W interrupts his whim:

"Ok! Ok! I will tell you!" he shouts, while Spike smiles. "This is confidential, Spike. Don't tell anybody."

"Even Twilight?"

"Even Twilight."

Spike realizes this is serious, and W starts talking: "Years ago, a guy came up with an idea: rob las Pegasus' fort."

"Wow..." says Spike. "That would be awesome to see if that fort wasn't so hard to open..."

"Well..." says W, and he keeps telling the story: "This guy liked this idea so much that he started telling his friends about it..." W suddenly stops and looks at Spike for a second. He is about to say a hidden truth: "Including me."

"W-What?" says Spike, shocked. "A-Are you going to rob...?"

"No, Spike. I won't. Can I talk...?"

"Yeah..." says Spike. "But you must explain this to me. You should call the police if your friend is planning to rob it!"

"He won't do it... but now the problem appears. My friend told this to a lot of people... including Mortimer Blueblood and other crazy guys from Equestria."

"Mortimer Blueblood?"

"Yes."

"But... what the?"

"I told you," says W. "It's hard and long to explain... I'll summarize it... Blueblood and his friends want your owner and her friends' powers to open that fort and rob it... and that means..."

"They... will use them..."

"Um... yes... but not in that way... they will..."

"Will what?"

"Kill them."

"WHAT?" shouts Spike, before trying to grab his tail to relax. "Do you mean they are looking for them to murder them?"

"Uh-huh."

"That's... oh my god! We must stop them right now! Come on! We will go to Blueblood's house! We've gotta kick his ass!"

"Spike, we can't. He is Canterlot's Governor and he also has lots of men under his hands. If we kill him, all the men under him will go after us. Understand?"

"I never said that we were going to kill him!"

"It's the only way we can defeat him!"

"Why don't you call your fri...?" Spike looks now at W, angry. "Your friend with the beard... Rarity's grandpa... Were you trying to kill Twilight and her friends?"

"What? No! I don't want to kill them!"

"Are you sure?"

"No! I'm not a friend of Blueblood!"

"Um..." says a feminine voice that interrupts W and Spike's argument. Both of them look at the girl who's talking. She's Trixie.

"Trixie?" asks W. "What are you doing here?"

"Trixie would like to know how can Twilight's dog talk."

"Um..." says Spike. "It's a long story..." W chuckles while hearing Spike's excuse.

"Anyway..." says Trixie, while laughing. "I've got some great news, W!"

"Really? What?"

"Prince Blueblood has just invited me to the Fall Formal!"

Now W and Spike look at each other, completely shocked. How is that---? Prince Blueblood? On Canterlot High? What kind of paradox is this? And also... Prince Blueblood inviting Trixie to the Fall Formal? That's strange for real.

"Blueblood?" asks W. "How did you do it?"

"Well, he had Trixie's phone and he called me! Isn't that great and powerful... like Trixie?"

W doesn't answer. He knows there is a hidden plan behind this. Spike just says: "Yes... it is awesome."

"What do you think, W?" asks Trixie, joyful. W just smiles at her and raises his thumb. Then, Trixie greets them and walks away smiling. W starts shaking his head while Spike chuckles.

"I don't like this," says W. "Blueblood hates Canterlot High and then, out of nowhere, invites Trixie to the Fall Formal. That's suspicious."

Spike keeps chuckling and says: "Come on, W, admit it... you're jealous."

"I'm not jealous. I just think... it is weird."

"Don't lie, W! You like her!"

W starts getting mad and says: "Why don't you shut up and go fuck Rarity, for god's sake?"

"Hey, what's your problem with Rarity?"

"Every time you see her your tail goes straight like a fucking line. Don't lie."

The Next Day. Canterlot High.

The Cutie Mark Crusaders are playing hide and seek while on recess. Sweetie Belle runs to the parking lot and hides behind a car. Then, she starts hearing some strange noises and a conversation between three men. The voices start approaching her and then, someone discovers her.

"Hey, did you miss me?" says one of the men. Sweetie Belle looks at him. Brown-skinned, green eyes, dark hair and a scar on his chin. He is next to a plump, bald guy and a pale, skinny dude. They are the Barnes. Sweetie Belle instantly runs away from the parking lot and finds Applebloom.

"Found you!" says Applebloom.

"Girls...! A-A... Applebloom! They are here! They are here!"

"Who? Your... kidnappers?"

"Yes!" says Sweetie Belle, while crying.

"Do you have your grandpa's phone number?" asks Applebloom.

Meanwhile, the Barnes enter to Canterlot High and are received by Vice-Principal Luna.

"Hello, lady," says Marcus Barnes. "May I know where is the principal? Mr. Blueblood has an offer for you."

"I am the Vice-Principal. And you are...?" says Luna.

"We are Blueblood's assistants, madame."

Luna feels comfortable while talking with Barnes, and later she carries them to Celestia's office.

Celestia's Office

"Cel..." says Luna. "There are some of Blueblood's workers that want to talk to you."

"Sure..." says Celestia, surprised. "Let them in."

Luna lets the Barnes brothers in and Marcus gets a sheet of paper out from a folder. "Here it is..." says Marcus. "The Party for the Good Ol' Canterlot."

"What is that?" asks Celestia.

"Well, madame... it is a secret project made by our governor, Mr. Mortimer Blueblood, to celebrate Canterlot's 187th Anniversary."

"Um..." says Celestia, confused. "But Canterlot was founded in April, not October..."

"Yeah, we know, but Blueblood wants to make a celebration this fall. He just loves our beautiful city... That's why he planned to do this party... right here."

"Are you serious?" says Celestia. "We will have our Fall Formal in three weeks."

"We have everything under control, miss. You won't have to pay or to do anything, because we have everything we need... the only thing that we want from you is your authorization to make the party here. We know Canterlot High is one of the best schools around Canterlot, even Equestria..."

Celestia smiles after hearing that. "Well, thank you for your flattery. May I know if there is a specific date for this party?"

"Um... this Friday, miss."

Celestia thinks again... is this worth it?... She looks at her agenda and arrives in a conclusion. "Sure," she says. "No problem, but I only accept this because you said you had everything you need."

"Sure," says Barnes while smiling. "Thank you."

Sadly, both Celestia and Luna don't know that this party is more than a party.

To be continued...

Tuesday

Chapter 16: Tuesday

W

Canterlot High. 6:30 A.M.

Abe left all the girls in the school, although it is very early. Jack and I told him lots of times that the school starts at 7 A.M. but he didn't listen to us. Just a typical, crazy grandpa.

It is cold and windy outside. Twilight uses her magic to open the school's door and the girls enter, along with Abe. Jack and I stay outside, and we discover something. That guy, Micro... what was his name? Oh yeah, Micro Chips, is sleeping next to the school's statue. Why would he sleep there? Did he arrive recently... or did he stay the whole night there, waiting until the school is opened?

"Is that a student or what?" asks Jack while pointing at Micro Chips.

"Uh... it's a student," I answer while approaching him. I start moving his shoulder, trying to wake him up.

"Leave him alone, W," he says. "He's just sleeping."

"Wait for it..." I say. Micro Chips slowly opens his eyes and I take a breath: "BOOO!"

"AAAHH!" shouts Micro Chips because of my jumpscare, and he hits his head against the statue. "WHAT'S WRONG WITH YOU, MAN?" he says while I'm laughing. Suddenly, he looks at Jack and me. He recognizes us. "Wait... you are W and you are... his partner."

"He knows you?" asks Jack.

"Yeah... my pal, Micro Chips. We talked about life the other day."

"Life?" asks Jack. "I don't know what you mean with life..."

"Life, man... we talked about... um... beauty, girls... oh, by the way, Micro Chips, how's the Pinkie Pie thing?"

"Hey, shut up!" says Micro Chips, "It's a secret!"

"But, come on, Micro!" I shout. "She's inside that school. I'm not kidding. You must have the guts, Micro... it doesn't matter if you are techie, sporty, rocky, junkie or whatever the fuck you are... if you have guts, you can have everything. If you don't risk it, you lose it."

"He is right," says Jack, chuckling. "You surprised me, W... I thought you weren't able to give advice."

"Fuck you, Jack," I answer him. Micro Chips starts laughing. "And what are you going to do, Shy Guy?" I ask Micro Chips. "Are you going to enter that school and say Daddy's Here or you will stay sleeping like a coward?"

"What did you say?" says Jack. "Daddy's Here? Don't be ridiculous, W."

"It's just an advice," I say while smiling. Suddenly, Micro Chips gets up and I smile. He's doing it! Finally! I feel like if I was his Chemistry teacher and he was just a stupid student who passed his final test. "VERY GOOD, MICRO!" I shout.

He turns around and looks at me while chuckling: "I'll go to sleep in the parking lot until Celestia and Luna arrive. Both of you are cool but... you are a little bit crazy."

Both of us look at Micro Chips walking away. "Nice piece of advice," says Jack.

"Yeah... such a good piece of advice and he wastes it... what an idiot."

"I agree with you, except for the good piece of advice part."

Now I look at Jack, serious. "How many times I've gotta say it?"

"What?"

"Fuck you."

"I love when you say it... you sound like a 5-year-old child who hasn't got any sweets."

"Fuck you!" I shout. Wait... did it sound like a child? Um... let's try again. "Fuck you. Fuck... you... um... fu... Fu..." Jack starts laughing. Shit.

Canterlot High's Gym. Hours later.

Every student of Canterlot High is inside the gym right now. Celestia and Luna called them all a few seconds ago because they were to announce something special. Now, Celestia is in front of everybody, while Abe, Jack and I are on the gym's doors.

"Students of Canterlot High," says Principal Celestia. "I am glad to announce this Friday will be a special celebration party for all of us." Every student is surprised, even us. Another party? This Friday? Oh... "This party is called Party for the Good Ol' Canterlot and will be organized by our government, administrated by Mr. Mortimer Blueblood."

Oh no... No. This is a trap. "Is this real?" I ask.

"This is a trap," says Abe. "It's so obvious... why would they make a special party in Canterlot High?"

"And why is this a celebration party?" says Jack. "Would it be like the Fall Formal?"

Meanwhile, Principal Celestia is still talking: "...this party has the same format as the Fall Formal. It would be a formal dance where you can invite someone to like for a piece."

I look at Jack's eyes and they seem to be shining while looking at Principal Celestia, but that's the less important thing right now. The main problem right here is that Blueblood is making a secret plan behind this party to get the girls, and if we also are staying that night, we would be fresh meat to him... his men would kill us!

"What do we do?" asks Jack. "Shall we tell them?"

"No," says Abe. "We would let them in... and then, we will kill them..."

"Uh... kill them... at the party?" I ask.

"Yeah."

Sandy Suburbs

Larry and Wilbur are inside a dirty, rusty bathroom. The smell that lives inside is indescribable. There is only a toilet and a shower inside.

"This is the bathroom on the second floor," says Wilbur. "I haven't used it for... ten years, I think."

"Yeah... it is noticeable," says Larry. "And where is the portal?"

"There," says Wilbur, pointing at the toilet. Larry's face is an absolute shock.

"In the toilet?" says Larry.

"Yeah," says Wilbur. "In the toilet."

Tuesday Night. Ron's House.

Ron and his brother, Tom, are messing around his house looking for a solution. Both of us realized Blueblood did nothing today, and Ron still does not believe that he saw Hopkins on La Lima.

"Do you know this is a gang war, right?" says Tom. "If things are not solved in time... this would be chaos,"

"Yeah..." answers Ron, while looking at a small sheet of paper he found on the floor. "That's why I am looking for allies, Tom..." Ron then reads the sheet of paper:"Sed. Pegasus." His eyes shine and a big smile is drawn on his face. Tom realizes that and asks.

"What happened?"

"I found an ally."

To be continued...

Wednesday

Something has gone wrong. We don't seem to have an archived copy of that chapter.

Thursday

Chapter 18: Thursday

Flash Sentry's Hospital Room

Flash Sentry is a lot better now. He is now walking and the only thing he has is a small plaster on his right arm. He hasn't got any bruises and he has small scars on his torso that have been cured. He is happy, because he knows tomorrow is going to be his last day in the hospital, and Friday night was going to be awesome! He will go to the party and won't tell anybody about it.

Suddenly, a nurse tells him that a man is looking for him. Who will be? A friend? Rarity's grandpa? He lets him in, but he realizes he's not a man that recognizes. It is a blue-skinned, fat man with dark hair. The nurse walks away and leaves them alone.

"Hello, Flash," says the man. It is Gordo.

"Who are you?"

"Well... let me present to you myself. My name is Black."

"Black?"

"Yeah, Black. I came for you because... you seem to be an athletic, sporty man."

"Ok... what kind of job offer is this?"

"A job?" Says Gordo, while chuckling. "It is not a job, but a task."

"What kind of task are you talking about?"

"Um... it's hard to explain, but you will understand."

Meanwhile, some footsteps can be heard from outside. They are getting nearer to them. Flash knows that task is not a nice thing, just by looking at Gordo in the face. Someone opens the door and looks at both men and instantly closes the door and pulls out a gun.

"Holy shit, Abe," says Gordo, while smiling. Flash is now scared. "I thought you didn't carry guns to a hospital."

"What the fuck are you doing here?" Asks Abe, angry.

"Teaching."

Suddenly, Gordo gets up from his chair and tries to handshake Abe. "Get out of here," says Abe.

"Ok... will you explain to the kid what is happening then?" Says Gordo while opening the room's door and laughing. He walks away.

"What happened?" Asks Flash.

"Um... do you remember that job thing I told you days ago?"

"Yes."

"Well... he was a partner of mine. He wanted something, I wanted another thing... our thoughts crashed and he is looking for newbies."

"And why he...?" Suddenly, Flash gets up from the bed and points out at Abe. "Did you tell him about me?"

"What? No!"

"Are you sure?"

"Yes! Why would I do that?"

"Um... yeah... but how did they find me?"

"I just don't know how did they figure out... they may have followed me."

"But... who was that dude? What did he want? Why his thoughts crashed with yours?"

Abe opens a window and lights the cigarette. "It's a pretty long story, boy. If you want to hear it, sit down."

Las Pegasus. Butter Valley.

Butter Valley is Plegovich's home, but it is also a small, wealthy, private town where the richest equestrians live. Inside one of those houses, Grey Footprints is organizing his speech as one of Pegasus' candidates as governor. He is also looking at a picture of himself while smoking.

"No," he says to himself. "No cigarettes. No smoking. People don't like smokers."

He gets up from his chair and comes outside. He throws the cigarette on the street but suddenly someone starts clapping. He turns around and looks at Mr. Blueblood.

"You are doing good, Grey," says Blueblood. "Leave that stupid cigarette. It will be better for you."

"Who are you?" Asks Grey.

"Don't you remember me?"

"No."

"Your other side may remember."

Grey starts gasping and falls to the ground. Blueblood slowly grabs him and gets him up. "Do you recognize me now?"

One of Grey's eyes starts shaking. "Blue... Blueblood."

"Oh, dirty old Blackle... you are still that ruthless motherfucker."

Grey Footprints grabs Blueblood from his shirt and whispers: "I'm not that thing anymore."

"Thing? How dare you? You were Plegovich's Weapon... you were worse than Sergei and all his stupid henchmen... even the Devil feared you, Grey."

"Things change, Blueblood. You know. I am now a candidate. A politician again. The thing that I always wanted to. I wanna help people... not kill them."

"Are you sure? Would you like to do it... only one more time?"

"I am completely sure! Stop!"

"Ok... if you say, alright." says the Governor and walks away. "I would like you not to say anything."

"I think I changed my mind," answers Grey. Blueblood smiles and turns around, but Grey says: "I will be on Canterlot's elections... I wish your city knew who you are... and I would love to see..."

"See what?"

Grey's right pupil shrinks and his left pupil starts growing. "I WOULD LIKE TO SEE YOUR FUCKING DRAINED BODY ON THE BLOODY FLOOR WHILE CRYING BLOOD TEARS BECAUSE YOU LOST! YOU LOST!"

Grey Footprints' pupils go back to normal and he runs away. Blueblood walks away from Grey's house, laughing.

Canterlot High's Gym

The party set is almost complete. Pinkie Pie is now decorating the remaining things while W and Spike are just looking at her.

"Pinkie's ability to decorate is awesome," says Spike. "What do you think of those balloons?"

"Micro is not stupid," says W, while smiling.

"Micro?"

"Um... I think she is cute. You were talking about her, right?"

Spike chuckles. "Yes, but I wasn't talking about her physical appearance, although she is kinda cute."

"I knew, Spike," says W. "First Rarity, and now Pinkie Pie."

"What? I am not... You know, in love... With Pinkie Pie!"

W starts laughing and Pinkie Pie shouts with a big smile: "Hey guys, what do you think? Are the balloons OK?"

There are colored balloons all over the roof. "I like it," says W. "You have talent."

Pinkie Pie fastly climbs down the ladder where she was and starts squeezing W's cheeks. "Thank you, thank you!"

"Ow, ow, ow, ow, PINKIE!" shouts W. Spike laughs. "Don't laugh, you!"

Pinkie then hugs Spike and now W is the one who laughs. "I'm truly anxious, you know?" she says. "But I don't know who am I going with... Lots of boys talked to me about it but I still don't know!"

"Really?" asks W. "Who?"

"Gummy was the first one who asked me! I should have known that he was going to ask me that!" she says while laughing.

Pinkie Pie turns around and climbs the ladder again to reorder some balloons. "Gummy?" whispers W to Spike.

"It's... Pinkie Pie's plush toy."

"Um... what do you mean with plush toy?"

Spike's cheeks turn to red now. "I... I'm not talking about that! It's an alligator, you pervert!"

"Oh... sorry," he answers while chuckling. "But... a plush toy..."

"Yes, it doesn't have life. It's just things from her mind. She's cute but crazy."

"That means... lots of those boys may be fake... am I right?"

"Maybe."

W smiles. "Micro Chips, here we go."

"What?"

"Nothing."

"W!" shouts Pinkie Pie. "Would you do me a favor?"

"Sure, what?"

"Go and ask my sister for a bag of confetti."

"Oh no," whispers Spike. W looks at him, surprised. Why would he say oh no?

"Sure... who is your sister?"

"Maud Pie. A grey-haired girl... she has a monotonous gesture, you will recognize her."

"Oh no," says Spike again. Both W and him get out of the gym and start looking for Maud Pie on the hallways. W asks Spike why is he so worried. "You see," he answers. "She is kinda special."

"Why? Pinkie told me she had a monotonous face. What does she mean with that?"

"You will understand."

Maud Pie appears at the end of the hallway holding a weird, orange stone. Spike points out at her and W looks at the stone, confused.

"Hi," says W. "Are you Maud Pie?" She slowly moves her head and nods her head. W looks at Spike and understands what was he trying to say. "Um... your sister told me you had a bag of confetti..."

"Yes," she says in a very low voice. "Right here." and pulls out from a locker a small bag filled with confetti.

"Thanks," says Spike but W doesn't turn around and leave. He is just looking that orange stone in shock.

"Where did you get that?" asks W.

"Bought it in a garage store. Called my attention. Orange. It seems to have a small powder around the stone. It was really expensive, to be honest. Those strange sellers told me they used to consume it."

The word consume makes W rave. "Um... Maud Pie... That's not a stone."

Spike is now confused. Maud does not change her face. "What is it, then?" asks Spike.

"That's crack, Maud," says W. "A very dangerous drug."

Maud now looks at the crack stones and says: "Now I know why they were so fragile. It didn't feel like a legit stone. Thank you."

Maud Pie throws the crack in a trash can and stays there, looking straight at a wall. W and Spike slowly go away.

"Wow," says W. "She looked like a drug consumer on rehabilitation."

"I told you she was special," says Spike, and then whispers: "Would those guys you told me before coming to the party tomorrow?"

W's face changes, but tries to calmly answer: "No. Why?"

"Are you sure? Even Blueblood? You know, because this is a party administrated by him..."

"Even Blueblood."

"But are you sure?"

"Yes, Spike!"

After that conversation, W goes back to the gym and gives Pinkie the bag of confetti. Then, both Spike and he sit down on the floor.

"And is one of your friends a famous burglar?" asks Spike to me.

"Um... No. I do recognize burglars because of their stories. Why?"

Spike looks at W, laughing. "I know you."

"You don't know me," answers W.

"Come on... I know you are lying."

"What do you want to know?"

"I know some famous burglars. Twilight had a book called The Infamous Story of the Clock which talked about lots of gangsters. "

"The Clock lived during the '70s, Spike."

"But then, the Clock was destroyed and created two clans: the Benvenuto and the Red Beast."

Benvenuto. Red Beast. Those two clans came out from the Clock and W remembers them because of their faces. The Benvenuto was the place were Ron, the infamous Pirate, was born as a gangster. His father, the notorious Iron Glass, started working in that place and taught his sons how to survive inside the mafia. Other famous figures like Gordo and his father Wade started there On the other hand, the Red Beast's captain was Public Property, who was Plegovich's father.

"Yeah," says W while looking to the roof.

"You recognize them, don't you?"

W looks at him with a serious grin. "What do you want me to say?"

"The truth."

W gets out from his pocket a sweet and puts it in his mouth. "My father was born in La Benvenuto, and he educated me like a burglar. Is that what you want?"

"Oh," says Spike. "I thought you... were lying... who... who was your father?"

W realizes he committed a stupid mistake. He just said the truth when he could have lied and get away with the true facts. "Wade Waters."

Spike nods his head. "Wow... I'm talking with the Mantos Hero's son... That's awesome," he says, and then smiles while moving his tail. "And why are you here then?"

"I am here now to take care of your owner and your friends."

"Oh yes, how stupid from me... Oh, and do you know any other gangster?"

"Um... I don't remember," he says while smiling.

"Gordo? Um... who was his name... um... Cosmos? uh... I remembered Twilight was scared of one, and I agree with her, to be honest..."

"Really, who?" says W, laughing.

"Grey Blackle. I think he was his name."

W's smile disappears and looks at Spike in shock. "Do you know him?" asks Spike.

"Fuck."

Las Pegasus. Golden Horse's Casino. Friday. 1 A.M.

It's now Friday night in Las Pegasus. Streets filled with wealthy people going to casinos or having a drink in enormous bars. The town is more illuminated at night than the whole day. And what about the noise and visual pollution? Geez. It is torture.

There are more than fifteen casinos in Las Pegasus, but one of the oldest and most famous inside the town is the Golden Horse. A giant, yellow structure filled with neon signs and jazz music. Inside, people playing blackjack and poker, slot machines, and croupiers.

Two men are running around the chaos inside the casino. Both of them are carrying sunglasses while they are inside the building. They are the infamous Delight Brothers, Ron and Tom. They are looking for a specific man. Robust, blue skin and, light blue eyes, and bald. He always wears the same black tuxedo with a red tie. After looking around for decades, they found their man drinking a martini while playing on a slot machine. They sit in two chairs which are between the man.

"Nice martini, Ghetto," says Ron.

Ghetto looks at both men and laughs. "What the fuck are you doing here, Ronny? Oh... and you came with the Assistant," he shouts.

"Assistant?" says Tom.

"Stop," interrupts Ron. "This is not a joke, Ghetto. We didn't come here for hookers or money."

Ghetto finishes his martini and leaves the glass in the slot machine. "You are in a war, right?" he asks. Ron nods his head. Ghetto gets up and goes into a lift which is near the machines. The three men enter the lift and close the door. There are three buttons on the lift. First Floor, Second Floor and Parking Lot. There is also an alarm button and a light switch. Ghetto presses the alarm twice and switches the lift's light off. Suddenly, a radio voice appears.

"Welcome to the Golden Horse Casino."

"Seductive," says Ghetto. "We have visitors."

The voice appears again, but more distorted: "To the Golden Horse Casino, Welcome."

The lift starts elevating and the doors open in a cozy room filled with sofas, alcohol, and cigarettes. There is an old, purple-skinned, orange-eyed woman smoking a cigar while playing the piano. There are also three familiar girls next to her: Adagio Dazzle, Sonata Dusk and Aria Blaze. Ron gets surprised because of the Dazzlings' appearance in the room.

"What?" says Ron. "What are the Siren Sisters...?"

"We are not the Siren Sisters anymore, Ron," says Adagio. "Oh, good evening too. We haven't seen each other for a long time."

Before the Battle of the Bands, Adagio Dazzle was Ashton's wife, a man who was inside the Ashton Clan who controlled Phillydelphia 15 years ago. Sonata Dusk and Aria Blaze were Ashton's wives too, and the three of them were mistreated by this whole family. Ron, his partners, and a young W fought against that family and defeated them, and that's how they saved the Dazzlings from that hell. Ron has called them since that day the Siren Sisters.

"Yeah, I know," says Ron. "You are now the Dazzlings. I prefer the Siren Sisters' nickname. It is a lot better."

"Fuck you," says Aria Blaze.

"Aria!" shouts Seductive before playing the last note in her piano. "No swear words in front of me, especially to friends of mine... and saviors of you." Seductive gets up and hugs Ron. Sonata asks who are they but no one answers. "I know what's been happening for days, Ron. I can't help you."

"What? Why?"

"Ghetto is my only man left. You know Las Pegasus isn't mine anymore. All my men... went to Plegovich."

Ron sighs and grabs his face. Tom just looks at the roof. "I can't talk to Plegovich... it would be a long way to get nothing."

"I know, Ron, and sorry. I can't help you with anything. I don't have guns, men, anything. The only thing Plegovich gave me was the Golden Horse. I could have had more casinos, but he wanted Adagio and Sonata as a barter. He said he didn't want Aria because of her attitude. I denied that offer."

Ron doesn't listen to her now. He is just thinking about what he can do.

"Don't worry, Ron... you have one man left," says Seductive.

"I won't talk to Grey Blackle."

"It's an option, just think about it."

Ron and Seductive look at each other, Sonata keeps asking Aria but Adagio gives her a taco to shut her up. Tomorrow is the party, and the gang war is round the corner.

To be continued...

The Story of Grey Blackle

Canterlot High's Cafeteria

W and Spike are sitting next to Jack, who is drinking a coffee, in a table. Spike wants W to tell the story of Grey Blackle to him but W says he doesn't know it. Suddenly, he asks that again, but this time next to Jack.

"Shut up, Spike," says W.

"He said what?" asks Jack, interrupting the situation. Both Spike and W look at him. "What is he talking about?"

"Um..." says W. "Things happened and... he wants me to tell him the story of Grey Blackle."

"Blackle?" says Jack. "And how does he know Blackle?" W doesn't answer and Jack sighs. "Did you tell him about Blackle?"

"Wait," says Spike. "Is he also one of those friends you talked to me about?"

Jack's face is now shocked. W told Spike the truth. "Why does he know that?" he asks.

"Um... we became friends, Jack."

"But that doesn't mean you have to tell him everything, W," says Jack, accompanied with an angry grin. "You told the dog and that's it. Period."

"Don't worry," says Spike. "I won't say anything. I'm a dog!"

Jack finishes his coffee and says: "Blackle. What a motherfucking guy. He may be a good guy nowadays, but in the past, ha ha ha."

Jack's fake laugh scares Spike. "What does that mean?" he asks.

"Do you want me to tell the story or not?"

Spike slowly nods his head.

Grey Blackle's real name is Grey Footprints. I don't remember where he was born, but I think it was in Canterlot.

His parents, well... I've heard his parents were worse than him. His father was a drunk stupid asshole and his mother was schizophrenic. A whole childhood being mistreated and abused turned him into a monster that was inside a lonely child.

He became interested in politics since he was a child. His dream was being a politician, but his father obligated him to work on the Sweet Apple Acres on Los Mantos, which now is an abandoned building. Inside the apple world, he began to learn things and facts from Canterlot, which concluded in a decision: he wanted to become Canterlot's Governor. But he knew that if he wanted to become a governor, he had to finish school first. His father didn't want him to go to school and told him he was not good enough to go. Since that epoch, his self-esteem lowered... and his depression gained weight on him.

One night, after a long day of work, he arrived at his house and discovered blood tears coming out below the entrance door. He opened it and saw his father holding a hatchet and the decapitated body of his mother on the floor. He went crazy after that day because the only figure that didn't insult him... was dead and killed by his worst fear. He said lots of times his mother talked to him while sleeping. She wanted him to kill his father, her husband.

Grey was tortured and tortured by his father until a man called Montreal Plegovich arrived at his house and told him he could help Grey to kill his father. One night he grabbed a gun, beat up his father and shot him so many times that the cartridge was empty after that. That night, he became Grey Blackle and started working for the Plegovich brothers.

Grey said lots of times, even to his victims, that his father's death was his favorite moment of all his life. The Sovia would turn him into a Pegasus politician if he tortured their victims... guess what, he accepted. Bloody fuck. Lots of torture, blood, and victims. He was so ruthless that his tools and murders he committed turned him into a bloody psychopath with no remorse and regrets. He became in the '90s the Mafia's Pet. The Devil's Fear. The Sovia's Baby. He had many nicknames but you couldn't deny he was the gangster world's favorite pet. Meanwhile, he was doing his job as a Pegasus politician.

I don't remember when he fell. Maybe in 1998 or 1999. I just don't remember. Someone sued him and he confessed. The result: life imprisonment. He was about to be sentenced to death, but the judge said no. Fifteen years passed until the Sovia saved him from prison. Now, I've heard he is doing something at Pegasus again but wants to leave the gangster world.

"That's it," says Jack. Both W and Spike are shocked.

They Have Canterlot High!

Author's Note

If you were waiting for violence and blood, don't worry, this is your chapter. :yay: :twilightsmile:

Enjoy!

Chapter 19: They Have Canterlot High!

FRIDAY

Friday Morning. Blueblood's Mansion.

Hopkins, Rabidity, Patch, and Gordo are sitting in front of Blueblood. Filthy Rich left the group yesterday and the Governor let him go by little.

"Well, you may wonder why I called all of you," says Blueblood. No one answers. "You see, there are lots of members on the crew and we need to get some of you out." The four of them look at each other. They know what Blueblood wants to say with that. He wants to get rid of someone. Suddenly, Blueblood pulls out two revolvers and puts only one bullet in one of them. "This revolver will have only one bullet by now. You will shoot at the wall behind you. If the bullet doesn't come out, you are Team 1. If it does, you are Team 2. Now, I want you, Hopkins, to get up." Hopkins gets up, grabs the revolver and points at the wall. No bullet. Team 1. Then, Rabidity gets up and shoots. Team 1. The teams have been already defined according to Blueblood and he grabs the two revolvers and fills them with six bullets each. "You know what happens now," he says.

"Are you sure you wanna do this?" asks Gordo. "To me?"

"Yes," answers Blueblood. "Is there any problem, Gordo?"

"I am the motherfucking man of Canterlot... I can bring your whole government down in just a second, you bitch. And you wanna kill me? Are you out of your mind?"

"I am cleaning, Gordo, and if you are against this, get out by yourself and stop ruining my fucking morning."

Gordo shuts up and looks to the duel. His eyes are almost on fire. He is angry now, but he can't do anything to unburden.

Hopkins and Rabidity hold their guns, scared and silent. They point out at each other, slowly, looking at each other in their eyes. They feel fear and anxiety invading their bodies.

1...

They hold the trigger, slowly and calmly.

2...

Sweat is covering their faces.

3...

BANG! BANG! Suddenly, Rabidity falls to the floor with two shots on his chest. He's dying, and Hopkins drops the gun and starts gasping while falling to the floor. Blueblood waits for Rabidity to die.

"Is he...?" asks Hopkins.

"Yes," answers Blueblood. "Hopkins stays. Rabidity... out."

Patch gets up and touches Gordo's shoulder. "Are you ready bitch?" he asks. Gordo doesn't answer and grabs Rabidity's gun. "I was going to grab that---" says Patch, but he is interrupted when Gordo shots him three times on his chest. Patch eventually falls to the floor and blood starts coming out of his mouth.

"I hope you liked it. Now I won't talk with Flash Sentry ever again," says Gordo while looking at Blueblood, before throwing the gun to the floor and leave.

Friday Night. Canterlot High.

People are arriving at the famous party for the Good Ol' Canterlot, and Abe wanted to be the first to be there. Even the Rainbooms haven't arrived, and Abe, W, Jack and also Pietro are there, waiting for them.

"Why did you bring me at this time?" asks Pietro. "People would laugh! I always come late!"

"Not this year, Pietro," says Abe. "Today we will use guns."

"Guns?" he says. "What... do you want to do?"

"The Barnes may be here, and if we fail in something... we might need your help."

"My help?" says Pietro while laughing. "What do you want me to do?"

Abe approaches Pietro and looks at him in the face. "Don't be an idiot. I know your uncle gave you a gun some time ago. A really pretty gun, to be fair. And both of us know that you have that gun here just in case. You have weapons, and that's enough to fight."

"I won't use that gun now," says Pietro. "It is charged but... it's a golden gun! I can't use a golden gun!"

"Why not?" asks Jack. "Every gangster has a golden gun, and all of us use it. Why not you? Aren't you a gangster?"

Pietro looks now at the three men. "Ok," he says. "But use it. I won't handle that gun."

"Excuse me?" says Abe. "I know you are a Plegovich, but that thing you've just said... it's a mafia sin."

"Why?"

"Golden guns must be only used by their owners," says W. "We can't use your golden gun, man... that would be disrespectful."

"But, I'm letting you to..."

"Sshhh!" shouts W while lighting a cigarette, Jack asks him for one and W gives him a small cigar. Suddenly, a limousine stops in Canterlot High and the Rainbooms get down from it. They are all formally dressed and happy because they will spend the night together. The four men look at them while they are entering the school.

"I will enter," says Pietro. "I don't wanna lose this." But then, Abe touches his shoulder and takes a breath.

"Listen, you," he says. "If you touch Rarity..."

"Uh, don't worry, man," says Pietro, laughing. "I won't do anything."

Pietro gets out of the conversation and Abe goes behind him. "Will you go later?" asks Jack to W. The Bedmaker nods with his head while smoking and then Jack enters the college. W starts running around and finds out the limousine hasn't left yet He approaches it and knocks on the driver's window and it is lowered. The driver is a plump, blue-skinned man with green eyes and black curly hair.

"Wait," says the driver. "Aren't you...?"

"You know me?"

"Yeah... Beddie!"

"Beddie?... Holy shit, Charlie!"

Charlie, one of W's old friends from the orphanage, gets out of the car and hug. W hasn't seen Charlie since he was between 10 and 11 years old. "Man!" shouts Charlie. "So much time! You look sexier!"

"And you look like a fuckin' whore."

"Thank you, your flattery makes me nervous."

"What are you doing here?" asks W, while sitting on the floor and lying his back against the limousine. "Working for the Rainbooms?"

"I work for Granny Smith, ya know," says Charlie. "One of the Apple family adopted me and I magically ended up in Sweet Apple Acres from Canterlot. I began working there and I'm officially their driver. I carry Big Macintosh, Applejack and Applebloom everywhere they want. Now, I carried Applejack and her friends here and come on, man... the weather is calm, fresh... A perfect time for a beer. That's why I stopped here."

"Uh-huh, very good. At least you are better than me."

"Why?"

"I'm still trapped inside the gangs," says W with a lower pitch.

"Really? What a pity." Then, W gives Charlie a cigarette and both of them start smoking. W's friend opens the limousine and gets out from it a bottle of cold beer. "Like the old times," he says. W smiles and chuckles.

"Oh yeah," says W. "Beer, friends and cigarettes. Pot is better than these little killers but well, we are on Saneland."

"Yeah..." says Charlie, while looking at some girls entering the school. "Canterlot girls are so beautiful... aren't they?"

"Um... yeah. I don't like Canterlot so much, but I admit some girls are pretty here."

"Holy shit, look at that one. She's marvelous with that blue dress," says Charlie. W looks at the girl and realizes it's Trixie, wearing a blue, shiny dress. Her presence is just absolutely stunning, and W's cigarette falls from his mouth. Charlie finds out and starts laughing.

"What are you laughing at?" asks W, angry.

"Chill, man," answers Charlie while chuckling. "I won't mock you. I agree with you. She is stunning, man... A gorgeous piece of gold..."

"Yeah... It's a shame Prince Blueblood invited her to dance."

Charlie looks at W, surprised: "You are kidding me."

"Nope."

"Son of a bitch... He was clever, Dubs."

Charlie is the only man who calls W Dubs, and that's something that always makes W laugh. He chuckles and waits for the Barnes... He knows they may be here soon.

Inside the School

Pietro is dancing with two girls while Jack and Abe are outside the gym, taking care of the place. Both men have a glass of punch who was provided by Pietro.

"This punch..." says Jack. "It reminds me of that night."

"Everything reminds you of that night."

Jack looks at Abe. "Not everything. I just think it was a... Missed opportunity."

Abe chuckles and says: "Why don't you want to repeat that night?"

"Tommy's dead."

"Tommy was the less important thing on that night. Just think."

"I don't know, Abe, it would be stupid..."

"Stupid?" says Abe. "Come on, Jack! Do it at least! She's inside, drinking punch, feeling old like you, come on!"

Jack looks inside and realizes Celestia is doing the same thing that Abe told him. He looks at Abe again and decides to step inside the gym.

He feels now in that old Fall Formal in 1995, before things went down, before W, the Canterlotian Gang War, Red Punch and also this gang war. He looks at her and suddenly she does the same. He touches his beard, drinks his punch and approaches her.

"Hi," says Jack. "I see you are alone."

"Yeah," she answers. "I am just standing as a vigilante."

"Why? Why would you be the party's guardian?"

She lifts her shoulders while smiling. "I don't know," she says. "Students don't like asking her principal for a piece."

"Uh-huh... I will ask you for a piece."

Celestia is now surprised. "Really? With this electro music?"

"Yeah... why not?" says Jack, and he slowly turns his head to the right, looking at the dancefloor. It seems to be a funny place, but suddenly he finds a familiar face between the students: green skin, a swan tattoo on his neck... his name is Lucas. Lucas Plegovich. He looks at Jack and waves his hand on the distance. Jack looks at him in silence. Celestia does the same but doesn't identify the man, and she also thinks Jack's just taking a look at the dance.

"Is the dance--?"

Celestia's words are interrupted by Jack: "I forgot something. I'll come back."

"Something happened?"

"No, everything's OK."

Celestia looks again to the right and Lucas Plegovich is not there anymore. Jack runs away and realizes Abe is not in the gym entrance.

Outside the School

W and Charlie are talking about stupid things when suddenly W's phone starts ringing. He looks at the screen: Jack.

"Jack?" says Charlie. "Was he...?"

"Yeah... and this may not be good news," says W before answering Jack's call. "Yes."

"Have you seen Abe?"

"No. He entered with Pietro and you."

"You see... I have bad news. Two, to be worse."

W sighs and grabs his face. "Tell me the best of the worst."

"I have no bullets. I've grabbed my gun and I realize... it has no magazine. The only thing I can do is to ask Pietro for his gun."

"Well, it's not that bad. At least we have Pietro's. What's the other one?"

"Lucas is here."

W gets up from the ground. His eyes are almost coming out of their orbits. "WHAT?"

"I haven't seen anyone of the Barnes. Lucas was inside the dancefloor. He looked at me and smiled. That's why I am looking for Abe... and I should go for Pietro too."

"Oh shit, fuck," says W, but then he looks at someone opening the school's entrance door. He identifies him: Lucas Plegovich. "Wait! Wait!"

He looks at Charlie and points out to the left. Charlie doesn't understand what he is trying to say. "What do you mean?"

"Behind the limousine, Charlie."

Both W and him hide behind the limousine. Luckily, Lucas Plegovich didn't find out they were here. The Bedmaker slowly moves his head and looks to the spectacle. Lucas is going downstairs and lights a cigarette.

"Who the hell is him? What happened?" whispers Charlie.

"Long story," answers W. "That guy there is one of Plegovich's nephews."

"Plegovich?" says Charlie. "Are you against Plegovich? The media says he is the most dangerous of them all..."

"The media can suck my dick." W looks at a black car stopping on the street's corner. From it, four men get out: The Barnes Brothers and Blueblood. They gather with Lucas and start smoking cigarettes together. They are having a quiet, calm conversation.

"So..."

"Listen, Jack," says W. "My grandpa was right. He brought the Barnes. They are outside with Lucas and Blueblood. I am behind a limousine with Charlie."

"Charlie?"

"Yes. Charlie, say hi."

Charlie holds the phone and whispers: "Hi, Jack."

"Oh. Hi, Charlie."

"Did you find Abe?" Asks W.

"It's in the cafeteria. He answered me."

W looks at the men again and realizes they made a smart move. Barnes Brothers are holding some guns and they are about to enter the school. On the other hand, Lucas and Blueblood are leaving. They get into the car, turn it on and leave by turning into the right. "The Barnes entered, Jack," says W. "I'm in."

"Wait, what?" says Charlie. W draws a handgun and checks if it has a magazine. It is complete. He loads it and hides it again in his pocket. "Are you going to enter?"

"Yes."

"What about me?"

"Leave."

Both men get up from behind the limousine and start walking to the school. "Are you sure? Don't you want help or something?"

"Yeah," says W, while hugging Charlie. "Leave, this is no land for you, my friend. You have a job, I have my job."

"But... you only have a freakin' handgun, Dubs. These guys are three!"

"Yeah... and what?"

"Wait... are you going to do a mass shooting inside a school?"

"Um..." says W, while trying to think an answer. "I hope not."

"Are you crazy? There are lots of students there! Just think if you shoot a bullet and kill a student!"

"I know, Charlie! I won't shoot anybody unless those three stupid assholes! Leave! You will be safe."

Charlie sighs and touches W's shoulder. "Good luck. You don't need it, though."

"Why?" asks W, confused.

"You are the Bedmaker, man," says Charlie, and then he gets in the limousine and leaves. W throws the cigarette to the floor and enters the school.

Dancefloor

Pietro is at the moment dancing with Octavia Melody. He is so happy that he thinks he is the King of Canterlot High. Octavia tries to reject him but Pietro persuades her to follow his game. After a third try, Pietro leaves her alone, angry. Suddenly, he feels a hand touching his shoulder. He turns around and looks at Jack.

"Oh, look," says Pietro, laughing. "A Sugar Daddy at the party."

Jack's hand moves into Pietro's t-shirt and strongly grabs him. "Don't mock me, you bitch. Where is your gun?"

Pietro's face is now a surprising smile. "I thought golden guns couldn't be used by others."

"Just give me the fucking gun, you son of a bitch."

"Chill, man," says Pietro. Behind Jack, two friends from Pietro, Little Ace with a bandage on his broken nose and Duke Starlight, appear and start punching Jack's back. "What you gonna do now?"

"You are playing with fire, Pietro."

"You? A fire? You are wet, cold ash, you grandpa. How many years old do you have? 157?"

Pietro's friends start laughing and Jack's anger raises the roof. Duke Starlight wants to punch him in the face, but Jack grabs his arm and smashes his head against Duke Starlight's. The teenager falls to the floor, unconscious.

"What the fuck?" shouts Little Ace. "You son of a...!"

Little Ace is interrupted when Abe touches his shoulder. Now, Jack and Abe are looking at Pietro, but the kid still doesn't want to lend them his gun. They go outside the dancefloor just to manage things.

Outside

"I won't give you the gun," says Pietro.

"I'm not asking," says Jack. "I'm telling you to give me the gun. It's an order."

"Don't do it, Pietro!" says Little Ace. Abe smashes him against a locker.

"Would you shut the fuck up, you son of a bitch?"

"My partner's right," says Jack. "You are not inside this topic, broken nose. Leave this place if you don't want us to shoot you twice in your anus."

Abe draws the handgun and Little Ace slowly walks away to the dancefloor. Now, Pietro starts laughing and grabs the gun. "Here it is, the gun."

Jack goes for it but suddenly Pietro points at him. Both gangsters start laughing. "You are making me angry, dick boy," says Jack. "Give me the gun or I'll leave you like a dead, rotten slave."

"I bet you like to be an awful jester." Jack grabs Pietro's neck and smashes his head against a locker twice. Pietro doesn't stop laughing and throws the gun to the floor. Jack grabs the gun and now he is the man that points at Pietro. "What happened, Canter Zoom?"

"You will come with me," says Jack. "I will use you like a fucking shield."

"Chill, Jacky," says Abe, laughing. "Your mood is like a volcano."

"Look who's talking," says Pietro, while being on the floor. "The guy with a dramatic granddaughter."

Abe's laugh now fades into anger. "Now I understand what is happening to you, Jack," he says and then kicks Pietro's chest once. Both men get him up and carry him to the cafeteria.

W had been following the Barnes Brothers for almost five minutes, but suddenly he lost them and now he doesn't know where they are. He goes to the dancefloor and finds out Jack and Abe were there, carrying Pietro.

"So... what happened here?" asks W.

"Long story," answers Jack while holding Pietro's golden gun. It is a shiny, golden revolver. W gets surprised because of its beauty.

"Shit, Pietro... nice revolver."

Pietro falls to the floor and slowly gets up. "Thank you," he says while smiling.

"Are you sure the Barnes brothers are here, W?" asks Abe.

"Completely sure."

"The Barnes?" asks Pietro, while getting out from his pocket a cigarette and lighting it.

"Yeah," answers W. The three gangsters know that it would be strange if Pietro knew the Barnes. "Do you know them?" Pietro shakes his head, denying it. "Ok then," says W. "So..."

A gunshot is heard and the four of them run away. They haven't even seen who was the shooter. While running away, Jack turns his head around and looks at the Barnes following them.

"Fuck!" shouts Jack. The four of them enter the library and hide under a desk.

"Holy shit, holy shit," says Pietro.

"Now you are scared, you little whiny prostitute," says Abe. "If they discover us, you will be the first to die."

They hear someone opening the door and loading a gun. They are Barnes, but the oldest one, Marcus, is outside the library, so there are only two brothers in the battle zone.

"What do we do?" asks W. Suddenly, Abe slowly gets up and points his gun at Pyle. Freddy opens fire while hiding under a desk, and W and Jack also start firing their guns.

"Hey! My golden gun!" shouts Pietro, and then he suddenly moves to another desk. A mass shooting has started. Abe and Jack ran to a bookshelf and hid there, and W is running upstairs to hide behind one of the bookshelves on the second floor. Meanwhile, Pyle and Freddy are loading their guns. Nobody died by now. Pietro is still hiding in a desk, but the Barnes brothers don't do anything to him... and he doesn't do anything to them either.

Pyle starts moving slowly and enters the bookshelf section on the first floor while Freddy is going upstairs. He tries to look for Jack and Abe while being on the stairs, but he doesn't find them. Abe and Jack hear their footsteps, and they also start moving. Jack realizes Pietro's golden gun has only three bullets left.

"Fuck," says Jack. "Only three bullets."

"Let me do the work," answers Abe."

Another gunshot is heard and a book falls to the floor with a hole in it. Both Jack and Abe don't make any sound... they know Pyle is near them.

"1..." says Abe.

Jack hears that Pyle is taking some books out of the bookshelf. "2..." he answers. The gangsters are now looking at each other. They are ready now. Jack looks at Pyle's shadow coming to him and shouts: "3!"

Pyle wants to shoot first but Jack shots twice to the Barnes brother's chest. He tries to keep standing up by holding onto the bookshelf but he falls with a book on his hand. He starts gasping while spitting blood from his mouth.

"Marcus... " says Pyle. "...went for the girls... you fuckers... he will go... to the dancefloor and will shoot..." Abe knows they must hurry up, so he touches Jack's shoulder and nods his head. Jack understands what he's saying and shoots Pyle in the head. One dead man.

"Stay here and save W," says Abe. "I will look for Marcus."

"But... I don't have ammo, Abe." So Abe gives Jack his gun. "No," is the first thing that comes from Jack's mouth.

"I don't need this."

"You need that. Marcus has a gun."

Abe winks an eye and says while chuckling: "I have an idea. Trust me. Do you have your swiss knife here?"

Jack looks for it inside his shirt's pocket. He thinks he doesn't have it but suddenly... he touches something sharp. He knows that thing is what he was looking for. He gets the knife out and gives it to Abe. "Good luck," he says to his friend before he leaves.

Meanwhile, on the second floor, both Freddy and W are not moving from their comfort zones. There are twelve bookshelves on that floor. Freddy is into the third one, while W is hiding behind the eleventh one. Pietro slowly gets up after looking at Jack getting out of the bookshelves.

"What happened?" asks Pietro. Jack gives him his golden gun.

"This happened," he says. "Your golden gun just fucking sucks." Both men start getting nearer the stairs. Freddy finds out they are talking and also starts walking to the stairs, but slowly.

"Thank you..." he answers with a fake laugh. "Hey, what about the fat guy?"

Jack looks at him and emits a small, serious chuckle. "You mean Pyle Barnes?"

"Um... yeah, if it was his name."

Jack turns around and points one of the bookshelves. Pietro doesn't understand what he is saying. "He is sleeping. Right there. I was his hairdresser tonight. I cut his hair and... well, shot him on his head."

"What?" says Pietro. "You... killed him?"

"Yeah," answers Jack. "It was gross, I admit."

Jack and Pietro go upstairs and come across Freddy, who is pointing the gun at Jack's head.

"You killed my brother," says an angry Freddy. "Now you must pay."

Then, Freddy pulls out another gun from his pocket and starts shooting. Jack and Pietro fastly hide and W moves from the eleventh bookshelf. He is now on the seventh one while loading his gun. Freddy and Jack are about to make another shooting.

"Take cover, Pietro," says Jack.

"A... Are you sure?"

Jack looks at Pietro now. "What do you think, you bitch?"

"Ok, ok!" he says while going downstairs. There is something that calls Jack's attention: Freddy didn't even shoot Pietro while he was running downstairs. He may be a Plegovich, but not even a bullet? Come on. Besides, Barnes brothers can't be so loyal to Plegovich. They love Gordo... Gordo is their god! Anyway, he tries to ignore it and starts firing his gun against Freddy and running from one bookshelf to another one.

Eventually, Jack arrives at the seventh bookshelf and finds W. "Finally," he says.

"Yeah," answers W while getting up. Freddy arrives and W shoots at him four times. Two shots are missed, but the other two finish on his chest. He falls to the floor and tries to defend himself, but W shoots him another time on his head, killing him. W takes a long breath and grabs his phone.

"What are you doing?" asks Jack.

"Calling my grandpa."

"For what?"

"He told me he would be here to clean."

"What? But he lives on the Sandy Suburbs, W! It would take a million years for him to arrive here!"

"Wait," says W, interrupting Jack's words. "Grandpa? Is that you?"

"Come on! How could this voice not be me?"

"Whoops, sorry. Look..."

"Yeah, I'm already downstairs. I'm looking at you from here."

"WHAT?" W looks at the first floor from the balcony and looks at his grandpa with a trash bag. "What the fuck, grandpa?"

"Yeah! It's a-me, grandson!"

Both W and Jack go downstairs and greet Wilbur. "Well, Schizoid," says Jack. "One of the bodies is behind that bookshelf." Then, W moves Pyle's dead body out of there. "And there is also another body upstairs."

"So... two bodies," answers Wilbur.

"Three."

Everyone turns around and they look at Abe, who is covered in blood, has his shirt ripped and has a rusty machete filled with blood tears. "Three bodies, Wilbur."

A Hallway. Ten Minutes Ago.

Abe is running around the hallways when he finds Marcus Barnes loading his gun.

"MARCUS!" he shouts. It calls his attention and points the gun at Abe.

"Abraham," he says. "What are you doing here?"

"I thought that fight we had weeks ago didn't have a proper ending."

Marcus slowly puts the gun down. "I think the same."

"So... what about... doing it again?"

A smile appears on Marcus' face as he keeps his gun in his pocket. Then, he takes his brown sweater off and reveals he has a machete under it. "Do you like it?" says Marcus. "I call this trick the Barnes' Sticky Machete."

"Not bad," says Abe, while pulling his swiss knife out. Marcus looks at it and explodes in a burst of laughs.

"Are you sure you wanna fight with that piece of shit?" he says and pulls out a small dagger from his pocket and throws it at him. Abe grabs it and smiles.

The Fight Starts. They start moving around the hallways with their weapons. Marcus tries to attack him, but Abe successfully avoids him. He attacks again but this time the machete rips Abe's shirt and leaves in him a small cut. Marcus starts laughing while Abe runs to him for the first time in the fight. Marcus jumps and dodges him while he prepares his machete to attack another time. Abe slowly puts his hand in his pocket and waits for Marcus to give in.

"What are you doing?" asks Marcus.

"Come."

Marcus smiles and runs to him, but Abe stabs Jack's swiss knife on his liver and he falls to the floor.

"I thought that piece of shit didn't work," says Abe. Marcus furiously gets up and grabs the machete, but Abe grabs the dagger and stabs him again, but this time on his hip. He tries to grab the dagger, but Abe smashes his head against a locker and grabs his machete.

"You know..." says Marcus. "There is a fourth man here..."

"I know. Lucas," says Abe while holding the machete and touching Marcus' neck with it.

"No..." he says. "Blueblood is here... Prince Blueblood."

"Ok then," answers Abe. Marcus grabs Abe's legs and makes him fall to the ground, but fortunately, he grabs the machete and stabs Marcus in his chest while being under him. Marcus spits blood from his mouth and stains Abe's face. Then, he gets the machete out of his chest and blood starts leaking and staining Abe's ripped shirt. He falls over Abe and dies there.

Abe moves his body, gets up and robs his gun. "This is for Sweetie Belle," he says, and he shots him in the head.

"Wow," says W. "So... we killed all the Barnes. I can't believe this."

"Yes," says Abe. "And he also told me there is a fourth man."

W has just remembered something he had forgotten and runs away.

"Wait!" says Jack. "Where did he go?"

"Maybe to the dancefloor. Prince Blueblood may be there."

Jack also remembers what W told him. Trixie. Prince Blueblood. But then, another doubt comes out of his head.

"By the way," he says. "Where's Pietro?"

Dancefloor

Pinkie Pie is having fun, although she was worried when Duke Starlight fell on the floor saying that he had a headache. She is taking punch while talking with one of Blueblood's workers, a funny guy called Cheese Sandwich. Suddenly, she looks at W entering the party and Pinkie points at him, happy.

"See that guy?" she says. "He is one of my friends."

"Um... I don't know why, but I feel he is very angry," says Cheese Sandwich, worried.

W gets into a massive group of people. He can see Trixie alone and sad, drinking a glass of punch but it is not the perfect moment for helping her, but that image makes him mad. He turns to his left and looks at Prince Blueblood dancing with Lyra Heartstrings and Bon Bon. Prince Blueblood looks at W and gets scared. The Bedmaker just smiles and sarcastically waves his hand.

"What's wrong?" asks Lyra, and then she looks at W. He gets nearer them.

"I see you are with hot girls, Blue," says W, smiling.

"Yeah... thank you," he answers in a very smooth voice.

"And what about Trixie?" asks W. Blueblood laughs.

"That girl is crazy, man. How could I dance with a chick like that?"

"Oh, you prefer... the superficial ones."

Lyra and Bon Bon look at W furious and move behind Blueblood. "What are you doing? Underestimating my friends?" says the Prince. "Who are you, Trixie's boyfriend?"

Lyra and Bon Bon start laughing, but W answers to the beef: "No. I am the man who will tell you that you should leave this place because I know everything about your daddy's plan... Especially because your guardians are not here anymore."

Blueblood doesn't know what to answer, and the only thing that he can do is to pull out a gun and shoot to the roof. Everyone takes cover except for W and he runs away. Vinyl Scratch, who is the party's DJ, didn't even find out about the gunshot. W grabs Blueblood by his back and throws him to the floor. The Prince grabs his neck and starts strangling him, but W punches him in the face twice to get free.

"STOP!" shouts Principal Celestia, and eventually Luna appears to separate them. Luna tries to take the hands away from W's neck but Blueblood pushes her. W takes advantage because now there's only one hand on his neck and traps the other one with his arm. The fight is interrupted by Principal Celestia, that grabs W and takes him away from Prince Blueblood. The wealthy student gets up and runs away, leaving the gym. W goes after him.

"I'm going to grab you, you son of a bitch!" shouts W while chasing Blueblood. The Prince is trying to get out of school. W follows him until he catches him at the school's entrance. He has him, but suddenly...

Clang. Ouch.

W falls to the floor because someone hit his head with something. He slowly opens his eyes and looks at the man who hit him: Pietro Plegovich, who is holding a baseball bat while smiling. W is now angry as hell. He thought Pietro would be a good guy because he wasn't a gangster, but now he knows that nobody can trust a Plegovich. He feels betrayed.

Both Pietro and Blueblood run away while W gets up and realizes his nose is bleeding. He goes outside but looks at a car disappearing by turning to the right. They escaped, and also Pietro betrayed not only him but also Abe and Jack. Principal Celestia and Vice-Principal Luna appear.

"May I know what happened?" asks Principal Celestia, angry. "Why did you want to fight with Prince Blueblood in the middle of the party?"

"That party is a trap," answers W, angry. "It was always a fuckin' trap."

"What do you mean?" asks Vice-Principal Luna.

"Blueblood... fucking Pietro. Bloody Pietro."

"What did Pietro do now?"

"Betrayal..." says W, while touching his broken nose. "It is the worst sin."

Wilbur put the three bodies inside two giant trash bags and Jack and Abe are helping him to throw the bodies to the parking lot. They are using the cafeteria's windows to throw the bodies through there and then Wilbur and Abe carry the bodies to the parking lot, where Wilbur's car is staying. Suddenly, while waiting for Wilbur and Abe, Jack receives a message. It is from Mr. Fletcher, the owner of Arpeggio's and W's first adoptive father. He opens the text message and reads it:

"Hey Jack, I don't know if this is important but I have just seen that kid you told me about, Pietro Plegovich, hanging out with Prince Blueblood and his father, talking about the Fort."

Jack's mood automatically changes and calls out for Abe to tell what has just happened.

To be continued...

After Party

Something has gone wrong. We don't seem to have an archived copy of that chapter.

Measures

Author's Note

Sorry for the story's delay, guys. I'm back.

The next chapter is the FINAL one. Yay! :yay: However... it won't be just a chapter, it will be divided into three parts. Besides, there will be an epilogue and a surprise on the ending :rainbowderp: ... what am I talking about? Ssshhh! I won't tell you! You will have to wait! :twilightsheepish:

Enjoy the chapter!

Chapter 21: Measures

Mantos' Mistmane Street. Night

There is a bus stop on Mistmane Street, where W is staying. It is a dangerous place to stay at night, but W knows they won't harm him because he is the Bedmaker. However, he is not thinking about that now. He feels exhausted, depressed, disgusted... disappointed. Ron lied to him all these years, and now he needs a shoulder to cry. Suddenly, he hears a car stopping and realizes it is the man he needed. The car stops in front of him and Fletcher is inside, looking around him.

"Be quick," says Fletcher. "A burglar must be out there."

"Don't panic," says W. "I'm with you." Then he gets into the car and Fletcher accelerates. They are going to Canterlot.

"What happened?" Asks Fletcher. "It is so strange that you called me, W... especially at this time and with that face. Tell me what happened."

"Um... Ron lied to me. He didn't tell me something. A very important thing."

"Ron? Lying to you? It's common. Gangsters lie to everybody. What did he hide you from?"

W looks at Fletcher now and whispers: "Blueblood killed my parents."

Fletcher stops the car in the middle of Mistmane Street, on Los Mantos during its midnight. Both men are looking at a street light in front of them, which is flickering. The old man slowly moves his head and looks at W, only to say: "Wow... I... I didn't... know he was inside that."

"Yeah," whispers W.

"And why did you call me?" asks Fletcher, while looking at the street light.

"I wanted to... you know, tell my family this."

"William?"

"Yes."

"Where is he, then?"

"Sandy Suburbs."

Fletcher sighs. "Your grandpa is also there."

"Yes."

"And will you tell..."

"Yes."

Fletcher nods his head, while slowly accelerating the car. Once they get out of Mistmane, the streetlight stops flickering and switches off. The lamp is no longer working.

Canterlot High.

The Fall Formal will be tomorrow. Every student is anxious because they know that it will be an excellent party, but Celestia and Luna are not so good about it. Both of them know about that mysterious letter someone left on the school's entrance but they haven't told anyone of the students yet. They don't know what to do.

Meanwhile, Jack and Abe, trying to relax and forget W's problem, appear on Canterlot High while walking on the parking lot. Both of them are smoking, drinking water and breathing fresh air. They are really nervous and kinda depressed too. W's argument lowered them.

"Why don't we talk for a bit?" says Abe. "This is very uncomfortable."

"I know," answers Jack. "But we can't talk about anything because our minds are only focused on yesterday and tomorrow."

Abe sighs and drinks some water. "W was very angry. We should have looked for him at Sandy Suburbs, but I don't know, I wouldn't like three angry Waters..."

"Me too," says Jack. "And what about Ron?"

"He hasn't answered my phone calls this morning. I don't know what's happening now. Everything is now fight, fuck, conflicts... we may be screwed."

Suddenly, Jack looks that there is a sheet of paper under a car's wheel. He ignores it at first, but then he looks at it again and realizes it has a phrase. A familiar phrase...

"Jack, what are you doing?" asks Abe. Jack grabs the sheet of paper and reads: And the meek shall inherit the earth.

That phrase appeared on lots of Equestrian books. Legend says Star Swirl said it a long time ago. However, he recognizes that phrase from another place... his father knew it, he told him... that time the Benvenuto Gang killed Mr. Shiny Estate, Canterlot's Governor, on his house during 1986... there it was... his body covered in blood, three or four gunshots, and his bedroom's walls, ruined by a graffiti that read: And the meek shall inherit the earth. This is a message from la Benvenuto, a gang where Cosmos, Celestia and Luna's father, lived but then... Gordo! This may be a letter from Gordo!

He slowly unfolds the paper and reads:

"Final Warning:

Give us the Rainbooms tomorrow or everyone will die.

And the meek shall inherit the earth..."

"Holy shit," says Jack. "We are more than screwed."

Abe looks at the sheet of paper and instantly runs away and enters the school.

Celestia's Office.

Celestia and Luna are in silence until Abe opens the door. "You two!" He shouts.

"What's the matter?" Asks Luna, shocked. Abe smashes his fist against the table while gasping.

"A letter..."

Celestia gets up from his chair and looks at Abe and Luna now. Jack enters at the same time while having the letter on his hands. "We know who wrote this," says Jack.

"Who?" Asks Luna. Jack and Abe don't answer. Luna closes her eyes and whispers: "Gordo?"

Abe nods his head. "It should be canceled, but... it's too late. We can't cancel the Fall Formal now. It's everything ready."

"We can't do anything," says Celestia, while sitting again and leaving her hands on the table. "I don't want to give him the Rainbooms but..."

Suddenly, Jack touches Celestia's hands. "We'll take care of them."

"A...are you sure?" Says Celestia, while blushing.

"Gordo's got a great army," says Luna.

"Yeah, and what?" Says Jack. "We are against them. We are an army too." Then, he slowly moves his hands and Celestia grabs a tissue and cleans her cheeks, also to hide her blush. Abe and Jack look at each other because they know the Fall Formal will be, as Ron said, a slaughter, and they are afraid to be finished there because they both are also fresh raw meat.

Sandy Suburbs.

This is the moment. Everyone is inside: Wilbur, William, and W. Fletcher left a time ago because of his music store. W is smoking a cigarette while Wilbur and William are waiting for his words.

"So..." says Wilbur. "Why are you here? You were under the weather last night."

W releases the smoke from his mouth while looking at a broken window. He notices something that is not very common around here: There is a car near the house. He knows people are afraid of his grandpa and his house, so nobody stays on Sandy Suburbs. Finally, he decides to ignore it. "This is about mom and dad," says W.

"Mom? Dad?" says William. "Do you know that the killer may be dead? 14 years have passed since their deaths, W!"

"Well, guess what," says W. "I found the killer."

Wilbur and William are now in silence. He captured their attention. Wilbur approaches W and touches his shoulder. "Who killed my son, then?" he asks. "I hope you are not lying because this is not funny."

"I'm not lying, how could I lie to my grandpa?" he says, and then he throws the cigarette. "Mortimer Blueblood went for them because of the infamous Bitch who ordered him to do it".

Now, the three of them sigh. Wilbur goes to a corner, grabs a box and gets out a cigar from it. He lights it and then, he continues looking for something inside the box. Finally, after a minute, he gets out a golden gun, that looks like a real S&W 500, filled with six bullets. He opens the cylinder, and counts each bullet. "Three for Mortimer, two for his son and one for his wife," he says.

"So... I've been working all my life for my parents' murderer," says William while looking at the floor.

Ding-Dong.

Someone has just rung the doorbell. Nobody knows who is outside, and the Waters look at each other, surprised. Wilbur has an idea: scare the person.

"The fuck do you want?" shouts Wilbur. "Leave or I'll fucking shoot you."

The person outside does not answer, so the men think he ran away, but suddenly... Ding-Dong. The doorbell rings again. W draws his gun while Wilbur aims his pistol to the door. William slowly grabs a pocket knife and goes to the door. Ding- Dong. The doorbell rings one more time.

To be continued...

The Canterlot High War (Part 1)

Chapter 22: The Canterlot High War (Part 1)

Sandy Suburbs.

"May I know who is outside?" asks William, while staying in front of the door, holding the knife. He is nervous.

"William!" says Wilbur. "Get out of there. You are in front of the door."

The doorbell rings again. W is getting paranoid. "William! Grandpa is right! Get out of there!"

"Why?" says William. "I'm the weakest only because I'm not a gangster like you two? Come on! I will stay here!"

William's words are interrupted when a familiar, scary sound appears: Bang. The wooden door has now a hole in it, and William's pocket knife falls to the floor. The man looks now at his chest: the white t-shirt he was using is now changing its color to red. Sad news: he got shot in his heart. Another bullet comes in and ends up in his chest. And another one. The poor, innocent guy starts gasping and coughing while falling on the floor.

"NO!" shouts W, and both his grandpa and he start firing their handguns. A minute later, they run out of ammo and go outside. The car W saw minutes ago and called his attention is now gone. He finds out someone left a note on the door. He grabs it and reads it:

"Nice house, prick.
- Pietro."

"Wal... Wal... Walter..." whispers William.

"Hell, no, you son of a bitch," says W while he grabs William. "You are not going to die."

"I'm... I'm dying already..."

"You won't die while looking at a gangster!" shouts W while having a tear on his eye. "You must die looking at your wife and your children, you don't deserve this, you are not a gangsta..."

William grabs his brother's shoulder. "Kill Blueblood for me... I'll miss you, man... brother..."

"We have to carry him to a hospital, grandpa!" he shouts.

"Walter..." he answers. "It is too late. William will die anyway."

"But... he is your grandson, grandpa! HE'S MY BROTHER! WE CAN'T LEAVE A WATERS ON THE FLOOR!"

"Your father would say," replies Wilbur. "Live and Let Die. He liked that song so much that he started using that phrase. Let Willy die."

"I can't..." he says, but then he realizes William is no longer responding. W gets up and hugs his grandpa. First, his parents... and now, his brother. Three Waters have died... all because of the same man. "HEY!" shouts W, while crying. "Man, wake up! YOU SON OF A BITCH! WAKE UP!"

AN HOUR LATER

W and Wilbur are outside the house. The young man has been digging a grave for his brother, and now he is resting while having a big shovel on his hands. Wilbur looks at the note.

"Who is this guy?" asks Wilbur. "Pietro."

"Plegovich's nephew," answers W. "A miserable, stinky, motherfucking betrayer. A gross rat from the deepest zones of hell."

"Like all the Plegovichs," he answers while sitting on the floor, looking at William's grave. "Want a cigar?"

"No," replies W while cleaning his face. The grandfather grabs a cigar and starts smoking.

"Requiescat in pace," says Wilbur. A minute later, after an uncomfortable silence, he starts talking again: "You know... If you want to kill Blueblood, you need to know we are not enough. We are two, W. Blueblood and his men are a whole city. We need allies to fight... do you know any friends or something? Weren't you working with the Pirate?"

"I won't call that motherfucker," interrupts W. "He lied to me. I found out Blueblood was the one because of a letter he hid from me since I was born."

"Well..." says Wilbur. "That sucks, but maybe he didn't do it intentionally. He just... didn't want you to know..."

"No," says W. "He did it intentionally. He knew that if I found out that, I would kill Blueblood and cause a war between Los Mantos and Canterlot. He hid that from me for the common benefit of everyone."

"And do you know other men who can help you?"

W gets up from the floor and looks at the grave where his late brother will rest forever. He looks at the Equestrian sea, which is near Sandy Suburbs, and realizes he needs help, no matter what. He grabs his cellphone and calls someone: "Hi," he says. "Come. Sandy Suburbs. Right now... with Abe only."

HALF AN HOUR LATER

A car stops in Sandy Suburbs. There are three men inside: Jack, Abe... and Ron. W looks at the three men getting down and he draws his gun and points it to Ron.

"Woah! Woah!" says Abe. "Chill! We can explain!"

"I've told you I only wanted you two! Not this son of a bitch!"

"W!" shouts Wilbur. "Calm down!"

"I only came because I want to talk," says Ron. "I know why are you angry... and you are right. I committed a mistake."

"You have to be glad... because my gun is unloaded now," interrupts W.

"Look," says the Pirate. "I hid that letter from you because of two things. You may know one of them already."

W chuckles. "You hid it because you didn't want a war with Gordo."

"Yeah."

"You son of a bitch..." says W. "I know you want to be calm, I also want a comfy situation for alk but you can't hide this for twenty-five years. When I was a child, 10 years old... you told me the Bitch killed them, and I joined you and your whole fucking world because I wanted to look for the Bitch... and now, this. There was another man besides the Bitch. You said the Bitch was the only one. You lied to me. You lied to a 10-year-old orphan, you lied to a 24-year-old man."

Ron sighs. "Sorry."

"Yeah, apologize all you want but... you did it, and that's it. What's the other reason?"

Ron grabs his face and replies: "Sorry... I just didn't know how to manage with the letter. I wanted to throw it away but at the same time, I didn't want to. I wanted to show you the truth but... I was afraid you will ... Do you remember when you were 15? 16? When you were into drugs? When you had that heroin OD? That day was one of the worse days of my life, you know why? When you were in the hospital, I thought you were going to die... and I felt like... a son of mine left the planet." Everyone is silent. "Man, since that day we broke in the orphanage and robbed you... I knew I was going to be responsible for you... Not only I took care of you, but I also raised a man... a gangster... I treated you like a son, W. I raised the Bedmaker, I raised you like my son."

W is looking at everyone again and sighs. "Ron," he says. "You know you committed a huge mistake, hiding the truth of my family's murder from me, but in the end... I gotta admit... you are my family too. Jack, Abe and you... you are like my older brothers. We may not have the most common relationship in the world but... if one of us gets lost, the other three will not be the same anymore." W stops talking for a second and then continues: "I forgive you. However, if you do it one more time... I will leave you and I won't come back."

"I will never lie to you again, W," says Ron, and all of them shake hands.

"Um... may I know why did you dig a hole?" asks Abe. "You had a shovel on your hands when you arrived."

W's small smile fades and looks at the entrance door. Jack slowly opens the door and discovers William's body. "Shit..." he whispers. "You kidding me... No..."

"NO!" shouts Abe. "He wasn't even a gangster! Who was the motherfucker?"

"Here," says Wilbur, while holding the note on his hands. Jack and Abe read the note.

"SON OF A BITCH!" shouts Jack. "He messed with an innocent man, he will get what he fucking deserves."

"We can't kill him," says W. "It's a Plegovich. If we murder him, Nicholas will go after us."

Nobody answers to W's words. Ron looks at William's body and says: "He killed your brother."

"I know," he answers, angrily. "He fucking did it. I admit I didn't have the best relationship with him but... I shouted when he got shot. A painful shout. I felt that... An innocent version of myself died in front of me. It was my blood leaking from his chest. It hurt, man. I don't know if we can kill Pietro but... Someone has to pay for William's death."

"He deserves a better grave," says Ron. "Why don't we go to Canterlot's cemetery and bury him there?"

"Oh yeah! Breaking the law!" says W.

"You always break the law, W," says Abe.

"But I never entered a cemetery and buried someone without authorization."

"Fuck the authorizations," says Ron. "We will bury him there. That's what he deserves."

"Are you nuts?" says W. "That will be completely stupid! Besides, I have already done this. Don't make my work time a piece of waste."

Ron looks at the grave and nods his head. "Yeah. Bring him."

Wilbur and Abe grab William's body and throw him to the grave hole. "Bye, brotha," says W while covering his body with dirt.

3 P.M. now. The Fall Formal will be in 24 hours and a little bit more of time. The five men are now sitting on a bench outside Canterlot's Mall. Ron is now using sunglasses instead of his enigmatic eye patch. W is speechless, while the other ones are just in silence, making this a very uncomfortable moment. W's brother passed away hours ago because of a gunshot he received on his heart.

"What do we do now?" asks W.

"You? Nothing," answers Ron.

"Why?" he says, angrily. He wants to take revenge now.

"You need to relax for a little bit, W. We will wait until tomorrow. Today you don't have to do anything... prepare for the Fall Formal."

Walter sighs while looking at the floor. His grandpa touches his shoulder while the other three men get up from the bench. "We will go to Canterlot High now, along with Ron," says Jack. "You are free. You know what? You can finally go to The Middle of Nowhere. You told me lots of times you wanted to go to that place."

"What?" says Wilbur. "You never went to The Mid? You are such a rookie!"

"Uh, come on," says W. "I don't think it is the best moment now."

"It is, W," says Wilbur. "The Mid always solves problems."

"Will he bring William back from the dead, then?" asks W, sarcastically.

"Sadly no," answers Wilbur. "Nevertheless, the Mid will have something that will help you against Blueblood. The Mid always finds good things. Is Scotch still alive?"

"Yes," says Ron.

"Excellent," he answers. "You will feel like if you were in Las Pegasus but 1978."

"Wow, that's awesome..." answers W.

Wilbur, his grandfather, gets up and touches his grandson's shoulder. "Walt," he says. "We need to take a breath and plan your revenge. If you want to destroy Blueblood and his empire... we must do it using our brains. Let's go to the Mid, buy a coffee or what you want and plan everything there."

W keeps thinking and gets up. He looks at his partners, then at his grandfather and takes a long breath. "Ok. I'll go, and I'll do it only for Willy, who may rest in peace now, wherever he is."

"See?" says Wilbur, while chuckling. "Relax and tomorrow it will be our day."

"Be careful," says Ron, and both men look at him. He approaches them and whispers: "The battle will be in Canterlot High, during the Fall Formal. Lots of civilians, innocent people will be inside the school. We must be clever and kill the men we need to kill. It is not necessary to say that on Friday night and the day after it, Canterlot High will be Carnage High. There will be blood, corpses, guns, bullets... it will be a scary, scary slaughter. You knew it. Moreover, that means... you are fresh meat too, guys. We must take care of ourselves, go ahead... buy some vests... bulletproof vests. You'll need them."

W nods his head while he feels his heart stopped because Ron is right. The Canterlot High War is a war, not a celebration. There will be a fight, a murder, a dead man. The war is going to end when one of the sides is annihilated by the other one. If W and his friends don't kill or beat up everybody on the other side, they will do the same to them... which will be everyone's fate after this? Who will die? Who will survive? Everyone is legitimately scared, gosh... even W is feeling nausea at this moment. "Sure," says W. "I'll take care."

"Abe," says Ron. "The other Chevy."

Abe looks something in his pocket and he gets out a car key. Wilbur chuckles. "I have a '59 Sunliner on my garage. We don't have to."

Everyone starts laughing. W says: "Grandpa... that car may be a fucking fossil right now. It is better to use the Chevy. Where is it, Ron?"

Suddenly, an old woman appears in the Mall and touches Ron's back. She is Seductive. "Here it is, Ron," she says. "The car keys. Why did you want them?"

Ron points at Wilbur and W, who are confused because they don't recognize the woman who is in front of them. Jack and Abe shake hands with the lady and stay behind her. "Oh," she says. "Isn't the young man the child who was in the Fillydelphia thing years ago?"

"Wait..." says W. "The Ashton thing? Is she talking about that? That was..." Suddenly, W's mouth opens and he whispers: "A... A-Aren't you Seductive, the Pegasus' Lady?"

The woman smiles and nods her head. "You must be W, the kid. Oh my! You did grow up, mister!"

W smiles. "Yeah... Eleven fucking years have passed."

"W!" says Abe. "You are talking in front of a very important lady! Be polite!"

"It doesn't matter," she says. "And you must be his... grandfather?"

"Mr. Wilbur Waters," says W's grandpa. "Also, infamous, notorious... Schizoid Man."

"21st Century Schizoid Man," she says, while laughing. Both of them shake hands and then she points at a smart, cozy, light-blue Chevy car. "There it is. The Masterpiece."

Ron asks Wilbur and W just in case: "Do you know how to...?"

"I went like a hundred times to the Mid, pirata," says Wilbur, and both he and his grandson get into the car. Ms. Seductive greets Ron and his partners and goes away, using another car who is being driven by Aria Blaze. Ron planned everything at the moment he got out of the cemetery. Jack, Abe and he get into a third car who was left there by his brother and leave the mall. W and Wilbur looked at everything from inside the light-blue Chevy.

"Holy shit," says Wilbur. "Your capo's a mastermind. He planned this very carefully. Three cars!"

"Where did he get two cars from nowhere?" asks W. "How is that...?"

"Ignore that, grand," says Wilbur. "I hope this radio works..."

Wilbur turns on the radio and looks for his favorite program until he finds a radio station which is playing a John Coltrane song.

"Holy!" says Wilbur. "Welcome to 1958, Walt."

"What the fuck are you doing?"

"John Coltrane, kid. Don't you like it?"

"I know it, but I'm not keen on that kind of music."

"Well, at least you know it..." he says, but then he sighs. "Willy knew some songs of Coltrane. He told me he bought a record once. Giant Steps. I didn't know him a lot but... he was my blood, Walter. It hurt when I looked at my blood fading."

"I said it in the house. He was my brother, and I can't think of my brother like a piece of dust. He was a Waters, and he needs to be avenged."

"You are right. Viva Los Waters." Then, Wilbur starts playing with his long beard while turning on the car.

The sun is setting. There is less time for the Fall Formal to start. Jack, Abe, and Ron are waiting on the Mantos - Canterlot Highway for Percival and Femur. Tom, Ron's brother, is inside the car with them.

"So... We are waiting for Percival and Femur, and then we'll move to a motel until tomorrow night," says Tom.

"We need to go to Canterlot High before," says Abe. "I wanna know how are things going there. The principals know about the situa.."

Abe stops talking because he saw something on the highway. Everyone saw it and are doing the same as him: observing.

They find out that thing is getting nearer. It is a big black van... No, two black vans. They stop in front of them and from one of the vans gets out a policeman, grabbing Percival by his back.

"CANTERLOT POLICE! HANDS UP! HANDS UP!"

Suddenly, the vans open their doors and lots of armed cops get down from them. The four men get out of the car with their hands up and are arrested.

"Finally, Pirate," says one of the cops. "We looked for you in Los Mantos and we found you on our way back. That was a lucky thing."

"What were you doing on Los Mantos, you Canterlot cops?" asks Ron. "That's my territory!"

"You see, Ron," says a familiar voice. "We are with Blueblood. We are gods now. We can do whatever we want." Hopkins suddenly appears and touches Ron's back while laughing. Ron tries to attack him but he is easily beaten up by a cop with a taser gun. "Where is the young man?"

"In a place, you will never find," says Jack. "You son of a bitch."

"Woah," says Hopkins. "We have an ex-Commissioner, an ex-detective, the son of Edinburgh, Tough Moustache and the Delight Brothers in my pocket... You are arrested, motherfuckers!"

The cops carry them all inside the van and Hopkins sits next to the driver in the van where Ron, Jack, and Abe are in. The three men can't look at Hopkins because there is a glass separating both parts of the car.

"The only one left is the young kid," says Hopkins. "Pietro and Lucas told me they killed someone at Sandy Suburbs, but they are not sure he was him."

"Shall we go to Sandy Suburbs, then?" says the Driver. "Rumour has it a crazy old man lives there."

Hopkins shakes his head. "Nah. Not necessary."

"Ok then..."

The driver turns on the car and goes to Canterlot's Police Station.

The Middle of Nowhere

Wilbur stops right in front of the canteen. He parks the car on the right side of the road and turns it off. W looks at the small bar. "So... is this the Middle of Nowhere?" he asks.

"Yes," answers Wilbur. "Isn't it beautiful?"

Both men enter the bar. It is empty now. The only person who was inside before them is Scotch. "Morning," says the lady.

"Scotch! Do you remember me?" says Wilbur.

The lady looks at him. "Ummm... wrinkles, long white beard, hoary man... Certainly not."

"Yeah... time has run over me but... I'm Mr. Wilbur! Schizoid!"

"Oh," says the lady. "From the Clock? Yeah. And is he your son? Grandson?"

"Grandson," answers W. Scotch nods her head and both guys have a seat.

"Where are we going to go now?" asks W. "After this?"

"Nowhere," answers Wilbur. "We will stay here."

"For the whole night?"

"Yeah. Why not?"

"But... I think she wouldn't like that. She has to close this at night."

"No. Scotch lives here too. Calm down a little bit, we'll relax here and tomorrow..."

Scotch appears and leaves two glasses of water on their table. "I've heard what you've been planning," says Scotch. "You can stay. Only one night."

"Marvellous!" shouts Wilbur. "This is awesome."

W tries to look for a Wi-Fi connection or maybe signal to receive messages. He thinks it can be important just in case.

"This place doesn't have... Um..." says Wilbur. "Is it called Wild File?"

W chuckles. "No. Wi-Fi."

Scotch interrupts the situation while drinking a coffee next to them. "You can go outside. There is a place where you can send text messages. Shall I turn on the TV?"

"Sure!" says Wilbur. "The news channel, please."

W greets Scotch again and gets up from his chair. However, when Scotch turns on the TV, everyone stops moving. There is a shocking piece of news at the moment.

"I'm Ms. Golden Spots and now you are watching Canterlot's Globe. Channel 8.

We have an excellent piece of news that has been communicated by the Police Department: the infamous Pirate from Los Mantos has been captured and arrested in Canterlot. What was he doing in our beautiful city? We don't know.

Not only he fell in the trap, but also his right-hand men, including the Commissioner Percival, which was considered a missing person weeks ago because of his mysterious disappearance, along with his partner Femur.

This is unbelievable, in my opinion. Why a policeman, a Commissioner, would work with Mantos' gangsters. What was he thinking?"

W keeps his phone inside one of his trenchcoat's pockets and looks at his grandpa. "Holy shit," he says.

Final Chapter: 1/3

To be continued in Part 2...

The Canterlot High War (Part 2)

Something has gone wrong. We don't seem to have an archived copy of that chapter.

The Canterlot High War (Part 3)

Author's Note

THE END!
?

Chapter 24: The Canterlot High War (Part 3)

"Oh my God."

These are W's words when he looked at the school's street. It is filled with police cars, cops, vans, journalists, etcetera. They can't enter the school with that massive group of people watching them. What can they do? They are everywhere! On the parking lot! At the entrance! On the pitch!

"Percival, Femur, Tom," says Ron. "Stay here with me."

W, Jack, and Abe look at Ron. "Are you sure?" says Abe. "Only three and the betrayer?"

"It is enough," says Ron. "With Hopkins, we can enter... with you three... we can win."

"And the dog," says Spike. The three men smile and chuckle.

"If you don't give me the Rainbooms... everybody will die." says a voice that comes from the gym's loudspeakers. Everyone inside is scared. Even Vinyl Scratch is not playing music. The lights are off, and everyone is looking at the Rainbooms.

"People!" shouts Rainbow Dash. "We truly don't know what is happening!"

"We must know who is doing this!" says Applejack.

Applejack runs to the door, but Celestia stops her with a shout: "NO! Stay here!" Everyone is looking at Celestia. "We will stay safe here... those men you are talking about, Applejack, may be armed. Even your force wouldn't resist a bullet."

"Uh, come on, Principal!" shouts Rainbow Dash. "Everyone has superpowers! Twilight can move them! Rarity has a shield!"

"I don't care, girls!" shouts the Principal. "You will stay here safe. I don't want you fighting on a mass shooting."

Parking Lot

"Are you sure this is the perfect place to enter?" asks Abe to Hopkins.

"Yes."

"I hope you are not lying to us," says Abe. "'Cause if we fall in a trap, you will die with us. Understand?"

"Yes! I won't betray you!"

"You said that in the nineties when Wade and Ron formed the group," says Jack. "So shut up."

The four men enter the parking lot while Spike hides in W's trenchcoat. They walk near the door which connects the school with the lot. Journalists want to enter but cops are stopping them to do it. Suddenly, Hopkins gets his handcuffs off with Abe's help, and both men appear on the scene.

"What are you doing here?" says the cop.

"Blueblood called me," says Hopkins.

A cop opens the door and the four men enter the school under the identity of detectives. A journalist asked Jack what were they doing there. He answered: "We are the Police. We can enter."

Band Room

There is a stair inside the parking lot's door. Spike gets out of W's trenchcoat. The four men go downstairs and come across the school's band room.

"Ok," says W. "What is this?"

"The walls are filled with magic symbols," says Abe. "And it's big. It must be a band room or something like that."

"Yeah," says Jack. "Drums. A keyboard... Bands may practice here. Where can we go?"

Hopkins doesn't talk and looks to another stair that goes upwards. W points at the stair with his finger and all of them approach it. "Wait," says Abe. "Hopkins, you first."

"Why?"

"Just in case."

Hopkins is the one to go upstairs and realizes there is no door at the end. The three men decide to wait below. Suddenly, once he goes upstairs, someone shouts:

"HOPKINS?" shouts someone. "WHAT THE FUCK ARE YOU DOING HERE?"

Abe recognizes that voice. It is Gordo's.

"Who are they?" asks Spike. Nobody answers because they are too busy drawing their guns and loading them while waiting for the right moment. Hopkins doesn't answer to Gordo's question.

"Hey, глупый," says a raspy voice with a weird accent. "Did a cat eat your tongue or what?"

No one recognizes that voice but they know something about it: it has a weird accent = it is a Plegovich. It can't be Nicholas, because he never appears in public and it can't be also Pietro, because he has a softer voice. There is only one Plegovich left: Lucas. He must be upstairs.

"Uh, sorry," says Hopkins. "I had a problem..."

They hear someone got up and moved something on his way. "What do you mean with that?" says Gordo.

"I had a problem... downstairs."

"Son of a bitch!" shouts W, and he runs upstairs to grab Hopkins by his back. Spike wants to go with him, but Abe grabs him on time. The Bedmaker realizes these stairs connect the cafeteria with the band room. He looked at that stair several times while being here, but he never went through it. He looks at Gordo, Lucas, and Pietro staying in the cafeteria. The three men also draw their pistols and point at him. "If you shoot, he dies too. You decide."

Abe and Jack are slowly moving their legs to get near W. Gordo instantly hide his gun and the Plegovich brothers look at him. "Go up here," he says. W and Hopkins go upstairs for real and stay in the cafeteria, while the Plegovich brothers are still pointing at him. "Let him go."

"Why I should let him go?"

"Trust me," says Gordo and winks an eye. He approaches Lucas and touches his shoulder.

Gym. Ten minutes ago.

Mr. Blueblood enters the gym and the Dark Spikes go behind his back. He looks at everyone at the party and turns on all the gym's lights. "Party's over," says Blueblood.

"Yah!" says Applejack. "Blueblood's here to save us y'all!"

Blueblood closes his eyes and chuckles. "What's your name, lady?" asks the Governor to Applejack.

"Applejack, sir. Pleasure."

"It's a pleasure to meet you too, Mrs. Applejack... but I'm afraid to tell you..." says Blueblood while smiling. "I'm not the man who will save you."

Suddenly, the Dark Spikes draw three shotguns and a machine gun. Everyone tries to run away, but Blueblood shouts: "If you move only one inch I will fucking kill y'all!"

"I thought you were Canterlot's Governor, mister..." says Rarity in shock.

"I am," says Blueblood. "But I am also... a mastermind, a visionary, the one who looks for... the Elements of Harmony." Then, Blueblood approaches Rarity and looks at her geode. "What kind of necklace is this?"

Blueblood wants to touch it but Rainbow Dash punches him in the face. Everyone goes wild and Disturbance loads his shotgun. "No, no, no!" shouts Blueblood. "She has a necklace too... Wait... seven of you have a necklace on your bodies."

"You won't grab our necklaces!" says Twilight while raising her hand but Blueblood does the same.

"If you use your magical thing to bring me down..." says Blueblood while drawing a pistol and pointing right at Twilight's head. "I'll kill you. Give me your necklaces if you want everybody on this stupid gym to live."

"Don't do it!" shouts a student. Disturbance fires once to the gym's floor and everybody hides while shouting and crying.

"I won't repeat it," says Blueblood, while looking at the seven girls in shock. "You move, you die. You give me the necklace, you live. That's it."

Fluttershy slowly takes hergeode off and Blueblood points at her with the gun. "What are you doing? HA HA HA!" he says while looking at Fluttershy's reaction, who is now crying. The Dark Spikes also start laughing because of her. "I'm just kidding, girl..." he says while he grabs Fluttershy's geode.

Every one of the girls wants to do something but at the same time, they are afraid. The Dark Spikes are nearer them every minute and also five guns are pointing at their heads, while students are crying and hiding behind the DJ's platform. Celestia and Luna are just looking at the spectacle while crying. They know if the Rainbooms use just one of their powers, they will lose anyway. Twilight is the only one who can stop them, but he is unsure whether she can move five different objects in five different positions at the same time.

The Dark Spikes and Blueblood now formed a circle surrounding them. Pinkie Pie doesn't have any sweets to explode, Fluttershy is so afraid she can't call any animals, Rarity's shield is useless because it doesn't attack, Applejack wants to use her force but he knows that she will get shot if she moves, and Rainbow Dash knows that if she moves she couldn't do anything. She doesn't think there is help outside, and the school is surrounded by cops and journalists... she thinks she can do it, so she slowly moves her legs but Disturbance grabs her from the back.

"GET OFF ME!" she shouts while trying to escape. Tumult gets the geode from her and she is thrown to the floor.

Rarity and Applejack want to fight, but Riot easily beats them up while Blueblood gets their geodes.

Sunset Shimmer runs to Blueblood but Tumult tackles her on time and smashes Sunset against the gym's floor. Fluttershy doesn't move, and Pinkie Pie is also scared but doesn't know what to do.

Twilight moves Tumult's gun with her magic but Riot grabs her from the back and crushes her against the floor two times. Tumult gets Sunset's geode while Riot has Twilight's.

Pinkie Pie is the only one left. Blueblood sits down in front of her, while having six geodes on his hand. She is hugging Fluttershy and keeps a straight, serious face. "Well, you are the only one left," says Blueblood while stretching his hand. "Shall I?"

Pinkie Pie shakes her head several times, without saying anything. "Are you looking around you?" says Blueblood. "Your six friends have been destroyed and defeated by my men, thanks to Riot's incredible force and the Dark Spike's talent. You don't want five big guys against you. Trust me," he says while smiling, but Pinkie Pie shakes her head again while being silent. Blueblood stands up and checks if his gun is loaded.

"STOP!" shouts Principal Celestia. "JUST STOP!"

Blueblood touches Pinkie Pie's hair and plays with it, while she is in shock. "I know you," he says. "You are Celestia. The Principal."

Celestia walks to him and stands in front of Mr. Blueblood. The Dark Spikes load their guns and aim at her. "I'm sick of this. You are the worst man that ever stepped Canterlot... and it is horrendous to know that you are the Governor!"

"Yeah, it's a fact... but do you know what is also a fact? If you want to traumatize students... you have to kill their principal on their faces."

Meanwhile...

We go back to where we were before. Gordo, who is pretending to be in Blueblood's side, approaches Lucas and touches his shoulder. "I know you can do it," says the fat man. Lucas is about to shoot but from nowhere, Gordo knocks him out with his gun's grip. Hopkins pushes W to the floor and leaves the cafeteria. Pietro does absolutely the same, following him. Jack, Abe, and Spike go upstairs and the five men follow them to the gym.

Hopkins and Pietro open the gym's door. Everyone goes silent and Blueblood keeps the gun. Behind them, W and Spike enter with a gun. He is looking at the whole spectacle. The Mane 7 are on the floor while all the other students are behind the DJ's platform. Jack and Abe also arrive while Gordo is outside. Blueblood looks at W and the Bedmaker does the same.

"You murderer!" shouts W and shoots once. All the students get up and run to the door. A massive avalanche of teenage kids starts to come out of the door. During the stampede, Riot accidentally throws Twilight's geode to the floor and she grabs it. The Dark Spikes look at her, but she luckily moves them with her magic, and with every particle of her force, she throws them to the street through one of the gym's windows. Blueblood goes after her and traps her arms, but Twilight kicks him in the leg and escapes. The other Mane 6 ran away along with students, Jack, Abe, W, Celestia, Luna, Gordo, and Pietro. Hopkins tries to escape too, but Blueblood shoots him on the shoulder.

"You stupid," says Blueblood. "I thought you would kill them..."

"I was, but..."

"You failed me," says Blueblood and shots Hopkins twice in the head. Four men are outside and one is dead.

"Oh my god, Donny! Four men were expelled by something from inside the building! They are severely damaged! The police are looking at them... but this is strange... they are not arresting them! Where are the handcuffs?"

Unfortunately, the Canterlot cops are not thinking about arresting them, but they are planning to let the Dark Spikes go from Canterlot while being on an ambulance, but suddenly four brown vans arrive and call everybody's attention. There is a van with a sign that reads: LAS PEGASUS' POLICE.

"What kind of sorcery is this, Donny?" says one of the journalists. "Las Pegasus' Police has just arrived! The Canterlot cops are confused! They are arresting the Dark Spikes now! They are using handcuffs, batons, everything, my god!"

Meanwhile, Ron, Tom, Percival, and Femur are hiding behind a police van on the street's left corner. Ron receives a text message and reads it:

Seductive:

"Thank me for saving you. That's what I called my cops."

Ron smiles and laughs. "I love this fuckin' beautiful lady."

But suddenly, he receives another text message from her:

Seductive:

"Your phone call worked. Guess who is with them."

"NO way," says Ron while getting near the chaotic scenario. He looks at Grey Footprints, standing up on a car and using a megaphone to talk to people:

"BULLSHIT!" he shouts. "Blueblood is lying to everyone here! The Bedmaker is not there! He hijacked Canterlot High! I know he can do something like that, believe me! HE HIJACKED CANTERLOT HIGH!"

Percival and Femur listen to that situation and run to the chaos. Both Delight brothers are confused.

"HE RUINED OUR IMAGES!" shouts Percival. "I am an innocent, loyal commissioner... I'm not corrupt!" he says while Ron chuckles a little bit because he is corrupt indeed. "Mr. Blueblood arrested me with those gangsters yesterday because I KNEW he had something under his sleeves! I KNEW he was going to do this! I WILL TELL YOU ALL, JOURNALISTS! HE KIDNAPPED EVERY SINGLE STUDENT OF THIS SCHOOL! AND I HAVE EVIDENCE!"

Now, all the journalists are as crazy as hell. All of them are trying to talk to Grey Footprints and Percival while fighting to the police to avoid their arrests. Moreover, the Pegasus Police is trying to separate both cops and journalists. The street has turned into a massive war.

Library

W stops and takes a breath while sitting on the library's floor. Lots of students are there, calling their parents for help. Vice-Principal Luna is trying to comfort everyone. W doesn't know where is Blueblood, nor Jack, Abe or the Rainbooms. They are all lost somewhere inside Canterlot High. Suddenly, he looks at three girls running to him: Rainbow Dash, Twilight and Rarity. W gets up while checking if his gun is loaded.

"Will you tell me what the heck has just happened?" says Rarity while crying. "My stone disappeared! They beat me up! My beautiful dress is broken!"

"Why did Blueblood do that?" asks Rainbow Dash while cleaning his face because of her tears. "He betrayed a whole city!"

W nods his head. "Blueblood did that because he is a gangster, ladies... he did this, did that... killed people."

"Did you know this all this time?" says Twilight Sparkle. "Is Blueblood a gangster?"

Now everyone is looking at them, even Luna. "Yes," says W. "He is a gangster."

"Are you sure?" says Rarity, while grabbing W's cheeks. "How do you know that?"

W has enough. He grabs her hands and slowly lets them go. He looks at her with fiery eyes and sighs. He looks at everyone around him with that same sight. That scary, tough look. "Wanna know something?" he says. "The things I am saying are true. Blueblood has been a gangster since the nineties. And you know why I know it? Because I knew it in person. I know what did he do. I know... He killed my parents... And... And he will pay for that."

After this, W is the only one who moves and starts walking. The rest is plain ice now. They can't even react to that because of their shock. Luna is the only one who is not so surprised, and she sighs while closing her eyes. W starts messing around the library and looks at the hallways. There are still students crying while sitting on the floor and others are running away. W turns around and looks at the three girls. "Shall we... go to the gym and look for your stones?" he says.

Rarity, whose face is completely black because of her make-up and tears, slowly nods her head. Twilight gets her glasses off and cleans her eyes with a cloth, and Rainbow Dash goes after them. W slowly starts walking. He is angry... he is confused, he got lost during the stampede and ended up in the library... looks like everyone got lost at that point. Where are Jack and Abe? And the rest of the girls? But now that's secondary because his blood is boiling now. He is mad... he feels his skin is burning alive. I may be walking on fire, he thinks, but then he realizes he is a campfire. He saw Blueblood, his parents' murderer, the one who is also indirectly responsible for his brother's death... and he couldn't kill him, the stampede was so extreme and quick that he couldn't even shoot another bullet. However, he wanted to get rid of another man too... Pietro Plegovich. He thinks he was the one who killed his brother, and he always remembers how that young whiny bitch betrayed him. He broke his nose with a baseball bat while trying to catch Prince Blueblood, the fucker's son. Is Prince Blueblood here? He thinks that it may be here at first, but then he realizes Prince doesn't like gang wars... he is at home, drinking wine and having sex with a hooker, that's what he is doing right now... son of a bitch.

"Um... W," whispers Rainbow Dash. "The gym is in that way."

W realizes he was going in the wrong direction and nods his head. "Thank you," he says while he turns around and keeps walking.

Gym

W looks at the gym: empty. Except for one thing: Hopkins' body is lying there while drowning in a blood puddle. W looks at him and smiles.

"OH MY!" shouts Rarity. "WHY I HAVE TO LOOK AT THESE MONSTROUSITIES? TELL ME WHY!"

"Oh no..." says Twilight, while approaching the body... "Look at his wounds... two shots on the head, one on his shoulder... it's a pistol, but I would rather say it is a .357 caliber pistol rather than a .45."

"Stop calculating those things, Twilight!" shouts Rainbow Dash. "It is not time to do it. Besides, that man is dead."

"That man was called Hopkins," says W. "I knew him. Worked for Blueblood. Betrayer. Betrayed me. Betrayed you. Betrayed Equestria. Now, he is dealing with what he deserved this whole time: death."

"Girls! Look at this!" shouts Rainbow Dash. "Here are Rarity's and Sunset Shimmer's geodes."

Rainbow Dash grabs them from the floor while Rarity is still crying while standing against the door. Rarity grabs hers while sobbing and closes herself inside a shield made by her. Rainbow Dash keeps looking at W for a second and whispers: "Um... W?"

"Yes, Dash?" he says while opening Hopkins' eyes.

"Did he kill your parents?"

W closes his eyes. Why did he have to be so stupid? Why did he open his mouth in front of innocent people? He sighs and gets up from the floor after opening the betrayer's eyes. "Sorry, but it's no time to answer those questions."

W wants to get another cigarette but finds out his box is empty, so he opens Hopkins' mouth and leaves the box there.

"Ew... why you have to be so disrespectful with the body?" says Twilight.

"Betrayal is the worst sin of all, according to Dante," says W. "That's what he deserves... Anyway, where's Sunset Shimmer? We found her geode..."

Suddenly, they look at how students are running away from something. They also hear a girl shouting and sobbing and a man shouting too. W recognizes the man's voice. It has a weird accent... Nicholas is not here, Lucas is knocked down... Pietro Plegovich. W grabs his gun. Loaded... so he is ready.

"Twilight," says W. "Grab Rarity."

Twilight moves Rarity with her magic, and her shield breaks while she is being moved. She is not sobbing anymore, but tears are still falling down her face. Twilight and Rarity hide behind W and Rainbow Dash, and they discover what was happening, Pietro Plegovich has Trixie on his hands, and he is pointing a revolver to her head.

"Please, no!" shouts Trixie. "Trixie doesn't deserve this!"

"SHUT UP!" says Pietro, while looking at W. "I know you would be here. Waiting for me."

W aims to his head but the young Plegovich laughs. "You move and she will die. I promise."

Twilight tries to use her magic but W stops her. "No," he says. "Don't do it."

"But..." she says.

"If you do it, she will die anyway. He is strong enough to resist your magic."

"Oh," says Pietro. "Thanks for the flattery, Walt... or shall I say... the man that lost his whole family. Hahaha!"

W wants to pull the trigger but his arms are shaking. He is frightened and doesn't want to fire. He fears he would kill Trixie if he does it. What can they do now?

Meanwhile...

Mr. Blueblood is hiding in the Yearbook Room, an old place filled with old, rusty yearbooks and cobwebs. He figures out there is a hidden ladder on a corner that goes to Canterlot High's roof. When he is about to climb it up, he hears a man.

"Fight me."

He slowly climbs down the ladder and looks at the man. He is Flash Sentry, who has his tuxedo completely ripped off. "What?" says the Governor.

"You ruined my surprise appearance. You beat my crush and my ex-girlfriend up... Fight me now."

Mr. Blueblood explodes in a burst of laughs while looking at Flash Sentry. The boy tries to punch him in the face but the Governor fastly kicks him in the stomach, and while he is lying on the floor, he steps on his face several times. "Congratulations," he says. "You lost." And then he climbs the ladder.

Pitch. Fifteen Minutes Ago.

"W! W!" shouts Jack. He couldn't find anyone after the stampede. He is looking at Gordo, who is being arrested by the Pegasus' Police. Why the Pegasus Police is on Canterlot at first? And why did they decide to arrest only Gordo? Is this... something planned or not? Suddenly, he forgets that way of think when someone touches his back. It is Applejack while cleaning her bleeding nose with a tissue. She is along with Abe, Sunset Shimmer and Pinkie Pie. "Where are the other ones?" he asks.

"I saw W getting lost in the library," says Abe. "We must enter the school again."

"Girls, stay here," says Jack, but Applejack touches his back again.

"This girl right here's not staying here,"

"Applejack!" says Abe. "It is dangerous. Crazy armed men are inside the school."

"And what are you, boys?" Jack and Abe look at her, surprised. She chuckles while grabbing her cowboy hat from the floor. "I knew it... Was surrounded all this time by crazy armed men."

"Got bad news," says Sunset Shimmer. "We don't know where are Fluttershy, Twi, Rarity and Rainbow Dash. They may be in the library like W... or they may be in the cafeteria... or..." Sunset Shimmer tries to talk but a tear falls from her left eye. "They may be dead."

"Don't say that, please," says Abe with a voice crack. His body is completely shaking. If he found Rarity or his little Sweetie on the floor... no! He can't even imagine that!

"It's just one of the theories," says Pinkie Pie, while raising her shoulders.

Jack and Abe look at the situation. The pitch is filled with policemen helping students to get up and keep moving. There is a free door where they can enter. Abe points at the door and Sunset Shimmer nods her head. Once they are about to start their plan, Jack looks at something that calls his attention:

"Holy," he says.

"What?" asks Abe and looks in the same direction as him. "Oh god, tell me this is not true..."

Pinkie Pie puts her head in the middle of them and looks in the same direction: "Hey, isn't that the guy that wanted to be Pegasus' Governor? Which was his name?" she says while looking up on her cellphone. "Oh yeah! Grey Footprints!"

The infamous Grey Footprints stands up while being on a car and turns on his megaphone: "BULLSHIT! Blueblood is lying to everyone here! The Bedmaker is not there! He hijacked Canterlot High! I know he can do something like that, believe me! HE HIJACKED CANTERLOT HIGH!"

Jack and Abe now understand what's happening. The Pegasus' Police. Grey Footprints talking shit about Blueblood. It is all a plan made by Ron and Seductive. Suddenly, Commissioner Percival appears: "HE RUINED OUR IMAGES! I am an innocent, loyal commissioner... I'm not corrupt!" both Jack and Abe laugh because he is corrupt in real life. "Mr. Blueblood arrested me with those gangsters yesterday because I KNEW he had something under his sleeves! I KNEW he was going to do this! I WILL TELL YOU ALL, JOURNALISTS! HE KIDNAPPED EVERY SINGLE STUDENT OF THIS SCHOOL! AND I HAVE EVIDENCE!"

Now, every one of the journalists looks at them. News channels must be on fire right now. Every worker runs at them, pointing their microphones at their faces. The Canterlot cops try to stop them but all of them resist against their force. Cameramen are running all over the place while filming Grey Footprints. Lots of photographers are now taking photos of Grey and Commissioner Percival while he is also trying to rise over the car. This is gold. This is history, they say. Their faces show that.

Jack and Abe take advantage and tell the girls to run to the door and enter the school. Nobody looks at them because everybody is showing their attention to the shocking, impressive Footprints' speech.

Once they are inside the school, they look at Celestia and Fluttershy hugging while being on the hallways, next to them, students who are sat down on the floor while crying and sobbing. Everyone is completely shocked. Fluttershy is shaking and can't stop crying. Then she looks at her friends and goes to them, where Sunset Shimmer hugs her for a long time. Celestia is just looking to the floor. Jack looks at her tears... they are slowly falling from her eyes and touching her pink cheeks. Suddenly, she looks at Jack and he nervously tries to look to another way but sighs and approaches her to talk.

"I am extremely disappointed," she whispers. "It is the first time a governor does..."

Jack interrupts her when he slowly cleans her face with one of his fingers. She blushes a bit and doesn't say anything. "Sorry," he says. "We wanted to help but... we were arrested the day before. W saved us from jail an hour ago."

"It's OK, Jack," she says. "Oh, sorry... Mr. Tyler."

"It's OK," he answers. "I called you Cel a time ago."

She smiles but she instantly changes his gesture when she looks at the whole hallway. Students sitting down crying or running away from something. Abe looks at something that calls his attention and grabs it. It is Applejack's geode. The cowboy girl runs to Abe and puts it on her neck.

"This is strange," says Abe. "I think Blueblood lost them while running over here."

Jack nods her head while looking to the left and the right. "That means... he may have lost other ones on the gym... um... was the gym on..."

"On the left," says Celestia, while smiling.

Jack nods to her answer and leaves her alone. However, he finds out at the same time something strange is happening on the left. A familiar girl is running away. Trixie. Trixie Lulamoon, the girl who he thinks she is in love with W. She is running away from something... then, a big red-skinned man appears that runs in the same direction as hers: Pietro Plegovich. "PIETRO!" shouts Abe while running to him. Jack does the same and calls Pinkie Pie's attention, who starts running behind him thinking that they are just running for fun. Sunset Shimmer and Applejack follow her, and Fluttershy does not want to be alone again, so she does the same.

Abe and Jack are still chasing him on the hallways, but some cops appear on the scene running with students. This stampede makes Jack and Abe stop chasing Pietro and they lose him.

Meanwhile...

Blueblood appears on Canterlot High's roof and calls everybody's attention. Ron and Tom decide to get inside the scene and look at everything. Grey Footprints looks at him and shouts: "THERE HE IS! BETRAYER! DESTROYER! THE VILLAIN!"

Pegasus' cops are trying to go for him, but Canterlot's police don't want to. Blueblood also has a megaphone, which he turns on and starts speaking:

"How are you doing, Canterlot?" No one answers, even Grey Footprints. "I've got to admit the weather tonight is very good. It's not so windy, it is fresh. No rain. No snow. Nothing. It was the perfect night for this, you know?" "PSYCHOPATH!" shouts a student that is sitting on the pitch. Blueblood keeps speaking: "I've heard you, Grey Footprints. I've heard what you said... and I have to be honest... he is right. I hijacked Canterlot High."

The journalists are on fire again. Cameramen are filming every move Blueblood is doing right now. Photographers are also taking photos and recording the Governor's speech on their cellphones.

"But I did it because of things I won't reveal now... I want to say... someone helped me to do it.

Blueblood looks below him and smiles. He points out at two men who are standing between all the amount of the people. Two specific men. Two brothers. "Those guys over there. One of them has an eye patch and the other one has sunglasses. They are the Delight brothers. They helped me to do it."

Now everyone looks at them both. Cameras are looking at them... people taking pictures of the brothers. Canterlot cops look at them and one says: "You are under arrest."

"Now you say it, you son of a bitch," says Ron. Canterlot cops arrest the Delight brothers and get them inside a van.

Pegasus' policemen don't do anything, but they simulate as if they were shocked. "Now, shall I continue?" says Blueblood, while laughing. "Well, as a matter of facts... I know you are looking for me, Pegasus and Grey Footprints... so... I will wait for you to come here, to the roof. I'll be waiting for you, sitting right here."

Grey Footprints now has his turn to talk. He grabs his megaphone and says: "Sure. I'll send my men."

Now, every policeman from las Pegasus' section enters the school.

"Don't do anything."

"I won't if you don't move," says Pietro while holding the trigger.

"Why is Trixie-?"

"SHUT UP, RARITY!" shouts the Russian man while Trixie is still crying. Rainbow Dash wants to do something, but she doesn't have her geode. Rarity starts crying again and closes herself on a shield, and Twilight is not doing anything because of W's orders.

"You know, Pietro?" says W. "There is a song made by a pop singer. I don't know who is him and I don't care, but the song was called... I Know you Want Me."

Pietro laughs while looking at Hopkins' body. "You Know I want Cha."

"That's it," says W. "I've been thinking about a deal."

"You gangsters think that everything can be solved with a deal," says Pietro. Now, Twilight Sparkle and Rainbow Dash are looking at him again. If they find out he is a gangster... "Oh... didn't they know you are the Bedmaker?"

Fuck, thinks W.

"WHAT?" says Rainbow Dash. "Are you Bedmaker?"

"Oh, god..." says Twilight. "Did you kill ten guys with a pillow?"

W turns around. "Why in the fuck I would do that? Of course not! I am not the Bedmaker! "

"HAHAHA!" shouts Pietro. "You suck at lying."

"We left Earth with this..." says W. "I want to tell you that I can be in Trixie's place if you let Trixie go."

Pietro changes his mood now. He moves the gun away from Trixie but he is not letting her go yet. "You mean... I kill you only because of her freedom?"

"Um..." says W. "Maybe."

"ARE YOU CRAZY?" shouts Rainbow Dash.

"Sometimes people have to do things they hate, Dash," says W while leaving his gun on the floor. "Like being killed by a spoiled virgin."

"What did you say?" says Pietro.

"He said you were a virgin," says a voice from behind Pietro. Jack is now pointing at Pietro's head. "One more step and you finish like your partner, Little Hoppy."

W looks at Twilight and winks an eye, so she uses her magic to throw Pietro's gun away. Trixie runs away, and the kid finds out, being a battle born. W strangles Pietro and throws him to the floor. Both men start fighting and suddenly the Bedmaker kicks Pietro's face and leaves him unconscious for a couple of seconds. In that short period, he looks at everyone and says: "Run."

"We won't go away with you, W," says Jack.

"Go for Blueblood," he answers. "I'll take charge of Pietro."

"But..."

"He said run," says Rainbow Dash. "I know he can do it."

Jack sighs and everyone walks away from the gym, except for W and Pietro. The spoiled child gets up and tries to tackle W, but he luckily avoids it and kicks him while falling on the floor. Suddenly, Pietro grabs W's gun and smashes W's face with the pistol's grip. His upper lip is now bleeding. He touches it with his fingers and realizes they are full of blood.

"You made me bleed, bitch," he says and punches Pietro's face. His rival uses the grip again to hit W's chest and he falls to the floor, taking a long breath, but luckily he gets up quickly and kicks Pietro on his stomach, making him throw away the gun. That's the right moment when an angry W feels his adrenaline on top, grabs the gun and starts smashing Pietro's face with the gun grip. The kid tries to defend himself, scratching W's face, but W is so angry that he smashes his head against Pietro's face, breaking some of his teeth.

The Plegovich does a surprising move that makes W fall to the floor, but when he gets up, the Bedmaker kicks him on his tummy and shots him twice on his chest with the gun... Wait. He shot him. Twice. He shot a Plegovich.

W knows he committed a horrible mistake. A really bad mistake. Is it the worst mistake he has ever made? Maybe. "NO!" he shouts while looking at Pietro bleeding on the floor. Blood is coming out of his mouth and his white t-shirt is covered in blood. "YOU CAN'T DIE! YOU CAN'T!" W is nervous. He is scared. If Pietro dies, everyone will get mad. Ron told him... If you kill a family guy, their relatives will go for you the next day. And if Pietro Plegovich dies because of the gunshots, NICHOLAS PLEGOVICH, EQUESTRIA'S HIDDEN KING, WILL GO FOR HIM! DAMN! HE'S SCREWED!

Pietro smiles while tears come out of his eyes. "It... it hurts, dude..."

"LIVE! YOU CAN'T DIE! SURVIVE YOU MOTHERFUCKER!"

W grabs a cloth he had on his pocket and tries to cover Pietro's wounds, but he knows it won't work. "My uncle... if he knows... he will... kill you."

"He won't know, you will live! YOU WILL LIVE, YOU BITCH!"

But suddenly, Pietro doesn't answer to his complaints anymore. The kid is just looking to the roof. His look is... soul-less. Blood is still coming on his mouth, along with pieces of teeth. He is dead. Pietro died on W's hands, and the Bedmaker knows he is in trouble... he has just committed the worst mistake of his life: kill the boss' nephew. He sits on the floor and cries while whispering: "Son of a bitch, son of a bitch..."

He hears someone shouting and opens his eyes. Lucas Plegovich, Pietro's brother, appears in the gym. He points at W, but then... he looks at the corpse who is next to him. His angry face fades... he runs like a bullet to his brother's dead body. W's face is now red because of his tears and he just looks at him. Pietro's older brother looks at W while crying: "You... you are already dead."

"S-Sorry..."

"You killed my brother. You will suffer forever... here and in hell."

"POLICE! POLICE!"

Pegasus' policemen appear and they surround Lucas and W. They identify Walter as a part of the plan, so they get him up and just let him go. On the other hand, Lucas is arrested but does not resist. While being trapped with handcuffs, he shouts: "WALTER WATERS, YOU ARE A DEAD MAN! DEAAAAD MAAAAN! DEAAAAAAAAAAD MAAAAAAAAANNNNNNNNN!!!!"

W has a panic attack and runs away.

Yearbook Room

Jack, Abe and the Mane 7 were in the room when they found Flash Sentry on the floor with his nose bleeding. He was so ashamed that he ran away. Minutes later, they find the ladder which leads to the school's roof. They are about to climb it up, but suddenly W appears.

"Woah," says Jack while looking at W. "That was quick."

W doesn't answer and shows his face to everyone. His ruined face. "What happened?" asks Abe. W starts crying and hugs him... something that calls both men's attention because W would never do that. That means something: W screwed it up. "Calm down, we are here, breathe," says Abe, while still hugging W. "What did you do?"

"I don't know, man..." says W. "I'm scared... I don't know..."

"But what did you do, Walt?" asks Jack.

"I'm scared... they will know..."

"What happened?" asks Abe, scared.

"I..." W gets away from Abe and looks at everyone again. "I killed Pietro... unintentionally."

Everyone is shocked, but Jack and Abe are scared as hell. Both men strongly hug W and they tell him everything is going to be alright. The Mane 7 haven't even talked yet because of their shock.

"Girls," says Abe. "Calm down. Relax. It's everything fine. Now, do your thing."

"Oh, great! Finally some-"

The Rainbooms appear on the school's roof, looking at Blueblood. The seven girls are scared but mad. Journalists get surprised and start cheering for the girls, along with the remaining students.

"I need you, girls," says Blueblood. "I need you for something special."

"Something that you won't have," says Twilight. "Now... give us the remaining geodes."

"You mean... this?" says Blueblood, while showing Rainbow and Flutters' stones. "Why?"

"Because it's not yours, Blueblood!" shouts Rainbow Dash. "You think our power is inside those stones... it is not true!"

"Our real power is on our friendship!" shouts Sunset Shimmer.

The seven girls stretch their hands and start levitating. Journalists and students start jumping because of their joy. Photographers are now taking five photos of the Rainbooms per second. Canterlot cops are trying to stop them, but they know they can't do anything. Magically, an enormous rainbow beam comes out of their hearts and illuminates Blueblood.

"Oh yeah!" shouts the Governor. "Cover me with your power! That is what I want! YES!"

The rainbow beam now expands and starts growing on Blueblood's legs... the rainbow is covering his whole body.

"W! COME HERE! NO!"

W suddenly appears on the roof and gets between the Mane 7's Rainbow Beam and Blueblood. He wants to push Blueblood because he is on the roof's edge, but he finds out he can't move because he is levitating... and he is also being covered by the rainbow beam.

"NO!" shouts Jack while looking at this. "STOP! STOP!"

But it's too late. A light covers now the whole street and from a second to another... Blueblood and W disappeared.

"GIRLS!" shouts Applejack. "W! WE HIT BLUEBLOOD AND W TOO!"

Ponyville

It's a sunny, normal day in Ponyville. Lots of ponies are doing their typical, everyday work while a young Twilight Sparkle is having fun with her friends, the Mane 5 and Spike.

Suddenly, someone wakes up and looks at that. He is also confused because he is still a human although he is inside the infamous horseworld.

"Where am I?" he asks himself while being nervous.

"Calm down, W."

W turns around and looks at a legend he thought he never existed... a draconequus is in front of him, but he also recognizes that voice... "Discord?"

"Oh... I was afraid you wouldn't recognize me. How are things? Well, I know how are things... but I want to know how are things on your perspective."

"Uh, pretty bad... where am I? Is this heaven? Hell? What is this place?"

"Welcome to Ponyville," says Discord while drinking a cup of coffee. "This is only temporary, don't worry. You are not dead."

"What?" he says, while standing up and looking at Discord. "You know what I did, right? I killed Pietro fucking Plegovich. I may be dead in a couple of days... I AM SO STUPID! AARRGHHH!"

"I told you to calm down, you will win this. I know it."

W is now confused. "I know it?"

"Yeah, come on... do you know I helped you to cope with Blueblood, right?"

"Yeah, the Jewelry's thing, the War was quick, we were lucky... did you help us?

"Not all the time... but a bit."

"Why?"

Discord throws his cup to the floor. "It's logic. Blueblood wanted Harmony... but if he uses all your dimension's harmony into breaking a crappy bank... boom! bye Harmony, hi Chaos!"

"But... you are Chaos, Discord. Shouldn't you be happy because of that?"

"Of course not! That would mean I should be there for everyone, everywhere at every time. Being a God sucks sometimes." Discord checks on his watch and sighs. "Well, time's up. You need to go back."

"WAIT!"

W is now in real life. Blueblood is pointing to his head with a gun, he seems to be severely damaged. His clothes are burned but he is not so injured. Jack and Abe are also aiming at Blueblood's head with their guns. Rainbow Dash and Fluttershy have their stones now, and they are all levitating while having wings and horse ears. Spike is also there, being held in Twilight's hands. Blueblood lost. He has been defeated.

"Okay," says Blueblood. "I lost. What a shame."

He is about to pull the trigger on W's face, but suddenly... Bang! and falls to the floor. His head is bleeding now... someone has shot him from far away... W gets conscious again and looks at Blueblood, who is already dead on the floor. Everyone is silent. The Mane 7 are scared... they have just seen someone dying! And his head almost exploded like a balloon!

Everyone down the street are shocked. Ron and Tom slowly get out of the van and look at the truth: BLUEBLOOD'S DEAD but... WHO KILLED HIM?"

"Look," says Abe, while pointing at a building that is near the school. The Mane 7, Spike and the three gangsters look at a big man holding a sniper rifle, but no one can recognize him. Suddenly, he looks like is calling someone and...

Abe's phone starts ringing. Nobody ever said a word yet. He slowly grabs his phone and answers the call: "H-Hello...?"

"Mr. Nico Plegovich told me he had enough with this stupid war, so I killed your objective for you. Have a good night."

Abe realizes who is talking on the phone: Sergei, Plegovich's hitman. Sergei instantly ends the call and leaves the building. The police want to arrest him, but he mysteriously disappears in the shadows.

AN HOUR LATER.

"Are you better?" asks Abe to W. They are about to get out of the school.

The Rainbooms are being interviewed by equestrian journalists from every City. Blueblood's body is now in a morgue, and Pegasus' policemen are still in the street and inside the school. Journalists are not only interviewing the Rainbooms but also they are waiting for them to come. People named W, Jack, and Abe as secret agents, policemen with invented identities, along with different dozens of nicknames.

Abe slowly opens the school's entrance door and everyone in the courtyard looks at them. A huge army of interviewers appear in front of them and start asking random questions about the War. What happened with Blueblood? Do you work for the Equestria's Secret Service? Why did Blueblood do it? Where are you from? Why is your partner so pale?

That last question is specifically for W, who is very pale because of what he had done. Only Jack and Abe answer the questions by saying: "We will not say anything. Confidential."

Little by little, the three men walk away from the school, leaving the journalists behind. When they are about to disappear in the shadows, Grey Footprints' right pupil starts shaking and slowly shrinks when he looks at them. He recognizes them. His other side knows their names from the past. Well, the pale one... Is he? Yes! The kid that used to call himself Bedmaker! He is a lot bigger now, especially because 15 years have passed since that day. Mr. Tyler and Mr. Flanks are also with him, and now, that he wants to do the right thing for Equestria, concludes in a decision.

"You three," he says while using the megaphone. "You are under arrest."

The three men stop walking. They turn around and cops are already pointing at them with lasers. They are part of the plan, but they can't disobey Grey Footprints' decisions because Seductive put him in charge. The Rainbooms are now shocked, and Sweetie Belle can't believe her grandpa is under arrest!

"WAIT! WAIT!" shouts Commissioner Percival, while standing between the cops and the trio. "What are you doing, Mr. Footprints?"

"Doing my job."

"Arresting three innocent men? Are you kidding?"

"I know what they did."

"THEY STOOD UP IN FRONT OF THE ENEMY, FOOTPRINTS!"

"HE IS RIGHT!" shouts Femur. "THAT IS WHAT THEY DID!"

"Not only did they that," says Grey Footprints. "They work for the Delight Brothers."

"Wait, what?" says Abe. "Who are the Delight Brothers?"

"I don't know too..." says Jack.

"Keep lying," says Grey Footprints. "You will say that to a judge."

"WAIT! WHAT IS THIS KIND OF CHAOS?" says Percival. "You say that these three innocent, loyal, brave men who took charge of all this along with the Rainbooms are... Gangsters? Are you conscious or what did you say? You said these men, who pointed at a gangster with their legally acquired weapons were gangsters. That makes no sense!"

Grey Footprints is confused. "But..."

"No!" shouts Femur. "We are policemen and we know everything about Canterlot's situation with gang wars, but I have to be honest... I have worked in the police for 20 important years... And I've never seen these men on a file... On in a Red Notice."

"What about the Red Notice that was looking for the Bedmaker?" says a cop. "The pale kid looks like the drawing that appeared on TV news."

"Are you going to judge someone only because of his physical appearance, man?" says Abe. "He is shocked! He almost died while fighting for Equestria and justice... And you say he is a gangster? He is one of those guys who worked with Blueblood? You disappoint me, man."

"Yeah," says Percival. "I never saw you in the Department but... You are grounded. These men are not gangsters, bed makers or that."

Grey Footprints gets down from the car he was staying and opens the van where the Delight Brothers are staying. He closes the van and now the three of them look at each other.

"All the journalists may be listening," whispers Ron. Grey Footprints nods his head and talks to Ron's ear.

"Why did you call me?" asks Grey to the Pirate.

"I needed to do it," says Ron. "If you weren't here, I would have lost."

"Look. I only arrested you for my police's credibility. I am at two fingers of becoming Pegasus' Governor, I don't wanna lose this chance."

"You won't lose it," says Ron. "The only thing you have to do is to let my men go."

"I won't," he says while his pupil is shrinking. "They deserve to live in where they need to live: jail."

"Look at that," says Ron. "You deserve to be in the death penalty, after the Blackle..."

Grey Footprints' pupil starts shaking and strangles Ron while smashing his head against the van's wall. "DON'T... SAY... THAT!!!" he shouts.

"CALM DOWN! CALM DOWN!" shouts Tom while grabbing Footprints' face, which is now Blackle's. Everyone outside the van is scared. Grey Footprints falls and lets Ron breath. He crumbles his hair and starts gasping uncontrollably.

"Grey, my man," says Ron while getting near him. "You leave my men or I'll shout to the world what has just happened here."

Grey nods his head without even looking at Ron. He walks away and opens the door. "Both brothers don't recognize them."

He leaves the van while all the cops return to their previous positions. "And sorry for that shout," says Pegasus' Governor while walking.

"I don't know, girls," says Rainbow Dash. "Do they work as mechanics?"

"My grandpa always says he has a car store," says Rarity.

"But have you ever seen it?" asks Twilight.

"Um... No, but... Uh... Oh."

"They are hiding something," says Fluttershy. "They may be working for a Secret Service."

"Or they may be gangsters," says Sunset Shimmer while laughing. She knows she is saying the truth.

"Are you happy now, W? Blueblood died in front of you."

"Yeah," he answers. "But we are not over yet."

Both Jack and Abe get confused. "Why?"

"We haven't caught the Bitch yet."

Final Chapter: 3/3

THE END...
.
.
.
.
.
?

Epilogue

Meanwhile, at Butter Valley...

"Look at this. The news channel. Read it." says a young boy with a robotic arm to an older man with a military uniform and light blue sunglasses.

"Holy shit!" shouts the soldier. "Sergei fucking did it! Blueblood's dead!"

Suddenly, a lime-skinned man with a tuxedo and trainers appears with a bag filled with a rare powder. "Are you kidding?" he says while looking at the TV.

"No shit, Gail," says the kid. "He killed Blueblood in front of those assholes... Look at Bedmaker's face! HAHAHA! Uh, man! He is so dumb!"

"Who are you calling dumb?"

The three guys shut up and don't say anything: "Um... Nothing, sir."

"Something's happening," says a man hiding in a corner of the room while looking at a window. He is wearing a striking and unique red tuxedo with a yellow tie and a white plain shirt while smoking a cigar covered with gold. "You did call someone dumb, Doom Kid. Didn't you?"

"Yes," says Doom Kid, frightened.

"Who did you call that?"

"To this newbie, sir, Waters. Bedmaker."

The man stops smoking. "I like that kid, Doom. I don't want you to call him dumb again. I would like him in my gang. It is fresh new meat for my territory." His voice is scary. He talks very slowly, with a low pitch and with a very weird accent.

"Sure? Sir?" says the soldier.

"Of course, Kobolov. Now, go on with your stupid things. I'll be here waiting for Sergei, Lucas, and Pietro."

Suddenly, the man looks at a car stopping near his mansion. He turns around and reveals his face: A yellow-skinned man with a small red swan tattoo on his neck. He also has heterochromia: his left eye is light blue and his right eye is orange.

That man is Nicholas Plegovich.

Sergei opens the door and Lucas appears with a body bag, sobbing. The three guys look at that and instantly stand up to grab the body bag.

"What happened?" says Plegovich.

"Bad news, sir," says Sergei. "Pietro..."

Nicholas looks at the body bag and opens it. He looks at his dead nephew and realizes he has two holes on his chest.

"I persuaded the cops, uncle," says Lucas, while trying not to cry. "They let me bring it here..."

"Stop," says Plegovich. "Stop crying, stupid. This is a waste of time."

Everybody is shocked because of Plegovich's answer. "He is not an everyday victim," says Lucas. "It is your nephew. He died. He was killed. Assassinated."

"Good," says Plegovich. "I never liked Pietro." Nobody says anything. "He was arrogant, selfish... Gangsters must not be like that. But he also didn't deserve to die... He is my blood and my blood never leaks or falls. Who killed him, Lucas?"

"W... Wal..."

"Faster," says Plegovich, while Sergei touches his head with a dagger.

"Walter Waters."

Gail, Kobolov and Doom Kid look st the TV again. The guy who was laughing to minutes ago is also the man who killed their boss' nephew. "What should we do, Mr. Plegovich?" asks Sergei.

"Well..." he says. "We should visit him."

The Fall Formal

Something has gone wrong. We don't seem to have an archived copy of that chapter.

1st Day in Canterlot

Author's Note

Before reading the story, let me tell you that chapters will have multiple narrators and they change during the process of the chapter, I mean, if Character No. 1 is telling a story, and then, this appears:

Character No. 2

That means Character No. 2 will keep narrating the story.

First episode. Enjoy.

Chapter 1: First Day in Canterlot

Um, hello. I don't even know who I'm talking to but, if you're listening to me, hi. Wait, didn't I say hi before? Um... yeah... well, I'll present myself to you. My full name is Walter Theodore Waters but you can call me W. I am a 24-year-old guy that was born in Los Mantos... the best city of Equestria and the world, baby! If you want to know more facts about me, I have brown hair, yellow skin, and at the moment I'm wearing some dirty jeans, black shoes and my beloved brown trenchcoat that belonged to my father. Oh, and I am also a gangster. Yes, you heard it right, a gangster.

When I was 6 months old, my parents died in an assault in a little city called Wayneville. Since that day, I moved along with my elder brother, called William, to an orphanage, where the Bluebloods, the family of Mortimer Blueblood, Canterlot's Governor, adopted my brother weeks later. I stayed on that orphanage until the day of my tenth birthday because of three guys who committed a heist to it only to get me. That same day, I found out my parents were big fishes in my town. My father almost controlled all the streets of Los Mantos until an unknown rival killed him and my mother. Those three guys that rescued me from the orphanage turned into my family, and their names are Jack, Abe, and Ron.

Since the moment I knew my parents were murdered, I wanted to avenge them...I wanted to become a gangster. They taught me how to be a mafia man since that day, and now, I am a Mantos fish (or maybe I could say, shark), eating any kind of prey that comes across me. I also want you to know that I and my buddies can do any kind of thing: heists against the biggest corporations, good ol' drug-dealing and also we can be hitmen (only if you pay, because if you don't give us the money for what we do, you'll be the next).

Now, I'm in a Mantos party, the best things ever. You look around with your red eyes filled with weed, and you can be in front of a naked lady or a bucket full of alcohol. Sometimes, drugs may appear in the middle, like cocaine, fentanyl and my good old teenager friend, my boy LSD. I know this is something horrible for me, because I had had an overdose years ago, and I almost die. Jack and Abe want me to leave drugs, but the truth here is that I already left drugs, but they can't leave me because I'm a fucking drug-dealer... Wait, does the thing I said make sense? Um... Fuck this.

It was almost 3 A.M. and a blonde girl with a nice dress that appears in front of me, she wants me. She's almost on fire.

"Hello," she says. When I hear her voice, I instantly know she's drunker than ever.

I only answer her with a smile. She looks at me with her dilated eyes.

"Can I sit next to you, please?" she asks me.

"Yes, of course," I answer.

She sits on the same sofa I am staying right now. We are now together watching the colourful lights that are in all the house along with the men and women inside it. Everyone is in their world with rules. Lots of them are drunk, drugged or have already passed out. Other ones are junkies that want money to get something to eat for tomorrow, and the only option that they have is selling ecstasy. God, I hate those pills.

"What do you think about this?" she asks me.

I laugh at her. What can I say about this party? I'm with a fucking bong in my hand. I'm high and also drunk. I've lost count of how many shots of tequila I consumed.

"Oh man, I'm starting to feel like shit..." I say, and I leave the party.

I'm now outside the house. It's cold, windy, almost foggy, a normal night in Los Mantos. The only thing that remains is the typical group of junkies sharing their blunts. I'm gonna tell you about Mantos' junkies: There are only two types of them, good ones and bad ones. The good ones always stay inside a park all night and smoke their joints. The bad ones are different, they snort a little bit of cocaine or ecstasy and attack.

"Yo." I hear. His voice... it feels like he's in a hurry... I instantly know he's a bad junkie.

"What you want?" I tell him, in a very smooth voice. I feel bad, like if I'm passing out.

The man does not answer, and I know why. Jack's behind him.

Let me present to you... Mr Jack Tyler, my best friend in this business. He's a blue-skinned 44-year-old guy that survived a lot of misfortunes during his life, such as his father's death or also his wife's. He can be thick as a brick sometimes, but he's a good friend that can hide all of your secrets. Besides, he has a pretty neat circle beard! Man, that's so cool! I wish I could have one, but my facial hair is almost invisible. "Hey, buddy," he says to the junkie. "Here you have." Jacky gives him a hundred bucks. The man looks at him, smiles while grabbing the money and runs away from there. "You are so sane right now, W. Congratulations," I hear from Jack, while he starts laughing. You know what, buddy? I think... um... fuck you.

"Jack, I need... I need... an antacid." I tell him with my high voice.

He gives me an antacid and carries me into a car, where is also my friend Abe.

Abe is different to me. He's a light, blue-skinned man on his fifties (or maybe sixties, no idea). He's tough, scary, has a cool orange moustache, and now, that Ron's on holidays, he is my boss. He's a tough grandpa! And guess who he has as granddaughters: Rarity, a hot fashionista and the other little girl who I don't remember her name. Maybe it is Sweetie Belle or something like that... Well, nevermind. I'd like to add another thing here: Both girls were born in Canterlot, a city full of greedy, mean, selfish and idiotic people. It is not necessary to tell you that I hate Canterlot. Viva Los Mantos, baby!

Um... well, let's go to another topic. I need to listen to some music, dude. I'm high as fuck and I seriously need to calm myself down. I'd better listen to the Travellers, an awesome and relaxing band from Manehattan.

"Jack, what do you think about our deal?" tells Abe to Jack.

"Good, the only problem here is... W." he says.

Despite the fact I'm drunk, I can hear them and understand what they are saying. I'm inside that deal, and if they say I am a problem there... that doesn't mean anything nice.

"Walter," says Abe to me.

Oh, great... and when somebody calls me by my real name, I know that the deal it's not gonna be something I love to do.

"I'm going to send you somewhere."

"Where?" I ask. I think they will send me to La Lima, the poorest city of Equestria, to look for some meth. You know Ron has a brother? And his name is Tom! See that? Ron, Tom, Rom, Ton... oh, jeez, what am I saying? Well... Ron has a brother in that city I told you, La Lima, and he's a methamphetamine cooker. Now thank me for being your trivia.

"You'll go to a place you hate. A lot."

A lot? Oh, I know what you mean, Abe... fuck.

"I'll send you both to Canterlot."

NO! Why, Abe, why? What did I do to you? And then I release a long and disappointed sigh. Come on, Abe! Canterlot? The toxicity of that place is worse than any other city inside Equestria. I remember the first time I went to Canterlot. I was only 16 years old, I went with the illusion of visiting the best city of all Equestria, but once I got out of there, I learned it was just a pathetic city full of rich kids.

"And I'll tell you why: My granddaughters were threatened by Barnes. I talked with Principal Celestia a week ago about this problem."

Well, we have two bad things in that sentence. First, the words Principal and Celestia. That's related to Canterlot High, as known as Canterlot's anus. It's a school whose rooms are filled with the city's shit. What I mean with shit? I'm talking about those students, which have a huge amount of Canterlot's greed and lust. On the other hand, the second bad thing there is the word Barnes, I think Abe's talking about the Barnes Brothers, three weirdos that sell guns illegally in the black market. It looks that Abe didn't pay them what he had to pay and now I have to save their granddaughters' asses along with Jack.

"The only thing I want you to do is to take care of my granddaughters. I know that you, W, are not the best babysitter in the world, but getting you out from Los Mantos would be a big advantage for me."

Oh yeah, I love babysitting kindergarten girls, Abe! I have a degree in it! Wait, is Sweetie something in kinder or not? Bruh, nevermind. The important thing here is that now it's 3:15. We are going to Canterlot while I'm listening to some jams. And also, the highness is leaving my body. I feel sober now and I'm not even complaining about my hunger. Thank God.

"Turn that junkie music down, W. You are making me crazy," says Abe. I want to answer him I won't but... no. I shouldn't. I turn off my phone and I start sleeping.

"Wake up. We arrived," says Jack to me.

Shit... I feel worse than before. I thought a little nap would fix me, but it didn't! I get out of the car and I look at two women. I've heard about them: Principal Celestia and her sister, Luna.

Abe starts talking to them: "Principal and Vice-Principal, here you have the men that will take care of my granddaughters. Mr Tyler will be at your orders, but I recommend you to be cautious with Mr Waters, he can be... dangerous."

I feel bad Abe, but that doesn't mean I can't hear you, son of a bitch!

Well, after a long trip and a bong, I arrive at this shitty school and the Principal and his sister present it to me. After almost an hour of looking at useless things for me, like classrooms or other things, they FINALLY give me a mattress to sleep. I'll take the nap along with Jack in the janitor's room. They also told me that the janitor is on holiday. Yeah, you heard it: Janitor on holidays.

"Wake up, W. It's almost 10 A.M.," says a voice. It's Jack, holding a coffee from the school's cafeteria.

Fuck. I pinch myself to check if this is a nightmare, but nothing happens. It's real. I'm in Canterlot High. I can't even believe it, because it happened so fast... Yesterday, I was in a tubular (my apologies for saying that word) party, and now... Come on. I'm inside this.

The first thing I do is getting up of my mattress, which very comfy, I admit. I look at myself in my old phone's screen, and I realize that my hair is completely dishevelled and my face is notorious for its massive eye bags. I try to wake myself up stealing Jack's coffee and drinking it. He discovers me and punches me in the shoulder.

"How many times are you going to steal my coffee, man?" he says, angrily. "Now go and look for another one!"

Well, at least that thing woke me up a little bit. I get out of the room and I look around inside a hallway full of teenage students. Once I put one of my feet in that hallway, everyone looks at my face. Holy moly, mom, I'm famous. While I'm going to the cafeteria to look for some coffee, I hear things about me. Is he a new student? Is he a professor? Look at that guy! He's hot! Thank you, lady, who said I was hot.

I enter the cafeteria and I come across Rarity. She looks at me and recognizes my face, something that makes her angry. He's along with a big, red-skinned guy with blonde hair who is using a red t-shirt and some jeans that look like they were made in 1984. Man, who in the fuck is still wearing elephant leg jeans? Update your mind, man! However, there's something that calls my attention here: everyone inside the cafeteria is scared while looking at him. Who in the hell is that guy? A bully? God?

"What are you doing here?" asks Rarity to me.

"Hello, Rarity. Good morning."

Rarity growls. "Ok, hello, W, good morning. Now, what are you doing here?"

"I came here to take care of your ass," I say with a wide smile, trying not to defenestrate myself and escape from this hell.

The guy with the red t-shirt interrupts my conversation.

"Hey, cyka. You are talking to a lady."

His accent is very different from a Canterlot one. And he told me... cyka? Is he a Russian guy? Woah. I'm going to answer him in my style.

"I know... cyka."

The Russian guy exhales air from his nose. Holy shit, he's a bull! Nah, I'm lying... wait! Then he grabs my trenchcoat. He's strong, something very common for a Russian man.

"Listen to me, bitch. I'm the man who controls all this school so, don't piss me off or you'll pay... And I'll repeat you because you seem to don't understand, I am the man inside this school."

What the hell has just happened? Did this guy tell me... that he's the MAN?

"Really? Are you the man? Oh my... In my city, Los Mantos, the men you are talking about rule the whole town, from what I see... you only rule a stupid school. Besides, those elephant leg pants make you look like a stripper."

Some students laugh with my commentary but Pietro turns around and shut their mouths with his eyes. "Oh no, Los Mantos..." says Rarity, trying not to vomit. Come on! Los Mantos is not that bad! It may be full of drugs and hitmen, but... it's a beautiful place!

"Thank you for your commentary although I don't give a damn about what you say... and, oh... you are from Los Mantos." says the Russian man. "You may know my uncle, Nicholas Plegovich."

Oh shit. I've never seen Plegovich in real life, but if there's something I know about that madman, is that he's the capo of Equestria... I mean, he is the one that controls the whole country... to summarize my explanations, he's like a president for the gangsters. Abe told me that people described him as an intelligent and ruthless psycho that could destroy everything he wanted, even his own family... And sadly, despite this Russian kid's terrible behaviour, I have to show him respect.

"Yes. I've heard of him," I say, with a smile on my face.

He laughs at me, and says: "Now, apologize to my girlfriend, fucker."

WHAT? WHAT THE FUCK? Does Rarity have this specimen as a boyfriend? Poor Abe, man. I wanted to mock them both again, but I didn't do it only for this guy's uncle... I'm afraid of that guy.

"Ok... Rarity, I apologize for my behaviour."

The Russian man laughs at me one more time. Oh, dear kid, your best remedy right now is my fist on your bloody face... Both of them go away, Rarity smiles at me like the bitch she is. I try to forget this situation by going to the cafeteria and asking for the coffee Jack told me he wanted. When I ask for the coffee, the old lady that works in there starts talking to me:

"I saw you arguing with Pietro."

"Pietro?" I ask her.

And suddenly, a young girl with rainbow hair black lycra pants and a white t-shirt with a cloud and a rainbow appear.

"You said that name?" says the rainbow girl while looking at me.

"Me, Rainbow Dash," says the lady from the cafeteria. "I saw this kid confronting Pietro."

Then, this Rainbow Dash looks at me. "Yeah, I hate Pietro so much that I can't even see him, so I looked at you for only two seconds... it's the first time I see someone doing that."

I nod my head. Why people are so scared of him? Why are they so surprised by what I did? That guy may be dangerous because he's Plegovich's nephew, but he's not Lord Tirek or something like that!

I give them my opinion: "Yes, but... I don't understand something, is that guy a god or what? Because people seem to be very scared of him."

"He is an arrogant bully," says Rainbow Dash. "Wait right here, please."

Seconds later, Rainbow Dash brings a girl with purple hair and glasses, um... I've got to admit she looks like a nerd.

"Tell him, Twilight, what Pietro did to you last week," says the rainbow girl.

The girl blushes in front of me. Oh god, I expect this girl didn't fall in love with me, I expect. "Um... well, I unintentionally pushed him because... I tend to be distracted. He lifted me and told me that I shouldn't have done that... a-and Rainbow Dash came there to save me."

Rainbow Dash smiles at me. "Consider yourself lucky, Mister..."

"Call me Walter," I tell her.

"Well, consider yourself lucky, Walter! You confronted Pietro and you didn't finish your day with Nurse Redheart!"

Meanwhile, the old lady gives the coffee to me. I ask myself, what is Jack doing at the moment?

Jack

I sit down in the janitor's room and I start thinking. Canterlot. A place I love and hate. The city where I came across my wife, the city where I met the love of my life. Oh, god. Why did she go? Why?... I try not to cry, but I know a tear will come out from one of my eyes.

Not only I feel devastated because of my late wife, but also I feel guilty. Guilty for not taking care of her, and guilty... for another person too. I will never forget the day I came across the second most beautiful woman I ever saw in my life: A lady I don't want to remember, but now that I am in Canterlot, I think of her all the time. The difference between my wife and her is that she's alive... and works here.

"Jacky Boy! I have your coffee!" says a familiar voice. It's W. I grab that coffee and instantly the bell rings. Lots of students get out of their classroom, even Rarity, and Sweetie Belle... Wait, what? Is that Pietro Plegovich next to Rarity?

"Hey, W. Is that guy Pietro Plegovich?"

"Shut the fuck up, Jack," says W while growling. I almost have a fight with him in the cafeteria. It's a fucking bully, and listen to this..."

"What?"

"It's Rarity's boyfriend..." says W before laughing loudly. "I imagine Abe's reaction to this whole situation. It'd be the best thing I've ever seen in my life. Imagine that... Abe breaking tables, kicking Russian people..."

Suddenly, two masked guys appear and lift W. A third man traps me with his arms.

"Listen, you motherfucker!" says one of the masked guys. "You won't touch Pietro's lady ever again!"

Pietro's lady? What?

"What, dude? I didn't touch Rarity, calm down."

"We are not talking about the Fashionista, we are talking about Rainbow Dash! She's one of Pietro's girls that is inside the list of girls he wants to fuck! WE EXPECT FROM YOU NOT TO PISS PIETRO OFF, BITCH!"

Those big men let W go, the third man pushes me to the floor and all of them run away. W looks at me, shocked. Is Pietro Plegovich... controlling this school from the shadows?

???

I've been waiting for this moment for almost an hour. I hide in the bushes again, while all the little students are coming out of the school. In the middle of that stampede, only one girl calls my attention: Sweetie Belle, Abraham's granddaughter. She's my objective right now.

Luckily, she seems to be playing Hide and Seek along with her friends, and that's a big advantage for me. I have everything under control, my behaviour and even hers. Now, she starts running and approaches to the bush I am hiding. I have to be fast because nobody has to see me. I text my brother to come to the school, I also tell him that I am ready. I'm ready for the kidnapping.

She's near me. The car stops in front of me, and I grab her leg. My other two brothers get out of the car and we grab her. She shouts, but we fastly cover her mouth with our hands. She can't do anything, I feel tears touching my hand while we get her inside the car.

This is for you, Abraham. You son of a bitch, I tell to myself. I get in the car and I accelerate. Bye, Canterlot High.

To be continued...

Got ya, Boy!

Chapter 8: Got ya, Boy!

W

Near Canterlot High

"Really... why do you want to go to Canterlot High again?" Jack asks me.

"Do you remember that boy? I think... he can be useful."

"Flash? For what, W?"

"I can use him to attract Jet Set and his boys, and then kick their asses."

"So... you will look for this dude, ignore the fact that he is completely devastated and use him against... stupid wealthy kids."

"Yes. You are right."

We are now on the corner of Canterlot High's street and I look at someone... who's very familiar.

"Hey... isn't she... the girl that wanted your help?" Jack asks me.

I don't answer because I recognized Sunset Shimmer before he did. What drives me crazy is that she hasn't got a devastating face, or a mood that shouts My cousin was murdered. Then, she looks at me and waves her hand. I do it too, nervously. I'm now thinking that she will kick my balls and hate me for life... Oh no! Will she call the police? OH NO!

"Hi, Sunset!" I say, with the fakest smile that I've ever made.

"Hi, guys!" she answers. "How are you? OK?"

She seems to be calm, relaxed. I'm still nervous, though.

"Yes, we are OK," says Jack.

"So... what happened?" I say, interrupting Jack. "I mean... what happened to your cousin?"

"Oh..." she says. "I looked for her, and I found out she is working at Everfree Camp. I called her yesterday and she didn't tell me anything! And I was so scared, I thought you..."

Then, she stops talking. She approaches me.

"Did you do this? Move her to Everfree Camp?" she asks.

"Uh..." Come on, I have to answer... C'mon... "Yes. Yes, I did."

Her gesture changes into a smile and then she nudges my shoulder. "I think you did a good job, Bedmaker. The police won't know anything. See you!"

She walks away and enters college. I stay in silence... Why? Because Gordo had that job, I think, and Gordo always kills that kind of people... what did Sunset's cousin do to avoid that destination? Hmmm... I don't wanna know. At least she is alive.

"Poor girl," Jack says.

"Sunset?"

"No. Her cousin. Having sex with Gordo must be horrifying."

I imagine that situation and I emit an ugh. What a gross situation, gosh. We keep walking and then we enter to Flash's favorite place: The parking lot.

Parking Lot

"He's not here, W," says Jack. I try not to listen to that phrase at first, but then I realize he is right. He is not there.

"Holy shit!" I hear. It's a recognizable voice with a particular accent... Pietro's voice. I haven't seen that idiot for two days. Then, he gets out of a car and opens the trunk. Both of us hide behind another car. We think that he is doing something bad. "Oh my god, Flash... They destroyed you, man. Thank Star Swirl I was there to save you, man..."

He grabs something from the trunk and we realize it's Flash. I rise and he looks at me. "Woah! Where are you going with that?" I ask him.

Pietro takes a step back while holding Flash. "Waters. Holy shit, you scared me..."

"What are you doing with Flash?"

"Oh... you know him? Flash Shame-try?"

...Shame-try?... Jack rises from the car while I am thinking about that nickname. "Shame-try?" I ask.

"Oh. It's a nickname. I used to bully him until... well, you know... he became this."

"Oh," Jack says. "You are also another factor to that kid's current state and behaviour. Congratulations."

"You too? What... are you doing here?"

"We were looking for the same thing, Pietro. I want Flash."

"For what? He's almost dead, come on... I saved him from those maniacs from Crystal..."

"Let me see," I say.

He leaves Flash on the floor and I realize he is completely unconscious. His head is bleeding, and also his completely naked torso has lots of scratches and burns. His blue pants are now ripped and burned, and his legs are purple because of bruises.

"Oh my god... These kids left him like shit..." says Jack.

"I can give it to you," says Pietro, with a smile.

"Really?" I answer, laughing. "We don't even know if he is alive!"

And then, suddenly, Flash starts gasping. Pietro, Jack and I look at each other. "He is alive, I think," says Pietro. Jack and I go to the left and he goes back to his car. However, I want to ask him something else.

"Wait," I say while Pietro is closing his trunk. "Hey, Pietro... where were Flash and the Crystal Prep band when you appeared to save him?"

"Um..." he says. "In Crystal Prep."

"And what were you doing on Crystal Prep? And why Flash was in Crystal Prep?"

"I was buying, and then Jet Set appeared with him. He was destroyed... and I convinced them to bring him back to the parking lot."

My face demonstrates anger now. "Buying what, Pietro?"

"Pot. Jet Set is really good inside that world."

"Huh. Do you want to know something, little Plegovich? That's my pot!"

"Really?" he says, shocked. "Are you a partner of Jet Set? Oh my god!"

"I'm not a partner of Jet Set. I gave him the best I made and he started reselling it."

"What?" he says while exploding into a burst of laughs. "You made a deal with Crystal Prep students... Don't you know most of them are selfish scammers, right?"

Pietro laughs at me while I have Flash on my shoulder. I strongly push him away and he falls to the floor.

"Hey... what the fuck?" he says.

"Bye, Pietro."

Parking Lot. Ten minutes later. Pietro left.

"What are we going to do now?" I ask Jack.

"Look, we can't get Flash out of the parking lot, but... we can leave him here and call Celestia."

"Are you sure?" I ask him.

"Yeah. Why not?"

Flash starts gasping again and he opens his eyes. He looks at me and Jack.

"Water...Water..."

"Waters? But... you don't know my surname!"

"He's asking for water, W!" says Jack. He looks around and finds a dispenser with some disposable cups. He grabs one of the cups and fills it with water. Meanwhile, I help Flash to get up and sit down next to me.

"You... Walter..." he says.

"We already know what happened to you," I say. "Crystal Prep, Jet Set."

His eyes turn to red when I say Jet Set. He strongly inhales and exhales. It looks like he is turning into a bull.

"That guy... left me like this..." he whispers to me.

Jack returns with the glass of water. Flash grabs it and starts drinking it.

"You need a doctor. Don't you have a nursery here on Canterlot High?" asks Jack.

"I don't need a doctor... I'm fine."

"You are not fine," I say. "If you don't want to visit Canterlot's nurse because your mind is focused on Jet Set and his boys, just don't worry... I'll take charge of him."

"He... is... powerful. He has... lots of men behind..."

"Those men can suck my dick. I will fight him and all of them, and you... you will go to the nursery here! You will call Celestia, and say that you are in a really bad state and you need a doctor. Right? Trust me, kid. I know I can do that."

"But... I hardly even know you..."

"Trust me," I tell him, winking an eye. Jack stays behind Flash shaking his head, and the kid stays in silence for a second, but then he nods his head. He tries to stand up but he can't, so Jack helps him to move.

Flash Sentry

I try to move but I just can't. My legs hurt too much. That's why Walter's friend offered to help me.

"I want to go to the entrance," I say in the best way I can.

"Yes," he answers. Walter waves me with his hand and then he lights a cigarette.

While passing by the football pitch, Principal Celestia and Luna appear from nowhere. Both of them look at me and they start shouting.

"Oh my!" says Luna. "What happened?"

"Was it you, Mr. Tyler?" says Celestia... Now I know Walter's friend is named Tyler.

"No," he says. "I was walking around and I saw this kid in the middle of the parking lot. No one was there."

"What happened to him?" asks Luna.

"It's my fault," I interrupt because of the thing that I've always kept inside me needed to be released. "Since I rejected your help, Ms. Celestia and Luna, I fell... in a darker world and I started doing drugs. Things related to... money happened in the middle and well... here am I, after a beating."

Celestia breaks in tears and smiles. Then, she cleans her face. "I knew you would come back to normal, Flash..." she says. "You will be sent to a hospital and then you will be registered in Canterlot's Drug Intervention Program."

That may be a good decision for me and my future. So, I nod my head and Mr. Tyler, Celestia and Luna help me to get to the entrance.

Hallway

I am now in the hallway, and everybody is looking at me. The Rainbooms are also there, except for Rarity and Applejack. All of them look at me and they are shocked by my chaotic appearance.

Jack

Hallway

Ten minutes later, the kid is sent to Nurse Redheart. I am now in the Hallway with Celestia and Luna. Both of them are talking to me about how many times they tried to help Flash until he rejected their help. Then, Luna offers to help Flash to get into the hospital's ambulance that has recently arrived. Celestia apologizes for breaking in tears.

"Don't worry," I tell her. "It is normal. Finally, the boy who rejected you has made a better decision."

"I haven't cried like this since... well, something related to a rupture."

Rupture. Is this related to her boyfriend? Is this related to... my old friend, Tommy?

Well, I remember I told W about this man some days ago, but I never told him the whole tale. Tommy Jacks was a man who was born in Los Mantos and became my friend during my years at Everton School. He was loyal and friendly, but he was so rebellious that he always had arguments with his teachers and partners, including me. He liked going out at night, making graffitis against the authorities and he also consumed marijuana and other kind of drugs. He was like a hippie, but instead of giving love, he gave no fucks about everything.

One day, he moved to Canterlot in holidays and met the love of his life: Miss Celestia, the lady who I am talking to right now, but unfortunately at the same time, he found out that I was inside Los Mantos' mafia and he wanted to be inside, just like me. His wish was being a gangster. Of course, I told him the gangster world was dangerous for him, especially if his rebellious attitude was with him all the time. The best decision he could make was being with Celestia and leaving me alone with the gangster things. Nevertheless, his silly mind took all the wrong decisions: He broke up with Celestia and entered to Gordo's mafia, and I don't know how did he do it. Sadly, I found him a year later in a trash bag in Everfree Camp, dead. We already knew it was a score that was settled by someone who was inside Gordo's gang. That's how mafia works.

"Tom," I say. She looks at me, shocked. She knows that name, and she is surprised because I recognize it. I, Jack Tyler, the Heretic Guy. The Son of the Journalist.

"H-How do you...?"

"It was a friend of a friend. A long story..."

"Um... people are still looking for him... I don't know if he escaped or if he's dead..."

Yes. People who are not gangsters do not know if he is dead or alive. He is disappeared and that's it.

"Sorry," I say. "Talking about this must be very bad for you."

"Don't worry, " she says. "And by The way, there's something I want to talk to you about. "

"Sure," I say. "What?"

"I haven't seen Pietro Plegovich since that time the police came to arrest him and Mr. Waters. I've seen his car this morning but he wasn't there. Do you have at least a piece of news about him?"

Oh, so Pietro is absent today. Shall I say the real truth? Um...

"Oh, Jack!" she says. "I have to go back to work. And please don't mess around the school every day. You know why..."

"Yes," I say, with a smile and I greet her.

Parking Lot

"Hey W..." I say although I don't know if he is there. "We should go back to the motel because of Abe, he is still depressed..."

I instantly realize that W's not there and a sheet of paper is on the floor. I grab it and then read it:

"JACK,

Jet Set's girlfriend, Upper Crust, is living near here. I think she has Shit Set inside. You know what I mean.

Bed Bed!

W."

...Oh no.

Meanwhile, Abe is in the motel, listening to the Blue Note's LP while drinking a long glass of whiskey. Someone knocks at the door.

"COME IN! IT'S OPEN!" He shouts, and the person opens the door. It's Ron, along with Larry.

"Hey..." says the Pirate while looking at the motel. "Did you rent this? How?"

"All of our savings. Next week I'll tell W to use his savings too. That will be chaotic for him. You know that he is in love with money..."

"Yes," answers the man. "I've also heard that... you argued and you needed a psychologist."

"I argued with my son yesterday, and the worst thing of all is that he is right. All of my relatives are in danger because of me... even Rarity and my Sweetie."

"Calm down, Abe..." says Ron, trying to comfort him, while Larry keeps looking around the room. "They are not in danger, and if they are... we are powerful enough to defeat our enemies. Just remember! Sweetie Belle and the Barnes, and also Rarity and the idiotic Lerrick!"

"Oh." Says Abe. "Did you...?"

"I found out hours ago. He hasn't been found since last night."

Abe finishes his glass of whiskey, but he is still worried. "You may be right, Ron, but they are still traumatized about that. Applejack, a friend from Rarity, called me and said that she has been crying for hours because she remembers everything."

"That's something bad." Answers Ron. "But... um... well. That case sucks."

An uncomfortable silence invades the place. Then, Larry appears with a sheet of paper. "Shall I...?"

"Yes," Answers Ron.

"Ok. Here it is. The password." Says Larry while holding the paper. "To obtain an Element of Harmony we must find the holders, and get it out of them."

"Uh-huh..." says Abe, confused. "And how do you get it out of them?"

"There are lots of ways but I don't know if they are fake or not. However, there is one completely true way... but it's complicated."

"Which one?"

"We have to kill the holders."

Now, an uncomfortable silence invades the place again. "So... we have to kill innocent people," says Abe.

"That's the only way." Says Ron.

"What about the other ways?" asks Abe.

"They may not be true... and if they were, lots of them would need magical elements that only exist on the other side of the Mirror... if they exist," answers Larry.

"Did you talk with the others, Ron?"

"No. You deserved to be the first one. And now, what about... going to Filthy Rich's mansion and tell him about this? He is the new guy around, and he needs to learn."

"When?" asks Abe, with a tired gesture. "Now?"

"Now."

Abraham drinks another shot of whiskey and opens the motel's door: "OK then. Let's go."

Upper Crust's House

"I've heard some footsteps! Please, Upper Crust, he may be near!"

"Argh, it's me, Jet Set! For God's sake!"

Jet Set is hiding behind a couch in a cozy living room. There is only a table filled with food next to the couch and all the windows are closed and covered with curtains.

"Why are you doing this?" asks Upper Crust. "This is pathetic. You have all your friends behind you, and you are hiding from one man?"

"Pietro told me he wanted that idiot, Flash Sentry... He also told me that I had to hide."

"But... Jet Set! It's only one man! A weak man!"

"Weak?" says Jet Set, rising from his position. "You don't know anything... he is not weak... he is the Bedmaker!"

"The Bed-what? Do you think I still believe in legends like Sasquatch or Gaea Everfree?"

"He is not a legend, Upper Crust! He is real!"

The conversation is interrupted by the doorbell. Jet Set hides into the couch again, while Upper Crust opens the door and finds out that Neon Lights, Royal Pin, Fleur Dis Lee, Sour Sweet, and Trenderhoof are there.

"Oh, guys!" says Upper Crust. "What are you doing here?"

"We came for Jet Set," says Royal Pin. "We have heard that he is hiding here from the Bedmaker."

"You too?" says Upper Crust. "Come on... are you hiding from an urban legend?"

"It is not an urban legend!" shouts Fleur Dis Lee. "He is real... I saw him with my own eyes, Upper Crust."

"And he is also hot," interrupts Sour Sweet. "I've seen his chest tattoo... oh gosh, it's so sexy!"

"This is not the best moment to talk about the Bedmaker's physical appearance..." interrupts Royal Pin "Can we enter, Upper Crust?"

Upper Crust's Living Room.

All of them are now sitting in front of the couch where Jet Set is hiding.

"Are you sure? Will he come?" asks Neon Lights to Jet Set.

"Yes," He answers. "He entered this house once..."

"Really?" says Upper Crust, angrily. "Did he enter my house without my permission? You are sometimes a moron, Jet Set!"

Everyone closes their mouths when someone rings the doorbell. Upper Crust is the only one who decides to rise and approach the door. Jet Set hides behind the couch while Neon Lights, Royal Pin, and Trenderhoof stay near the door. Royal Pin has some brass knuckles and Neon Lights has a baseball bat in his hands.

"Who are you?" asks Upper Crust, while holding the door handle.

"Upper Crust?"

"Yes?"

"Oh, hello! I am the postman. I have a special package for you and it needs to be signed.

"But... I didn't buy anything!"

"Oh! That's a pity. Didn't you buy... the Bedmaker's pot?"

Someone kicks at the door and it's easily opened. Upper Crust falls to the floor while Royal Pin and Neon Lights look at the man who is standing at the entrance.

"Hey! Royal, Neon..." says W. "I don't remember your full names, sorry... Where's Jet Set?"

"You will not arrive to Jet Set!" shouts Royal Pin. W closes the entrance door and finds out that Neon Lights is approaching him with a baseball bat.

"Don't worry, Neon! I came with teddy bears to play!!" shouts W, and from one of the trenchcoat's pockets he gets a crowbar out. W fastly dodges the bat and hits Neon in the face with the crowbar. Upper Crust runs to the living room and locks the door, while Royal Pin appears with the brass knuckles but he is easily beaten up with the crowbar.

"Oh... you..." says Neon Lights, while starting to get up again. W hits him again on his face. His nose is now bleeding and he seems to be unconscious. Then, the Bedmaker grabs Royal Pin and starts striking his head against another door, which is not the living room. Someone opens the door and W stops hitting Royal Pin's head in it.

"Writer boy?" says W, surprised. He finds out that Trenderhoof, Sour Sweet and Fleur Dis Lee were hiding in a bathroom.

"I'm innocent, Bed!" shouts Trenderhoof. "I only came because Royal Pin wanted me to do it... please, don't hurt me... neither the girls!

"Oh." answers W. "I see you were having a private moment with these girls, lucky! Both of them are gorgeous!"

Sour Sweet blushes while W closes the door and Trenderhoof locks it. "He said that I was... gorgeous!" whispers Sour Sweet to Fleur Dis Lee.

"Sour Sweet..." says Fleur Dis Lee. "Royal Pin's head is bleeding... and you only care about an useless compliment?"

Meanwhile, W is in front of the living room's door. He is now using Neon Lights' head to hit that door.

"Will you leave?" asks a female voice from inside.

"No!" he answers with a smile. "Will you open me, please? My right leg is too tired to kick a door again."

"I won't open the door for you!"

"I guess Neon will open the door with his head..."

The door is instantly opened by Upper Crust.

"Oh my!" she shouts. "The entire entrance is filled with blood drops!"

"Oh! Sorry," he answers. "Blood drops can be easily cleaned, though."

"And you... my friends! Oh no!"

"They will be OK, dear... Now, I'll ask it to you." Upper Crust tries to slap W's face but he grabs her hand. "Where is Jet Set?" he asks.

"He is not here! Let me go!"

"I smell... shit."

W lets her go and approaches to the couch. She tries to get him out of there and at the same time, Jet Set decides to rise with a machete.

"Now I'm pointing a machete to you, bitch," says Jet Set. "You will suffer now... You must go through a Crystal Prep-styled punishment!!"

"You will go through a Mantos-styled punishment!" says W. "And trust me, it is worse than being insulted by your pathetic principal."

"That's not the punishment I was talking about," says Jet Set.

"Yes," answers W.

"Yeah, fuck, you are right. Are you happier now?" says Jet Set, while keeping the machete behind him. This is now an advantage for W and a big disadvantage for Jet Set. Then, the Bedmaker hits Jet Set's face with the crowbar. He instantly faints and falls to the floor while Upper Crust starts shouting.

"Hey, Upper Crust!" says W. "Shut up. All of them will be OK." Then, he approaches to Upper Crust and hits her neck with a perfectly performed knife hand strike, that makes her faint. "Yes!." he shouts. "Finally I did it well."

Suddenly, he hears that somebody is entering the house. He looks at one of the windows, opens it and escapes from the house.

W

Objective completed.

The person who entered Upper Crust's house is Applejack. She entered the house because she heard Upper Crust's shout. Now, she grabs her phone and calls the police. She knows something bad happened.

A street.

W is now walking in a street near Canterlot High. Suddenly, he finds out that all this previous situation made him hungry. Thankfully, has a few bucks in his pocket. He also wanted a bathroom to clean himself because his trenchcoat has a few drops of blood.

Seconds later, he comes across the Canterlot's Sweet Shoppe and enters. He sits near the bar and a tall, thin, orange-haired man greets him.

Sweet Shoppe

"Hello, sir, and welcome to the Sweet Shoppe. I am the owner, Mr. Cake. Is there any beverage or food that you have in mind, or shall I bring you the menu?"

"Um... Just a coffee and... do you have cupcakes?"

"Sure! Chocolate, vanilla, carrot, orange, lemon... everything!"

"Ok... two chocolate cupcakes and a coffee, please."

Mr. Cake leaves and W is now alone. He uses that moment to clean his trenchcoat with his saliva. Suddenly, he listens to a voice. A familiar voice.

"How was your adventure?" someone asks him. He looks around and finds out Jack is next to him.

"Oh, Jack... Well, um... OK."

"I see. Nice blood drops... They match your trenchcoat."

"Thank you," he answers.

Both of them are now waiting for their meals, while W starts thinking about things from the past again.

"Do you remember about the guide thing... right?" he asks Jack.

"What kind of guide are you talking about?"

"You know, our safari... our guide in Canterlot!"

"Uhh... yeah."

"I was about to pick Sunset Shimmer, but I think I found another one."

"Which one?"

"Do you remember Spike?"

To be continued.